Search results

(81 - 100 of 212)

Pages

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1982
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Augsburg College lnterim The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during t...
Show more Augsburg College lnterim The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Calendar November 9-12 ............................................ Interim Registration December 7 ........................................... Late Interim Registration January4 . . ................................................. First Day of Interim Class 1 9:00 a.m. Class 11 1:00 p.m. January5 . . ............................................. Last day for cancel/add January7 . ................. .Last day for determining grading system with Registrar January 18. Beginning of certain half credit courses* January22. ....................................... Last day for cancelling courses January29.. ...................................................... Interim ends .............................. The interim day is divided into two blocks of time: I - 8:00 - 12:00 Noon 11 - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m. The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. 'Students enrolling in half-credit coursesshould consult the Registrar'sOfficefor datesforcancel/add and to determine the grading system. Essential Information One course is considered a full time load during interim and nostudent is permitted to register for more than one course credit during the period. There i s no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course. Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0.Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student i s required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim for graduation.) POSTMASTER Volume 112, Number 3 Fall 1981 612/300-1001 AUCSBURCCOLLECE (USPS#490-310)is published fourtirnesa year in Spring,Summer, Fall,and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. This Catalog This catalog lists courses by departments with drpartmrnrs l i r t ~ c li n alphabetical order. Augsburg Interims Abroad are identified by aspecial ~ r . i v e I ~ y m h oAt l . t h e e n d o f the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg bt11 recognizerl Ilv the College for interim credit, and a variety of Lifetime Sports. Further dcscriptlr>ns anrl i ~ ~ f o r m a t i oabout n these courses are available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Options june lnterim - A t least one interim course will be offered in the June1982session of summer school (see listing under Education) in lieu of January term with n o additional tuition charge. Students planning to elect the june interim must register at the time of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing t o take the June interim i n addition t o the January one will be required t o pay the regular summer course tuition. lnternational Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the five overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1982. These interims are under these departments: English - Theatre i n London Religion - Israel, Ancient and M o d e r n - The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions i n Hawaii Social Work - Social Service and Public Policies i n a Developing Country: Egypt, 1982 Health and Physical Education - Sailing i n the Virgin Islands Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St, Olaf College. Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available i n the lnterim Office and from Mary Kingsley i n the lnternational Center, Memorial 229. Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply i n the International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be made after October. Internships-Internshipsareopen tostudents whocontinue an internship from the fall term or who begin an internship which will continue into the spring term. Students electing an internship interim are to present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 17. Independent o r Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the lnterim Office. Interimsat Other Schools- Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in the lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students i n applying for registration at other schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affectscourses offered for the Religion requirement. Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg Collegewelcomesstudentsfrom other4-1-4schoolsfor theJanuary interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not t o charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing o r board costs. Other students will be,charged $600 for the interim course. Students interested i n registering for an Augsburg Interim should w r i t e t o the lnterim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. These students are welcome to stay o n campus but are not required t o d o so. Requests for interim housing should be made t o the lnterim Office. Augsburg Policy Augsburg College admits studentsof any race,color, nationalandethnicorigin toall the rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminateon the basisof race, color, creed, national and ethnicorigin i n employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs. Need More Help? Check with: The lnterim Office (Memorial 230), The Interim Secretary, Lorraine Stieper at 330-1025, or The lnterim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b). Courses Location Key L-Library Building M-Music Hall OM-Old Main P-Psychology Building S-Science Hall Jewelry Art 150 - 4003 Instructor: Norman Holen You are introduced to copper, brass, pewter, and silver and you learn how t o cut, shape, enamel and cast these metals. The supplies you need will vary according to the projects we choose. We try to provide the necessary equipment and re-usable items. There is n o text and there are no tests. You are graded o n your pieces. Distribution: Art - Music Time: II OM1 16mm Film-Making I - Film-Making I1 Art 242 - 4001,342 - 4002 Instructor: Paul Rusten The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication. Using professional 16mm equipment, students i n teams will produce short black and white synchronized sound motion pictures. Students w h o have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within thesameclass-schedule and time-frame as Film-Making I. Fee: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent Distribution: Art - Music Time: II Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences BIO 106 - 4113 lnstructor Ralph Sulerud W r .Ire living I n a prrtod of b i o l o g i r c ~rc~volutron l whlch seems l ~ k e l y10 conrlnur, Many of the r i ~ v ~ ~ t o p will r n ~ ~ncreasrngly n~~ rerull In tlramat~c changes In ethiral ~ h t n k i n gand the liormr~lation of p u b f ~pr o l ~y, r guestion\sur h h ~ these c must be effect~ut+ly atlrIressetl: w h a t are l h r ~ g l ~oft r thp unborn7 Should h ~ u l o ~ i she t s allowed to work o n a n y type nt r r w d r r h n o nlairrl wlipre ~t le;lrI<?Doer ~ h ~r r l r aof 4 rnaral r e s p o n s ~ b ~ ltoward ~ty the rrivrronmrnr make sense? What e t h ~ c a land soc~alproblems would arlse as a result of c l o n ~ n gpeople? Is recomb~nantDNA research l ~ k e l yto create more problems than ~tsolves? I s euthanas~aever just~f~ed It ?I S Intended that th~scourseshould p r o v ~ d eat least a small part of the background necessary to answer such questions and make respons~bleeth~calcho~ces Each t o p ~ cw ~ l be l ~ n t r o d ~ c eby t l I ~ F ,Instructor or a guest, but much of the class tlme w ~ lbe l spent d~scuss~ng ass~gnrtlr~arl!rrgsnrrrl varlous vlewpolnts Formulat~onof a b r ~ e fposltlon paper on one o f the i ~ s i 1 c 5w ~ l lhe r e q u ~ r e d Grades w ~ l lbe based o n the paper, class partlclpatlon and exarnlnatlun rerrtltr. Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I Wetland Ecology Bio 311 - 4114 Instructor: Roberta Lammers I n wetland ecology w~ will study the complexity, variery and impurtalrce 01 Ird shwater wetlands (i.e., bogs, marshes, fens, swamps, etc.). We will :turfy the physical asperrs of these wetlandsas well as the interrelationshipsof some of their rn,ijor organisrnslikc~~d~~s,insects, and sphagnum. Students will be required to pursue intlept.nrlcnr rr.dclirig on wetland org.fnitms of particular i n t r r ~to ~ l hen^. The raurse w w cons is^ ul re,,ding and discussion as well as lab ivork identilying nrganismsrollecled In n n r t h ~ r n M i n n ~ s o t aduring the summer by a l Minncsota's wetlands as an energy the instructiw. Wc shall examine cririrally ~ hpro ~ e n ~ iof source. There will hr local l i ~ l tripsrf~~~enrilnf:un d rhewea~ her. Cradingwill be o n the basis of one test and the presentalion (writren or or;~l)of ~ h indrpendent r rcadin~. Prerequisites: 510 111, 112 Time: I The Biology of Aging Bio 385 - 4115 Instructor. Robert Herforth At snmc lime ax another I r l our lives masr 01 u5 w ~ l rl i t h e r d ~ r c c r l yaxpcrlence aging or be ~ n f l u e n r c d pcople ~ ~ n c l e r g n t nagc-rrlared g changrq. Thic roiIrsP WIIIroncenlrfite on t h ~ t)iolog~ralasprcts uT such chang~s.W h a ~ir t h ndtlrrc ~ oI t h c s ~age-related rhangr?~? What lartorr tnIl~lr*ncrthe l a t v of aging? Do rellr ~ s a l ~ ~ from t r c l the body <how aging? 1s aging the o focne r t a ~ n c r l l r o r tissuesol the body?What are the current t h ~ o r l e s a st o rerulr of d c ~ r r ~ o r a t ~ IIIP h i o l ~ g ~ kca~c ~l rol a g ~ n g ?Ir aglng ronrrnllerl by a I ~ r a l o g ~ c clock? al Thew and other qursrions will tw arldressrd In l h h course hy rnpans nf rlassroom ~ P C I U ~ P Fand d~scusslnnsol ass~gnedread~ngs.Evaluat~onw ~ l be l based on several qulzzes and exams glven d u r ~ n gthe course Prerequ~s~tes: BIO 111 Time: I S 212 Introduction to Chemistry C h m 104 - 4116 Instructor: John Carlson of chemistry for ~hosr? who have never studled chemistry hefore. h course in basic Inclu(E~d are conccpls nt measurcrncnt, alorntr anrl ~ n o l e r u l a strucrurr, r types of rcactinns, solurionr, n c ~ r l sr ~ bases, ~ d at111 $n ~ n r m t l u c - t ~ to p no r ~ a n ichrmistry. r Many applications to Iifc ~ T O C C S S ~and S cnvironmental concerns are ma&. I.~cturesand demonslratians; rlo lab; no : ~hrcrlonger examinations Icrm paperr. Two hnrlrs iprturp ppr (Jay, five days a w ~ e kquizzes, plus a final. Not oprn lo a n y w i t h priorstudy ofchernisrry. Does notcount roward 3 rriajor o r a minor i n chemistry. Crctlit for both 104 anrl either 105,109, n r 115 no1 allowrrl. Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry Chm 113 - 4117 Instructor: Earl Alton rindin%whlch chemicals are i n a solution (qualitdtlve analysis) ir a rhallengine, way of learning rumc principles of chemistry. This course will use I,lkoratory experiments coupled with an essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemisrry involverl to provicjr an introducrion to chemistry. Thp laboratory work will center on ~ o l v i n grhcrnical urtknowns. There will b e s~verr71~ ~ d l 1 r ~ - ~ ~ i 5sessions ~ ~ s s each i o n week and ,~bnut~ h r haurr c ~ of lal~oratory~ a c day. h Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes. Prerequisites: High School Chemistry Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I (Lectures 11:OO-12:OO N) Time: II (Lab 1:OO-4:00 p.m.) Introduction to Clinical Chemistry Chm 205 - 4118 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg A few years ago rllagnnctlc rnedicln~ was ptinc~pdllya rnaltpr of r t > l l r c l i n information ~ about Fymptnmc to d ~ a ~ n o san e ~ l l n r w .O c c a ~ ~ o n a l lat>r)ralc)ry ly IPS15 w t r e mad^ lo support 1 1 1 ~ d~agnnsrs.A l t h o ~ i g hr o l l r c l l i ~ n ~lormat~u n ahrlu~ synip1nrns ~ s s t ~anl l inl~agralpar[,~ i l ~ g n o < t r ( medicine l i d s progrr~seOto rhe pant whcrc laburatory teslr are r c j u ~ l n ~l ~ l yc r f o r m c dalrd may result In d t i l d g n ~ ~ ~ ~ d ~[porn f f e rt ~hnone ~l inclicntrtl l?y Ihe symptomr.Thlscourre intrrrtl~lcpr sornc o l the lypes ol c l i r ~ n i c a problems l s r g n ~ l ~ r aInn ~m e d ~ c r n eand mrlhods nl chtarnic.~! analysrs urrtl i n the tlcnical r h ~ m i ~ t rlat>oralory. y Lecturer, lilme, orcasitmal laboratory l wlIl he u~crrlIrl t h c , ctrursp, exprrlrnul-, anrl at ledst one f i ~ l dr i rp tn a r l ~ n i r a lal~r>r.-~~ork evaluation will be by frequent quizzes and a f ~ n aexam. l Prerequisites: C H M 106,116, or 223 T ~ m eI S 315 Economics of Urban Issues Eco 120 - 4119 Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. Basic microeconomic tools employed. Distribution: Urban Studies Time: II O M 13 Learning Styles, Teaching Styles Ede 227 - 4125 Eds 227 - 4126 Instructor: M a r ~ eMcNeff differences among students, varlatlons In learnlng styles are numerous Some L ~ k e~ndlvldual students learn better by dlscuss~on,others by l~sten~ng and others by work~ngo n thelr own Students d ~ f f e rIn learnlng style w h ~ c hmeans that certaln educational approaches are more effect~vethan others for part~cularstudents H a v ~yo11 had profe5sr~r~ that held you spellbot~nrlin thrlr r.lassrsl Have you had their counterpart whcrr y ~ ~ u s ~ r u ~tg o Irt,ry e d awdke? T ~ ~lrnlrnrsor P mdy have L I ~ Pa ~t r . ~ r h t nstyle ~ ihai was or wa5 nnt c<hmpa~ihlt.w i ~ hyour learn~ngsrvlc. Thrs course will explorr r e ~ e a r r hhe~n'gcJon~rn t h r area.; of teaching and learning styles, 51utlpnrsw ~ lpartlcrpa~e l In a I~arninarty!r\ rnvrnrory lo help Identify how they barn h ~ r t . f hiscoi~rsersoflcrrtl through theIrft~ratlonDcpar~mrnl.hutir t l r f i n l t ~ l y{)pentoallstudentr. tl Time: ll Discovery in the Wsrld of Kindergarten Ede 375 - 4124 Instructor: Lauretta Pelton This course is a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and materials and a review of teaching approaches. Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is to be arranged by the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have taken place prior to the course itself. The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor L4 Time: Summer Interim Student Teaching Eds 481 - 4120 Eds 482 - 4121 Eds 483 - 4122 Eds 484 - 4123 Instructor: Sheldon Fardig Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Time: I L6 People Under Pressure Eng 211 - 4130 Instructor: Barbara Andersen The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social. religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the focus for the course. This i s not, however, a course i n depression,for pressure and stress often I i a v ~p c l s i t i v ~r e ~ t ~ And t t ~ .m a t i v ~ j e o j ~r l~r* s p n ~toi dprr:ssl.lrv w i ~ h c o \ r r a g ~ , ~ r . l c.inrl ~ ( ~evt3nwit. Wr. will r r,icl r c v r r a l grhrirtls. IIIOFTI~ (11 ( 1 1 201 ~ h rerllury, 1717~1work^ 1 1 7 ~ .irtv 1 r l ~ l tjl \ ~ i i l l I yI O ~ U P V P ( ! irr liroraturrl c.ourrPr. Among ~ h wnrkr, r being rrln5irl~retl,]rt, Wafvrs, T l l v L l a n \4'ht1 K i l l r ~ r i~ h r - 4 LJypr; I'rl~ok,A ~ l yNan~rbi, /\r/~rlr[rlu: I3r,ir1li~arl.Trr)r/l I , f s / ~ ~>!I r rAtrt~r,ic,~: ~ Wright. Narivr Srjn: I4v1n. f x ~ ~ ~ l\4tori1c>t1; / ~ n l I l C ~ \ \ l r ~ 5irilort r '+ ~ N i ~ h t,t i:t l t l h ~j;h, t (;;{I lror11 ~ I I P <(,,I: I ilrgpnkb\4. ~ t ~ t / ~ t v 501><: ~ , i r dA l h c ~ 1-/1o . A , n t ~ t i ~ - ,lJrvt~,n ?/~ ,~r1,1 Thv Zntl S r r ~ v :, h r l ~ j e t m nI,~Vra\,f>r5.111,qI t ~ f M y Father: Gordon, Final Paylncnt,. Students will have some choice of works to read. Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports (optional) and two examinations. Distribution: English - Speech, Co~nmunication& Theater Arts Time: I O M 10 . The Brontes Eng 248 - 4128 Eng 348 - 4129 Instructor: Catherine Nicholl I n a parsonage on the edge of the Yorkshire moors, four gifted children mused themselves hy redding Shakespeare and Byron and writing miniature books i n which they developed two elaborate and romantic kingdoms. Literally surrounded by death-the churchyard in which their mother and two sisters were buried-they consoled themselves with the lile of the imagination. All of them, too, were to die young. But the th~,eesisters. Charlotte, Emily, and Anne, gave to the world several groundbreaking novels dnd some memorable poetry. The course will focus primarily o n the writings of Charlotte ()a~leEyrc. Villerte) and Emily (Wurhering Heighfs, poems). All students will read these works and will sample some of the critical approaches t o Wufherir~gHeight\, one of the most original novels of the nineteenth century. In addition, we will read the biography of Charlotte by her friend and fellow writer. Elizabeth Gaskell. We will consider the influence on the sisters of the family situation and of attitudes toward women writers in the 1840's. Each student will read one additional novel or biography. Class activities will include lectures, discussions, and films In addition to short quizzes and an exam, each student will either write a short paper or d o a class presentation. Upper division students will d o both. Prerequisites: One literature course or consent of the instructor. Distribution: Urban Studies, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies Time: l l O M 16 Europe January 3-28 I nteri m/9 Theatre in London Eng 269 - 4131 Eng 369 - 4132 Instructor: Richard Sargent Cost: $1795 London is one of the leading centers of theatre in the world. We will attend plays at theatres such as the National Theatre and the Royal Shakespeare Company theatres where internationally renowned directors like Peter Hall present revivals of classics and the premieres of the work of playwrights like Tom Stoppard and Peter Shaffer. We will be reading some plays in order to be aware of the historical context in which contemporary dramatists are writing. In addition to going to plays and touring theatres, we will take advantage of the cultural richness London has to offer, visiting art galleries such as theTate, attending concerts, and touring spots in London that have been significant in literary history. We will also make trips to visit other theatres, notably to Stratford. Students will keep a journal: those taking the course for upper division will write a paper in addition. Counts toward English major Distribution: English - Speech, Communication &Theater Arts Grading: P/N Five-College Poetry Writing Workshop Eng 362 - 4127 Instructor: Roger Blakeley, Macalester College M~mbcrs of the workshop will experiment with poetry techniques, aiming at the completion rrl .I pns~lolirkof new work and the revising of existing manuscripts. The workshop will meet threp mornings a week at Macalester for lectures, discussions, and critiques. In addition, iridividual conlerences will be scheduled, and an optional public reading is planned for late in the month. Attendance at all class sessions is mandatory The course is open to students from the five Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities who have had experience in writing poetry. Normally only three students from a college will be accepted. Preferably students should have taken at least one college-level creative writing course. Students considering this course should contact Richard Sargent (English Department) and submit samples of their work no later than one'week before the first day of Fall Registration for Interim. Class meets 9:30 to 11:45 MWF, H 203 (Macalester), plus conferences TBA. French Literature in Translation Fre 243 - 4134 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Study of representativeshorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a common core of varied works we will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop cultural sensitivity, and become acquainted with significant French writers. Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention on the works themselves. M u c h class time daily will be devoted to small group discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study. . Prerequisites: Sophomore standing Distribution: Jr. & Sr. only (old requirements). Time: I - Beginning Norwegian ~ d 111 r - 4133 Instructor: Liv Dahl Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress o n spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I O M 29 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Nor 311 - 4137 Instructor: Leif Hansen Intensive practice i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given t o regional variations i n spoken Norwegian and to differences between the t w o official languages of Norway. There will be laboratory work and field experience. If arrangements can be made, part of the course will be conducted at a location in Northern Minnesota. Fees: $100 if the off-campus part of the course can be arranged. Prerequisites: 75211 or equivalent Time: II O M 29 lntensive Beginning Spanish Spa 112 - 4135 Instructor: To b e named The goal of thiscourse isto complete thesequence of Beginning Spanish with greater emphasis o n spoken Spanish than is usually the case. Students will be expected to complete and correct written assignments outside of class so that time in class can b e used for small group conversations, impromptu skits and discussions in Spanish. Evaluation will be based on daily work, quizzes, four tests and a final exam. Prerequisites: Spanish 111 Distribution: Foreign Language O M 23 Time: I Spanish of the Business and the Professional World Spa 215 ;4136 Instructor: Gunta Rozentals Objectives: To give the students the basics needed to cope with professional situations by preparing them to work with Spanish-speaking clients in various fields. Content: Introduction to the communication patterns and technical expressions used in health care, education, welfare, law enforcement and business areas. Layout and style of Spanish business letters. Evaluation: Tests and performance in simulations of true-to-life situations. Prerequisites: Spanish 212 Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I Planning for Tomorrow: Personal & Social Transformation in the 1980's Gst 240 - 4177 Robert Clyde, Augsburg College Berenice Bleedorn, Director of Creative Studies, The Coll6ge of St. Thomas Course will define personal and social transformation, show how this transformation takes place, and introduce students to such concepts as general systems theory, paradigm shifts, entropy and syntropy, holism, and the uncertainty principle. Using this knowledge, students will develop a model for a futuristic democracy, i n which the citizens "think globally and act locally." Students will read Marilyn Ferguson's The Aquarian Conspiracy plus one or more additional books from the bibliography, keep a journal on the readings, class discussions and additional resources (meetings, lectures, interviews, films, etc.), and prepare a plan for personal, continuing involvement in the model for the futuristic democracy developed by the class. Evaluation will be based on assessment of "open journal" through oral examination, and assessment of quality of personal growth plan. S 108 Time: II Recreational Rhythms and Activities Hpe 232 - 4143 Instructor: Pam Paulson Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade i s based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I - Jan. 18-29 Melby Modern Dance Hpe 373 - 4141 Instructor: Pam Paulson An introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and problem solving. The majority of the course grade i s based upon daily performance in class, performance of a group composition, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Melby Time: I - Jan. 4 - 15 12/l nteri m Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Hpe 410 - 4142 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Prerequisites: Health 320 (School Health Curriculum) Time: I Melby 13 Virgin Islands January 4-28 Sailing in the Virgin Islands ** Hpe 455 - 4139 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Cost: $1995 Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, docking, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 39'fixed keel sailboat with 6 other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will besupplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting,and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to the various islandsand cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on competencies demonstrated by each individual in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ship's log will be kept by all participants. Counts toward lifetime sport distribution requirement Grading: P/N only Coaching of Football Hpe 476 - 4140 Instructor: Al Kloppen Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I -Jan. 4 - 15 Melby 12 Coaching of Basketball Hpe 477 - 4138 Instructor: Rees Johnson Theory, techniquesand administration of coaching basketball. Course will includeoff-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based on preparation of a coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation. There will be some out of class night work. Prerequisites: Instructor's approval. This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Melby 13 Time: I l -Jan. 18 - 29 20th Century South Asia His 162 - 4147 His 462 - 4148 Instructor: Don Gustafson Thts geographtc area has pratlilrrd the l a r g r ~workrng ~ rlernocr~ryin thc world today; from this people havr come on(' a( our cenlury's greaimt "saints" and a l s o one or the most r ~ n o w n e tstalesmen; l 11 isa forernoqt cxample of 20th-Ccntnryr olonralismarid natlonallrm: ir Iiarexpr.r~~ntetl oneaf thisrentury'sgreatr~rupheavalfof people: i t rsa ~tdndnrdexarnplcfor populat~ontrtsrs and world h u n ~ e rillt~stratlons.5oi11hAsia is all thrs-ant1 much more. Thts course I$ d~slgnerlfor the ctndent *ha has Inrercs! but lirtls or no background In nnn-western ~ubj~=ct5-1hough nth~rsare a l ~ owelcorn~.The h ~ a rot l the coursr will he in a w ~ t l ~ a ~ s o r t m e nreadings r (somt oI them really cxcellcnt) t r u ~~IIF-IP will a l ~ o h e lertures, trrne for drscussron and frequent breaks for slrde presentations. Grades w ~ lbe l based on general level of partlclpatlon, on some wrltten work and probably a test Students reglster~ngfor upper dlvls~oncred~tw ~ l have l addlt~onalassignments and be graded by upper dlvrslon standards. Prerequisites: Students registering for upper division credit must have had at least one college history class. Distribution: History - Philosophy Time: I S112 Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality His 220 - 4145 His 320 - 4146 Instructor: Khrn Khrn Jensen An invesriaatlon c l r tlw rationale fcr I ~ immigration P pattern, economir opporlunities, and social. politlcnl and economic- problems encour~rer~rl tjy thp folIowing Irnrn1grant5:Chlnew, l Forus on these thrre rrhnic groups will involve jap~ncseanrl Korean5 tn the W n i l ~ rStares. tjrlth t h "nld" ~ rmmigrants nntl ~tir"ncw" immigrants. Coursc will u 1 1 l i r~~~l ~ nspeak~r5 ic (Chinesr. Japancse and Koreilns) in a home rnvirnnment-dt~cus5Ion format. There will l~ etltnir meals, ~ t h n i craaking dcrnonsrra~ians,films, slides ~ n df i r * l t l rrips-,111 f h c ~arp important rornponent5 of thv rorlrsp as IS rlie academic component ol readings. erc. Focus Ir on ~ h cxperienrrs r or tlicsc ethnic aroups in Hawaii. Calllorr~i;~ ant1 M t n n ~ f o t a . and a Iourn,jI, loww rlivirron will cloa jnirrn;tl. Thrrr will 1 1 1 ~ ~ ~ r d i v i s i o n ~ t u dwill e n dnapaprr t5 t)r an exam un the t ~ x and t readlng~. Fees: $15 for meals and films etc. Prerequ~sites:Lower Divis~on,None Upper Divis~on,sophomore standing and consent of instructor D~stribution:Ii~storyand Philosophy Time: I Studies in Ancient and Medieval History Through the Reformation His 366 - 4190 Instructor: Richard Nelson This course is intended for those students who, having completed a course i n either ancient, medieval, renaissance, or reformation history, have a desire t o extend their work in one of those areas. Students will meet with me on a regular arranged basis for consultation and identification of the topic they intend to study. These topics can be of varied nature: e.g., biographical, social, military,art, literature, etc. The final result of thestudy will becompletion of a paper or project. Prerequisite: One history course and consent of instructor Time: II Brush Up Mat 103 - 4150 Instructor: Bev Durkee Thiscourse is designed asa brush u p in arithmetic and elementary algebraskills.Thecourse will be particularly helpful for students in elementary education or w h o will b e taking statistics as part of a major. Part of the work will be done on the computer. There will be diagnostic tests t o determine study needs, homework assignments t o gain skills, and written problem solving tests to determine achievement. Grades will be determined by test scores. Course of study i s completely individualized. Time: I S 108 Mathematical Aspects of Music Mat 130 - 4149 Instructor: Ben Cooper This course has t w o purposes. The first is to convey some mathematics that musicians should know (or know about), mostly concerning such pre-musical topics as acoustics, scales, tuning, and the premises of twelve-tone composition, but also concerning the question of the meaning of compositional style and quality.Thesecond purpose is t o try tocounterthecultural invrntine or discovering isolation of motlcrn malhematics by mcans o l parallel e r t p ~ r i c n c r % math~maticr; and writing music,anrl thro~ghc-antactwith one or two rna~hr*rnaticalto~ics not t a tangential bearing o n music, usually found in the curriculum t h a t a r c r i a n i l i ~ a n t ~ t r a v e aleas1 and con bc enjoycd with minimdl prereq~lisites.When pos~ihle,we will Iry trl hear those things we discuss mathematically through recordings or performant:e. Grades will be based o n homework exercises, mostly mathematical, but including the composition of at least one canon. Therefore some experience i n part writing is essential. The necessary mathematics will be developed i n class. Prerequisites: Music 101 o r equivalent and some high school algebra. Distribution: Mathematics - Physics Time: I Mathematical Themes in History and Philosophy M a t 134 - 4188 M a t 334 - 4189 Instructor: Larry Copes This course is designed for students who enjoy challenging reading and writing, but may be uncomfortable with mathematics. Objectivesare to examine waysin which mathematical ideas have affected and have been affected by philosophical ideas and historical movements. We shall examine h o w number systems, algebra, cardinality, and axiom systems have related to various epistemologies. There will be t w o exams and two short papers. Students must be qualified for College Algebra, as demonstrated (for example) by being i n Croup A on the Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam. Upper division: Students should have taken at least one mathematics course beyond Calculus II. Grading will be based o n three papers. Prerequisites: Yes Distribution: Mathematics - Physics Time: II O M 25 Introduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview Mus 110 - 4151 Instructor: Roberta Metzler Visitation of clinical f a c i l i ~ i ~i rsl t l ~ cMetropolitan area to observe music therapy in practice. Objectives of the coursr will Ile lo llccorn~familiar with a variety of clientele (Including mentally retarded, emotionally tlis~url)ed,nntl p11ysic.illy hilndicapped), and t u observ~how music therapy function< wilt1 diricrcnt populations. I n addition to the field trips, c-lasircmm discussions will include an o v e r v i ~ wol nlusir fherapy prac-tires and theory in thir country and abroad. Evaluation will be based o n tests,field trip reports, and class participation. A special fee of $15.00 will be required, t o cover the cost of transportation. A special class project will be required for upper division credit. Student times must beflexible, toallow for field tripsduring either the morning or afternoon. Fees: $15.00 Distribution: Art - Music M24 Time: II Sign and Song Mus 161 - 4152 Mus 361 - 4153 Instructor: Larry Fleming This course of study will investigate the relationship between visual symbols utilized in "signing" for the hearing impaired, and the basicelementsof music: melodiccontour, rhythm, and text topics. The process will include: I. Theory-Readings and discussion i n the areas of symbol, image, ritual, and gesture by authors S. Langer, B. Shahn, C. lung, T. Stafford, and others. II. ~ a r t i c i ~ a t i o n - ~ a s i"signing" c will b e taught by an area expert, so that fundamental concepts, vocabulary, and gestures are experienced and understood. Ill. Observation-Visits at local congregations and schools where signing is used with song. Although of special benefit for Music, Drama, and Education students, this study might prove useful for any interested student. N o previousexperienceor music training is necessary. Upper division credit requires the writing of a position paper. Distribution: Art - Music M 22 Time: II Trends and Issues in Nursing Nur 330 - 4154 Instructors: Susan Knust - Nancy Malcolm Nursing is viewed from an historical, current and futurist perspective to develop theories and concepts of leadership, change, and role development. The nurse as leader is discussed i n terms of ethics and accountability to the profession and t o society. The changing health care needs and demands of society are examined i n light of theability of the health caresystemand health care providers to meet those needs. The role of the nurse in meeting current and projected societal health care needs is discussed with emphasis on changing and emerging roles in nursing. The student increases his/her awareness of the complexities of societal and health issues by examining the political and legislative processes related to such issues. Emphasis is placed o n the impact of these processeson the nursing profession and health care delivery. The role of the nurse as an active participant i n these processes i s examined as well. Teaching methods include lecture, discussion and a variety of expert guest speakers. Evaluation methods include annotated bibliography, student debates and paper and pencil test. O M 11 Time: II The Nature of Contemplation Phi 210 - 4157 Instructor: Mark Fuehrer Thiscourse will examine the nature of contemplation by meansof philosophicalanalysis of the works of several contemplative writers. The following concepts will be analyzed and discussed: the object of contemplation, the effects of contemplation on the human subject, the modes of contemplation, and the language of contemplation. The course will consist of introductory lectures o n topics t o be discussed followed by selected readings and discussions i n class. Each student will prepare one paper of moderate length on a topic of his/her choosing with respect t o the course. Students will be given a grade based on the term paper and the individual discussions. Distribution: History - Philosophy Time: II O M 23 Age of Aquarius? A Philosophical Look at Some Contemporary lssues Phi 250 -4158 Instructor: Kenneth Bailey A popular song says: "This is the dawning of the Age of Aquarius." Is it? Aquarius, the Waterbearer, the eleventh sign of the zodiac, symbolizes simplicity, peace, and brotherhood. Whether such an age has begun is a question. Some astrologers say it began as early as 1930; others that it is just dawning. However that may be, i n this course we will discusssome of the concerns (e.g., freedom, morality, hunger) that face whatever age we may be in, from a philosophical standpoint. Basically a discussion course. Grades will be based o n written tests and class participation. Distribution: History - Philosophy OM 10 Time: II Islamic Philosophy: Past and Present Phi 410 - 4156 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach A study of the preservers of the Classic Greek tradition, analyzing h o w they reshaped the materials they inherited and i n what way they helped influencc the rise of Medieval Christian thought. To what extent current Islamic thought preserves their heritage or is conditioned by Christian western culture will be explored. Seminar format, with presentation and discussion of research papers. Prerequisites: No, though some previous philosophy recommended. Distribution: History - Philosophy M 23 Time: I 1982 Oak Ridge ~ssociatedUniversities Science Minimester Phy 322 - 4159 Inctructor: Kermit E. Paulson A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1982 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study projects i n nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, coal technology, health physics,and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Tra~ningprogram. Two weeks of the coursewill bespent i n Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilitiesof ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Fecs: The cost for travel and housing will be approximately $250. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Time: I S 24 Democratic Theory and Practice Pol 381 - 4160 Instructor: Milda Hedblom A study of democraric theory and public policy practice with focu, on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. An extensive research project will b e required in one of the major themes of the course involving considerable independent work. Prerequisites: Two courses political science,economics, philosophy or instructor's permission. M 25 Time: II The Politics of American Defense POI 461 - 4161 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten Contending explanations of American foreign policy-making will be examined with special concern for nuclear strategy and military intervention. Issues arising out of the Carter and Reagan defense policies will be discussed i n the light of previous American foreign policy behavior since World War II. . Grades will be based on t w o 5-page essays i n which students will reflect and comment on course readings, class discussions, and their experiences i n a policy-making simulation to be held during one all-day class in mid-January. Prerequisites: One introductory course in political science or permission of the instructor. M 25 Time: I Use of the Personal Computer in Psychology Psy 241 - 4163 lnitructor: Richard Marken See how a personal computer (the Psychology Department's Apple Il)can be used as a tool t o explore the mind. Learn t o write simple programs i n BASIC which will produce graphic displays, measure response time, d o statistical analyses and mndel thought processes. See the fruits of your efforts i n glorious color on the Apple II TV scleen. Evaluation based o n programming projects and two tests. P3 Time: II Designing an Introductory Psychology Course Psy 305 - 4164 Instructor: Norm Ferguson The course will involve students i n all phases of developing an introductory psychology course. This will include assessing the background and interests of the potential students, developing a course outline, choosing the classroom teaching methods, selecting the textbooks, preparing the exams and other forms of evaluation, and determining the grading procedures. There are two main objectives: (1) t o give students exposure to principles of curriculum development and theories of intellectual growth and development and (2) t o give students an opportunity to experience thesubject matter of introductory psychology from the perspective of an instructor. Evaluation will be based o n daily class participation and written assignments. Prerequisites: Two courses in psychology. Time: II P1 Reading in the Works of Robert Coles Psy 372 - 4162 Instructor: Duane Johnson Thiscourse will providean opportunity to read i n the works of Robert Coles with major focus o n conditions under which children develop. Reading will also include some attention t o authors closely related to Coles' perspective. Robert Coles isone of America's most widely published writers; much of his writing is based on a participant-observer style ol rrsaarrh. I-lp<prnclsfuhstantial time with particular persons i n various settings (southrrnri-5, rrligrants, sliarc~cropllers, Eskimos, Chicanos, Indians, the affluent and privileged, pcoplc of Iflsler 2nd South Africa) and reports their lives with sensitivity and with particirlar ~ l r p n l i o1 ~ 0 ltheir ~ r r c * ~ ~ k He ll~ i s ra.perceptive criticof our society and a spokesperson for the "less advantaged" and minority persons. Some initial study and planning will be required prior t o the beginning of the interim; each student must contact Dr. Johnson n o later than December 1 for further details regarding these assignments and t o confirm her/his registration i n the course. Course expectations will include extensive reading, regular class attendance and contribution, an annotated journal, and ashort summary paper. Course will be offered only on a P-N grading basis. Prerequisites: 86105 - General Psychology P5 Time: I Hawa~iJanuary 4-30 The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions in Hawaii rC Rel 321 - 4166 Instructor: P h ~ l ~ Quanbeck p Cost: $1795 It A study of Buddhism, Protestant Christianity, Mormonism,and Polynesian religion with special attention t o their interrelation i n Hawaii. Special attention given t o t h e following: the meeting of New England Calvinism and Hawaiian traditional culture and religion and its results today; the meeting of Christianity and both Chinese and Japanese Buddhism i n Hawaii today; and the approach of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints (Mormons) to the Polynesians. Efforts will also be made to study aspects of Chinese and Japanese cultures and religions i n their own right. Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal. Distribution: Religion Prerequisites: one religion course Grading: P/N only Christianity in Modern Africa Re1 366 - 4165 Instructor: Bradley Holt This cour.;c. is i n t ~ n c l r t10 l inform l~artiriparitsabout thr. c'ontrmporary r r l i g i c > ~situatir~n ~s In s r l e c ~ r trrgions l ~f Africa and ~ o s t i r n u l a ~rcllccrion.on c llrc univrrsat r taimsol Christianiry anrl form< il takrbs. A l f r n l i o r i will h r #ivcn lo Iht? lllarrting of Ctiristii~nityit1 the v d l i ~ Ot (~CUIIU~JI klric-a,to I t s d ~ v e l o ~ ~rlntler t n ~ nr ~n l n n ~ arrgimt:s,arlrl l irs rrr.rnt growth in ~nrlcpendentstates. T l i r " l r ~ r l o p m d r n r " African churches will bc stuclirvl. as well as aliprnpt5 lu l u r n ~ l ~ l .an rt~ "Africa11 Christian Tlienlngy." Tlrrb c o u r w wlIT ~ n i l ~ l uler.lur~s. y v t s i ~ i nresourrv ~ I)ersr)n, a i~rllo-visual~ i r l s. i,~ i r frlisr-i15sionnfr ~ a r l i n gmaterials. Stirrlrnts will beevaluated ona research j,lppr and an examination. P! "equisites: One cohrse i n religion. Uis~r1,-ution: Religion Time: II O M 18 - Christianity in Crisis: The New Evangelicals Confront the Twentieth Century Re1 368 - 4187 Instructor: Bruce Stuart Protestant Christians respond to science, social change, and critical views of their faith. "Bible-believing" and "evangelical" Americans attempt to shape their culture and call America t o a "Christian" and a "moral" pattern. Emphasis will be placed on the history and thought of "Born-Again" Christians since the 1920's. Key issues: Fundamentalism vs. Modernism, The Scopes Trial, Revivalism, Faith-healing, inerrancy of scripture, the Christian i n politics, the "electronic church" and prayer in the public school Key figures: W.B. Riley, Carl Mclntire, Billy Graham, Oral Roberts, Jerry Falwell, several American Presidents, Mark Hatfield Classroom lectures and discussion, one Sunday morning of television, texts and reserved reading. There will be two tests and a short paper. Prerequisites: One course i n religion Distribution: Religion Time: I *+* Israel January 3-28 Israel, Ancient and Modern Re1 375 - 4167 Instructor: John Benson Cost: $2195 This course encounter will focus o n archaeology and geography with special attention t o methods and results of archaeology as they relate to biblical sites in Israel. The group will live primarily in Jerusalem where there will be lectures, walking tours in the O l d City, and visits to museums and places of religious and historical interest. Twoside trips are planned: one to the north, including places such as the Sea of Galilee, Tiberias, Capernaum, Hazor Megiddo and Nazareth; and another t o the south, which will include such places as Ashdod, Beer-sheba, Masada and Qumran. Some time will be spent in London at the beginning of the interim. There will be required reading, and students will keep a journal. Prerequisites: one course i n religion Distribution: Religion Grading: P/N only Practicum in Human Services Swk 257 - 4169 Instructor: Doug Perry Thirty hours per week of volunteer work i n a human service agency i s combined with readings and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discover whether a career i n human services is for you. Evaluation will be based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final examination. Students will b e asked t o meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester i n order to discuss selection of agency and structure of the course. Objectives: 1) To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help. 2) To increase knowledge of the service given by the agency i n which student is serving. 3) To gain knowledge of the professionals i n the organization, including their skills, competencies, education, and training. 4) To gain beginning knowledge about the diversity of human service agencies. 5) To increase understanding of self i n relation t o the human service field. Time: I Field Work Ill Swk 466 - 4170 Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg Continuation o f educationally focused field placement in a social service agency (Field Work 11). Student will spend 15 hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Student will b e evaluated in writing by Field Work Instructor using previously developed field learning agenda and social work evaluation form. Objectives: 1) To use supervisory relationship t o increase interpretive as well as performance competence. 2 ) To promote gradual entry into direct practice. 3) To increase competence i n client contact phase of the problem solving process. 4) To increase student self awareness in regard to professional practice interest, areas of strength and areas for personal/professionaI development. 5) To promote competence i n the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis o n analysis and resolution stages. 6) To apply human behavior and social environment theories content to analytic processes and t o develop interpretive ability. 7) To continue to promote gradual entry into action-intervention phase of the problemsolving process. 8 ) To further examine minority issues in relation t o practice. (Note: this will be offered for 1/2or full credit. For full credit, student will spend 30 hours per week i n placement, the additional 15 hours to be i n non-client contactactivities whichaddress specific projects i n the agency, as written into the field learning agenda and agreed upon among student, field instructor, and faculty supervisor) Prerequisites: Field Work II O M 11 Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th Pol 399 - 4184 Washington Interim A study-internship program i n Washington, D. C. i n connection with the Washington Center of Learning Alternatives, Information o n projects, housing and financial assistance i s available from Dr. Barbara Richards-Haugen i n Memorial 113. Swk 312 - 4185 Training School o n Alcohol and Drug Abuse Intensiveexperiential and didactictraining at Johnson Institute combined with week-long experience i n chemical dependency treatment agency. Students are evaluated according to participation i n classes, experiential learning and i n the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited. Social Work 95257, social work major and permission of contact person, Eddie Hertzberg, are prerequisites. Cost: $100. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are a v a l l a l ~~nrrudents l~ during interim and may be taken in addition t o a regular course. They d o riot carry nlfir,inl credit, but they d o meet the life-time sports requirement for graduation. S~uderrksmay parlicipate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be e x p ~ r ~ rtor lpay any fees whether or not credit i s received. Badminton Hpe 002 - 4178 Instructor: Marilyn Pearson Basic techniques and theory of beginning badminton - much of the class time will be spent i n singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will b e n o written tests or outside assignments. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport Time:'12:00 Noon Melby Volleyball Hpe 002 - 4179 Instructor: E. W. Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport. Time: 12:OO Noon - 1:00 p.m. daily Melby Racquetball Hpe 002 - 4180 Instructor: E.W. Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport. Time: 8:00 a.m. - 9:00 a.m. daily Melby American Karate: Fun, Fitness, Sport, Self Defense Hpe 002 - 4191 Instructor: M i k e Teitelbaum An introduction t o "American" Karate. Form, basic techniques and practical usage will b e taught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt Instructor. Fees: approximately $20. Time: 12:OO Noon Monday, Wednesday, Friday Melby
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1968-1969
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW 19,88-89 ' I -; __.f -:-.� ·,.( -;;·:c..../ "<" -<..�-( AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70 RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68 --GVLLiCii AUGSBURG -.- PROFILE AFFILIATION Augsburg Coll...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW 19,88-89 ' I -; __.f -:-.� ·,.( -;;·:c..../ "<" -<..�-( AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70 RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68 --GVLLiCii AUGSBURG -.- PROFILE AFFILIATION Augsburg College is a fouryear liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for further study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields. LOCATION Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education, the American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women. Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway NO. 94, just 20 blocks from the downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums, and art collections. They also have the opportunity to attend lectures, musical programs and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. MEMBERSHIPS SETTING Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges and Universities. The twelve-block Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent to the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals. In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, wellprepared faculty. ACCREDITATION COURSES OF STUDY Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree offered in 29 major fields of study. Students are prepared for teaching, business administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work, DEVELOPMENT A comprehensive development program is in operation which will, over the years, add additional land and buildings t o the Augsburg College campus. THE AUGSBURG COLLEGE CAMPUS Augsburg College is located near the Minneapolis loop and the University of Minnesota. The Administrative offices are in science ~ ~ at1the1 corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South. Prospective students and 0ther interested persons are cor- dially invited to visit the campus. Visiting hours are 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through Friday; Saturday by appointment. A letter or telephone call in advance is recommended. Write to the Office of Admissi,ons, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; or telephone 332-5181. ACADEMIC CALENDAR, AUGUST 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 S 1 8 15 22 29 SEPTEMBER 1968 M T W T F S 2 3 4 5 6 7 91011121314 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 OtTOBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9101112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 S 1 8 15 22 29 DECEMBER 1968 M T W T F S 2 3 4 5 6 7 91011121314 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 31 JANUARY 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FEBRUARY 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 MARCH 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9101112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 MAY 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 SUMMER SESSION 1968 June 24 July 4 Aug. 2 ...........(Mon.) ............ Final registration and beginning of classes ............(Thurs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holiday ............ (Fri.) ................. Final examinations ACADEMIC YEAR 1968-69 FALL TERM Sept. Sept. Sept. Nov. Nov. Nov. 5-9 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) ... Freshman Welcome Week 9, 10 . . . . . . . . . (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration 11 .......... (Wed.) ...................... Classes begin 19 . . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) ............... Last day of classes 20-26 ........ (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations 27-Dec. 3 . . . . (Wed.-Tues.) .......... Thanksgiving recess WINTER TERM Dec. 3 ............. (Tues.) ...................... Registration Dec. 4 ............. (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin (Fri.) ............. Christmas recess begins Dec. 20, 9:00 p.m. (Mon.) .................... Classes resume Jan. 6, 7:45 a.m. Feb. 25 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes Feb. 26-March 4 ... (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations March 5-10 ....... (Wed.-Mon.) ................ Term break ... ... SPRING TERM March 10 .......... (Mon.) ...................... Registration March 11 .......... (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin April 2, 9:00 p.m. .. (Wed.) ............... Easter recess begins April 8, 7:45 a.m. (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume May 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes May 26-30 ......... (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations June 1 . . . . . . . . . . . .(Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement ... - ' ;:,, ACADEMIC CALENDAR, 1969-1970 AUGUST 1969 S M T W T F 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 , S 2 9 16 23 30 SEPTEMBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 78910111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 OCTOBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 DECEMBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 78910111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FEBRUARY 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 MARCH 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 MAY 1970 S M T W T F 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 31 JANUARY 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1969 . . . . . . . . . . . . Final registration and beginning of classes July 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holiday July 18 ............ (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations June 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) July 21 Aug. 8 ............ (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations SECOND SUMMER SESSION 1969 ACADEMIC YEAR 1969-70 FALL TERM Sept. 4-8 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) . . . Freshman Welcome Week Sept. 8, 9 ......... (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration Sept. 10 ........... (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin Nov. 18 . . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) ............... Last day of classes Nov. 19-25 . . . . . . . .(Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations Nov. 26-Dec. 2 . . . . .(Wed.-Tues.) ......... Thanksgiving recess WINTER TERM Dec. 2 ............. (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration Dec. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin Dec. 19, 9:00 p.m. .. (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Christmas recess begins Jan. 5, 7:45 a.m. ... (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume Feb. 24 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes Feb. 25-March 3 . . . . (Wed.-Tues.) . . . . . . . . . Final examinations March 4-9 ......... (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term break SPRING TERM March 9 . . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration March 10 . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin March 25, 9:00 p.m. . (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Easter recess begins March 31, 7:45 a.m. . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume May 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes May 25-29 . . . . . . . . (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations May 31 . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement S 2 9 16 23 30 A I M S A N D OBJECTIVES Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. The faculty and the Board of Regents of the College affirm the following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this institution. ULTIMATE AlMS TO contribute to the true good of human life and society. To contribute t o the building of free and living congregations in the community of the Christian Church. BASIC PHILOSOPHY The Christian message concerning the redemptive act of God in Christ constitutes the greatest potential for good in human life and society; but this potential is realized only insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals. The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the ChrGtian Church; in seeking to relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to society. Where there is an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth has the overwhelming advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common search for truth and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate s ruth. PRIMARY OBJECTIVES To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can reap the maximum benefit from a program of Christian higher education. To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual, mental, moral and physical wellbeing of its students. To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits and skills necessary for sound academic work. To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both for the sake of the enrichment of their own lives and, through them, for the enrichment of their homes and communities. To confront its students with the problems and benefits of living and serving in an increasingly urban culture. To lead its students to a deeper understanding and. experience of the Christian Gospel in its relation to every area of life and learning. To assist its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar aptitudes and interests, and to provide training and counsel that ,will assist them in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto. To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each GENERAL INFORMATION student to look upon his life as a Christian vocation, and an opportunity for service t o God and man. DISTINCTIVE CHARACTER Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning. As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which is appropriate to such a community. Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought t,o play a creative role in American life and society, and seeks t o preserve the enduring values of this heritage in the life of the college community today. As a metropolitan college, Augsburg attempts to relate its faculty and. students to an urban culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the growing metropolitan community in which it is located. THE PHYSICAL PLANT Instructional facilities and student housing a t Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 194% 49, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, phys- ics, and biology; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. East Hall, purchased in 1966, provides a rehearsal hall for the Concert Band and Repertoire Band as well as rehearsal and instruction rooms for instrumentalists. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to provide vocal, string and piano rehearsal rooms together with a rehearsal room for large groups. The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely -..,+-,: functional building for dramatic and other speech activities. The Augsburg College Center, completed in 1967, is a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which is the name for the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided in this threestory building containing 55,000 square feet of space. Urness Tower Residence for Women, completed in 1967, is an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 women students. The building was named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building is that each floor is considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. The second floor level with main lounge, also provides an apartment for the head resident. There is an observation lounge a t the top of the structure. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building houses about 65 men students and provides for some faculty and administration offices in one wing. Sivertsen-Mortensen Hall in- corporates a building donated to the college in 1939 from the late Dr. Iver Sivertsen and Mrs. Sivertsen, and a larger addition erected in 1955 and named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen. dean of women a t Augsburg from 1923 to 1964. The building provides housing for about 144 men students as well as apartments for the resident head. The Studio Building, dedicated in 1964, houses the Department of Art on its two floors. West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. The building houses 38 women students and an apartment for the head resident. Cottage Houses. A large number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area to provide accommodations for men or women students, married students and for faculty and staff members. The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is located on the West River Road. THE ARCHIVES - The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books, and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-proof quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals, manuscripts, letters i n d pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. LIBRARY FACILITIES - The beautiful and spacious George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains about 70,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, and is adding approximately 7,000 new volumes each year. Students and faculty working in either of the two large reading rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand. All books are kept on open shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and welltrained staff, is available to students. Special collections have been developed in the Music Library, the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual Center. In 1966, the AmericanScandinavian Foundation presented its collection of Scandinavian music to the College. Additional conveniences include conference rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is provided in the first-floor reading room. The library subscribes to nearly 600 of the best periodi- cals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Curregt issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area. The library plays an active role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly book discussions for faculty, staff, and students. In the Twin City area are other libraries which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year. NATURAL SCIENCE LABORATORIES The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Four laboratories and storeroom and office space for biology are located on the second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research laboratories for chemistry and two laboratories for physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. FINANCIAL INFORMATION 1968-69 COMPREHENSIVE FEE Includes tuition, board and room and College Center fees as described below. (per year) $- 2,270.00 - - - TUITION - New freshmen entering September, 1968 (per year) $ 1,400.00 This rate is guaranteed for four consecutive years. In case of time lost due to illness or accident, the rate, upon application and approval, may be extended for a fifth year. Transfer students and returning students not on a prior year-guaranteed plan. (per year) $ 1,300.00 Part-time students (carrying less than 12 credits per term) (per credit hour) $ -3880 Fee for auditing is one-half the fee for credit. BOARD AND ROOM Residence Halls Honor Houses (upper-class students only) The board plan provides 21 meals per week. (per year) (per year) $ _ 840.00 $ 795.00 OTHER REQUIRED FEES College Center Fee (per year) Part-time students are charged on a proportionate basis. Application Fee Required of all new students, non-refundable. Initial Payment-New Students Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by May 1, 1968. The payment is applied to the tuition fee, but is not transferable or refundable. Room Reservation Deposit-Returning Students Required by July 1, 1968, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September, 1968. Breakage Deposit Required of all resident students. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing educational program at Augsburg College. SPECIAL FEES Change in registration after classes begin (per cancel or add) r Late registration after classes begin (per day) Placement re-registration (for alumni) Graduation fee Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy Arrangements for special examinations are made in Registrar's office, with charges according to schedule on file. $ 30.00 $ 10.00 $ 100.00 $ 25.00 $ 20.00 $ $ $ $ $ 2.00 2.00 5.00 15.00 1.00 SPECIAL COURSE FEES Computer Science Student Teaching Improvement of Reading Music Lessons (10 per term) Practice Studio Rental Organ (one hour per day) Piano or Voice (one hour per day) OTHER COSTS Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore. Estimated costs (per year) $ Linen service, required in residence halls (per year) $ Personal expenses for clothing, entertainment and transportation vary from student to student. In planning a yearly budget, a student should add (per year) $ $ SETTLEMENT OF ACCOUNT A statement of charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of one-third of the annual charge is due a t the beginning of each term except that for the fall term payments will be due on or before August 20, so that all necessary processing of financial arrangements can be completed in time to clear the student for registration. - In some cases, more frequent and smaller payments may be--necessa~ or desirable. Information on this mode of payment will be forwarded with the statement of charges in August. Students using this service will pay a carrying charge. %. REFUNDS If a student decides to cancel his registration, refunds of term fees, tuition and room charges are allowed as follows: during the first week of classes, 80%; during the second week, 70%; during the third week, 60%; during the fourth week, 50%; and during the fifth week, 40%. No allowance is given after the fifth week. Refunds for board are made on a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to cancel his registration because of accident or illness during the first five weeks of the term, the charge is one-half of the rate indicated above, except that board is refunded on a proportionate basis. Students required to enter military service will receive a full refund of fees and a proportionate refund on board and room charges. 100.00 27.00 300.00 to 400.00 FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial aid in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and parttime employment is available a t Augsburg College. Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe t o the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a student should be based upon financial need. The CSS assists the college's financial aid officer in determining the student's need for financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance are required to submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement (PCS) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating Augsburg College as one of the recipients, by March 15. The PCS form may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship Service, Box 881, Evanston, Illinois 60204. All upper-class students are required to submit a Parents' Confidential Statement-Renewal form each year. Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is maintained chiefly by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special consideration will be given to all students with a superior academic background. Loans will normally be granted for the academic year, September through June, or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for each succeeding loan period. United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans made by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance. A grant to the college by the Gamble-Skogmo Foundation provided the funds to establish the initial reserves required. The United Student Aid Fund Incorporation also handles the Federal Insured Loan program. Arrangements for all types of loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on financial aid. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. SCHOLARSHIPS SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO FRESHMEN Foundation Fellowships are offered t o students with outstanding high school records and high scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are guaranteed enrollment in honors course work. These awards range in amount from $100 to full tuition and are renewable for four years for students with a grade point average o~f 3.0 (B average). TO qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a student should rank in the upper five percent of his high school class and have a combined score of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. The scholarship committee also considers an individual's interests, abilities, and character. Honor Scholarships are offered to good students who have strong potential for academic success at Augsburg College. These awards range in amount from $100 to full tuition and may be renewed for four years for students with a grade point average of 2.50. Students who rank in the upper fifteen percent of their high school class and have above average scores in the Scholastic Aptitude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships. Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards are offered each year by the Department of Chemistry to students strongly interested in chemistry or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from $2,000 to $4,000 over four years. A student qualifies for a Chemistry Scholarship on the basis of his high school performance, a special chemistry examination, financial need, and vocational objective. Summer Research Awards are also available to students in chemistry. This award provides a stipend of $600 for each student to do research under the guidance of the chemistry department. Academic Grants are awarded to students on the basis of financial need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are admitted to Augsburg College but do not qualify for a scholarship may be considered for an academic grant or financial award'. These awards range in amount from $100 to $600 and may be renewable for four years with a grade point average of 2.0 (C average). SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN Departmental Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded each year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of their ma)or department. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a scholastic average of 2.75 or better. Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the freshman, sophomore, and junior classes for use the following academic year. The scholarship fund., which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of financial need. The Augsburg College Women's Club Schdarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her husband, Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship is awarded annually to a student studying choral music. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0.Burntvedt who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or students in the senior class who are preparing for the ministry. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students. The M. J. Estrem Scholarship was established in 1965 by Mr. and Mrs. M. J. Estrem of Minneapolis to provide an annual scholarship for some worthy student of the College, such student to be selected upon the recommendation of the Scholarship Committee of the College. Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships may be awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, makes possible the awarding of one or more scholarships each year to upperclass male students interested in careers in the field of business. The 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship was established in 1966 by Mr. and Mrs. 0. I. Hertsgaard. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to junior or senior students who have demonstrated a proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and show promise of overall academic success. The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. International Milling Company Scholarships are funded by contributions made by the International Milling Company to the Minnesota Private College Fund. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded annually to able and deserving upper-class students. The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. 1 The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956 by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship is awarded annually t o a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and promise of achievement in the field of physical education. Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $500 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the College in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarships were established in 1966 from funds given by Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded annually to able and deserving upper-class students who are policy holders. David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are doing student teaching. The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount of $300 to an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in the Christian ministry. -- in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student d outstanding promise in the field of music. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of Christian sociology. The amount of the prize is $50. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded annually to freshman students who, without assistance, would be unable to pursue higher education. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college from 1940 to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to seIected students preparing for Christian senrice. I The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family and friends to honor her memory. As an expression of Christian concern for the problems of social injustice, this scholarship is awarded periodically to an American Negro student. Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of $300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran faith who are enrolled in social work courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of smial work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a student's interests, aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Ausgburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Donran. It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in the art of singing. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family and friends to honor her memory. A scholarship of $300 will be awarded annually to an able and I . I I deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Tozer Scholarships of $500 each are awarded annually to outstanding Junior or Senior students who are residents of the state of Minnesota. Monies for these scholarships are provided by the Tozer Foundation, Inc., of Stillwater, Minnesota. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in 1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Memorial Scholarship Foundation. Undesignated memorial gifts are placed in the Foundation Fund. Income from these endowment gifts is used to provide scholarships d varying amounts. The scholarship committee selects students who are able and deserving. The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was created by the Augsburg College Board of Regents on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald of Norway to the Augsburg campus in October, 1965. This annual scholarship provides one year's full tuition for a student from Norway who wishes t o study at Augsburg. The recipient is chosen from applicants by a committee in Norway set up for this purpose. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry a t Augsburg from 1949 t o 1958. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. - 3 The Carl Fwse Memorial -h~ 'p was established i 1960 by the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Carl Fosse, professor of chemistry a t Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship established in 1967 by the family and friends and the Department of Chemistry to honor the memory of Covey Hendrickson, a student of chemistry a t Augsburg until his death in June, 1966. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. I 3 The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise in the field of chemistrv. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of bi'ochemistry at the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student omf chemistry a t Augsburg until the time of his death in January, 1960. The annual award ia made t o a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship w a s established in 1963. This annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of chemistry. I GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT An employment assists students the school year, and off-campus II service, located in the Student Personnel Office, in obtaining part-time remunerative work during Christmas vacation, and summer. Both on-campus jobs are available. I ADMISSION APPLICATION PROCEDURE Applications for admission are provided by and submitted to the Office of Admissions, Applications may be obtained by visiting, writing, or calling (332-5181). A majority of the applications are received between September and January of the students' senior year in high school. Although the closing date for making application for the fall term is August 1, the class may be filled well in advance of this date. An early decision plan is available for highly-qualified applicants who apply before December 1. These applicants are notified concerning admission on the basis of grades through the junior year and college aptitude test scores. Students applying after December 1 will generally not be notified concerning admission until after the Scholastic Aptitude Test scores have been received by the college. A $100 tuition deposit is due before May 1, with earlier payment giving preference in the assignment of campus housing. Students admitted after May 1 are required to make the $100 tuition deposit within two weeks of notification of acceptance. The tuition deposit is not refundable but applies to the cost of tuition. An interview on campus is encouraged. Instructions for applying for admission: 1. Return the application form with a $10 application fee (non-refundable) and a photograph to: Office of Admissions Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 2. Request your counselor or principal to send us a transcript of your high school record and all test results. Transfer students will request the previous college or colleges to send an official transcript of grades together with results of standardized tests taken. 3. The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board is required for admission. The test should be taken early in the senior year or late in the junior year. See your counselor or principal about registering for the SAT or write to College Entrance Examination Board, c/o Educational Testing Service, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. Transfer students are not required to take the SAT. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The quality of a student's work in high scho'ol, type of course program, scores on college aptitude tests, extra-curricular pal-ticipation, and recommendations are important factors in considering an application for admission. Augsburg College seeks students who rank high in their high school graduating class, a t least in the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. It is recommended that a student have a least 12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include four units of English, and a t least two units each of a foreign language, social studies, mathematics, and science. A unit is defined a s a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be provided with blanks early in the summer to be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health report must be received before the student will be permitted to register. TRANSFER Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory and they are in good standing. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. A maximum of 95 quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a junior college. The college reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken in unaccredited institutions. The grade point average for graduation is based on work taken a t Augsburg. ADVANCED PLACEMENT Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed. ADVANCED STANDING Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted t o high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations. CAMPUS q- There are many influences which mould life and character in college. While the exercises d classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the climate of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a whoiesome spirit of ~hristianc&rnunity living. :,!, I. !<i THE CHAPEL SERVICE At the center of Augsburg's program is the daily chapel service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students and faculty. COMMISSION OF RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES The Commission of Religious Activities, composed of students and faculty, is responsible to the Augsburg community for the implementation of the religious program. Chairman of this Commission is a student, who is also a member of the Student Council. Although Augsburg College does not believe that religious life can be separated from the rest of life, this Commission does see its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life, and the stimulation of faith through discussion and service. RECREATION STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE At Augsburg all of the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmatives about human nature and man's relation to God. As a Christian liberal arts college, Augsburg takes these relationships seriously and therefore seeks to educate the whole man. It follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish programs and policies that contribute to this end. . ''? "' , !> - It is expected of each student that his life, conduct and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian college, and students who do not feel drawn to this quality of life should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the college reserves the right to ask its students to adapt themselves to the social and recreational program approved by the college. It reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable for social as well as for academic reasons. It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first d, .. '!D . :lf: ,* - dealt with through counseling. Those not solved this way are channeled to a student-faculty Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program, some limitations have been placed on certain activities. The college is opposed to all forms of gambling. The college does not allow the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in residence halls, in any college-approved place of residence or a t any collegesponsored event. Minnesota state law forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages by people who are not 21 years of age. CONVOCATION Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. SOCIAL, CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL PROGRAM In attempting to meet the needs and interests of Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities on campus and many of those which are available in the Twin Cities. Much activity outside the classroom occurs in the College Center. There the college community is drawn together by social, recreational, and cultural activities. The activities program is designed to complement the classroom experience and to enhance the student's college experience. Throughout the year a variety of social activities are held in the center, in residence halls, and elsewhere on campus. These social activities include parties, teas, picnics, films, banquets, dances, talent shows and special dinners and big-name entertainment. Traditional highlights of the year are Homecoming, the Christmas Buffet, Sno-Days, the Carnival, and the spring formal dance. Many students take part in the social society system a t Augsburg by joining either a men's or women's society. These societies are small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass students and freshmen, and commuter and residence students, as they plan activities. The society system is governed by the InterSociety Council which, in turn, is responsible to the Student Council. The recreation program has activities for both participants and spectators. The intramural program under the direction of the Physical Education Department features touch football and basketball. On campus such recreational facilities as pool tables, ping-pong, and bicycles are available in addition to the facilities in Melby Hall. Students also enjoy tennis at nearby parks and swimming a t Fairview Hospital. In the winter, students go on skiing outings or stay on campus to ice skate. There are informally organized soccer and boot-hockey teams. For the spectator there are the intercollegiate athletic contests. Students may attend home games on their activity card. For many of the away games bus transportation is arranged for those wanting to attend. The cultural program includes activities from the creative and performing arts. In the College Center there are art exhibits, discussions, music listening facilities, small recitals, concerts, drama readings and films. Art works are also exhibited in the Studio and the Scholarshop. Augsburgians also enjoy the annual choir, orchestra, and band concerts in Melby Hall. The college also features a major dramatic production each term in the Little Theatre. Students are admitted free to on-campus dramatic and musical programs by their activity card. Major responsibility for programming is handled by the Program Commission. The committees under the Program Commission are Social, Recreation, Fine Arts, Forum and Lecture, Hospitality, and Promotion. METROPOLITAN OPPORTUNITIES Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries. The Twin Cities' libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Several theaters in the Twin Cities such as the Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, the Old Log Theater, the Firehouse Theater, and St. Paul Civic Opera Company provide a variety of dramatic and musical presentations. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions a t the University and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters. Students also enjoy Minnesota Twins baseball and Viking football games a t Metropolitan Stadium. The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled a t Augsburg College. The central concern of student government is focused on education to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates to this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in the executive branch. Seven commissioners are each responsible to the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight boards also assist him in his work. The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the twenty-member legislative branch of the government. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representatives on the council. The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are subject to appeal only to the President of the College. The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration. The students also have representation on college committees such as the President's Cabinet, the College Center Cabinet, and several faculty committees The Student Society is a member of the National Student Association, the largest representative national union of students in the United States. Through this organization the students receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to the voice of all American students before the national government and other organizations in matters of student concern. The Student Government directs several projects of interest to the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Development Council, Welcome Week, Sno-Days, International Students Program, Faith-in-Life-Week, College Center Programming, relationships with community organizations and contacts with neighboring institutions of higher education. Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students, provides opportunity for the women to develop meaningful selfgovernment. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and to encourage participation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Inter-collegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. AWS has an on-campus council and an off-campus council which deal with the problems and programs of their respective areas. The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body as well as a medium of information. It provides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic work. PUBLICATIONS Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography. The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is to select editors and business managers for the campus publications. The Auggie is a directory of students, staff, and faculty and is published under the direction of the Office of Public Relations. The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom. Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. All these organizations are cu-ordinated through the Student Organizations Commission of the Augsburg Student Society. This Commission acts to evaluate club activities, to approve annual schedules, and to represent clubs at Student Council and Executive Council meetings. The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics in this specific area. The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an organization especially for students in the elementary education program. It is concerned primarily with professional standards in the teaching profession, educational changes, and needs of children in the field of elementary education. CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM Augsburg College Children's Groups involves students who meet weekly with a group of neighborhood children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips, and sports as they show their concern for these children by their own personal involvement. The Augsburg YGOP Club and YDFL Club aim to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open to qualified upperclassmen. The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major "A" at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and people of various countries. The Debate Club fosters debate activity at Augsburg as it meets to develop skills necessary in debating. Members of the club represent Augsburg in the Twin Cities Debate League and other intercollegiate tournaments. The French Club is composed of students interested in the French language and culture. The German Club is open to all students who are studying or have studied German. In addition to providing opportunity for conversational practice, the club also promotes understanding and appreciation of the German people, their achievements and customs. Karate Club is organized to provide instruction in classical Karate for Augsburg men and women students. It also promotes better understanding of Karate itself and of the various schools of Karate. The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music, art and history. The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students at Augsburg, is an organization that expresses concern for spiritual life at Augsburg, as well as acquaints its members with the vocation of the Christian ministry. The Psychology Club promotes interest in various fields of psycholowThe Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing. The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture to students in an informal way. The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of Social Service. The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. The Ushers' Club is a service organization providing trained ushers for public events scheduled for the campus. The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. They publish The Arkai, a collection of the best creative writing each year. The Women's Recreation Association at Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. The Augsburg Concert Band numbers fifty members selected by audition from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the band tours annually to various parts of the United States. The Augsburg Choir has sixty-five members selected by audition from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the choir goes on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. The choir toured Norway and other European countries in 1965. The Augsburg College Choral Club performs frequently in campus programs and concerts and sings at various churches in the Twin City area. Membership is by audition or consent of the director. The Augsburg College Orchestra presents programs of standard repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral groups. In addition to campus and local appearances, the orchestra tours in the Midwest. Membership is by audition. Larger campus musical groups also include the Repertoire Band and the Symphonia. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS -- PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well a s individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are t o be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use t o him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly t o this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. - ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS In order to participate in certain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Organizations check eligibility of candidates by submitting a list to the Director of Student Activities for approval. Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. A student on academic probation may not be a member of the Augsburg College Choir, Concert Band, or the Orchestra. He is not eligible t o participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading, student publications, societies, or to accept elected or appointed student-government offices or chairmanships. This list is not inclusive and other activities may be designated. HONORS AND AWARDS The purpose of Beta Chi Epsilon is to honor those senior women who have maintained a high level of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving service and leadership to the college community. In turn, it is the responsibility of these women to foster the development of academic excellence, leadership, and service among women students of Augsburg College. On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for at least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open to students with a major or minor in English or a foreign language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship. Juniors and seniors who ,have earned a 3.5 grade point accumulative average are eligible for membership, while freshmen and sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may be admitted as pledges. Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social sciences is required for election to membership. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point average of 3.5 or better in the previous term of work a t Augsburg College. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. Outstanding seniors are nominated annually by a Student-Faculty Committee for membership in Who's Who Among Students in American Colleges and Universities. Special attention is given to scholarship, leadership and participation in extra-curricular activities such as athletics, drama, music organizations, societies, student government and community activities. Institutional services t o students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions, Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Sewice, Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES ADMISSIONS 0 Pre-college counseling concerning admissions requirements, college entrance examinations, financial aids, and career planning is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions. Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and homes a s the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest. In addition to high school seniors, sophomores and juniors are encouraged to use these services and also to visit the campus if a t all possible. COUNSELING Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered at Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty, health or financial problems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop a more realistic understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life. At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on a t several levels. All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and each new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time, the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are staff members who have specialized training in counseling and techniques for dealing with problems of adjustment. The personnel deans serve as special counselors. The counseling program is coordinated through the Director of Psychological Services in the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. RECORDS Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission data, academic achieve~ment,student participation and achievement in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling, and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters. THE STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment. Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located in Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus. Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required to have on file the report of a physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. Students who have personal problems are encouraged to seek help through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops which demands professional skill, the student is referred to the offices of the personnel deans. Referrals may be made to the College Chaplain, or the College Psychologist. FRESHMAN ORIENTATION Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days before the beginnicg of classes each year. The students take tests, attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman Days. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement test scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personality inventories and the vocational interest profiles help the students to know more about themselves, in order to make a good choice of subjects and occupational goals. A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are especially urged to enroll in this course. HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICE In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom. In an effort to provide these opportunities for development, student residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the head residents and personnel deans. Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The head residents and personnel deans serve as resource people for these counselors and handle cases referred to them. All students not living a t home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Students desiring to reside in the city with relatives must first secure approval for such an arrangement from the Student Personnel Office. All students living in residences take their meals in the Commons. The college also provides a number of houses for men and women with a cooperative houseplan option. Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after the term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service a t a reasonable cost. This service is required of all students in residence halls. An optional linen service is available to students living in houses. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. A room deposit is required of upper-class students to hold a room. This fee is payable a t the Treasurer's Office by May 15. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this date are automatically removed from the housing roster. No refunds are made after August 1. All men living in Memorial Hall, Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall cottage housing, are required to pay a $20 key and breakage a t the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year fee is refunded if the condition of the room and furniture is isfactory and the key is returned. and fee the sat- GRADUATE PLACEMENT The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions a t the local, state, and national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free t o graduating seniors. Alumni seeking the services of the Placement Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5. There is no placement fee. CO-ORDINATION OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES The Director of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Director. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Program Commission and the Student Organization Commission in addition to other Boards and Commissions under the Augsburg Student Society. A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Student Personnel Office. The college Master Calendar is kept in the Office of Student Activities. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS Following are the requirements for graduation with the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College: 1. Satisfactory completion of the General Education Requirements described below. 2. Completion of a major. 3. A total of 180 quarter credits. (186 for students above junior standing in fall of 1968) 4. At least 54 credits in courses numbered above 50. 5. A minimum of "C" average in all courses taken. 6. Proficiency in English, 7. The last year of course work at Augsburg. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS The general education program at Augsburg College consists of core and distribution requirements as follows: 1. English 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 2. History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3. Religion 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4. Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5. Physical Education 1, 2, 3 (one year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6. Art 1 or Music 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7. Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8. Religion 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 9. Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-18 10. Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 11. Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 12. Speech or Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 13. Religion (upper division) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 credits credits credits credits credit credits credits credits credits credits credits credits credits The first five courses listed above should be taken in the freshman year, except that students with majors in biology, chemistry, music, or medical technology may postpone history or sociology until the sophomore year. Religion 21 is required in the sophomore year. It is recommended that the general education requirements be completed in the first two years of college, except item 13 above. One upper division religion course should be taken in each of the junior and senior years. Students who enter college with a high proficiency in English will enroll in English 15 instead of English 11 and will substitute a literature course for English 12. The number of credits required in a foreign language is determined by proficiency examinations. The student is required to have the equivalent of four terms of a foreign language for graduation, that is, two terms of the beginning course and two terms of the intermediate level course. He is exempt from this requirement if he has had four years or more of one foreign language. In the natural sciences, two courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics satisfy the requirement. It is recommended who obtain a grade of A or B in the first course d science have ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION that the two courses be taken in the same department. Students the option of taking Philosophy of Science for the second course. Philosophy 21 and 22 are designed to meet the philosophy requirement. Philosophy 23 may be used also. Students may choose from Political Science 20, 21, 22 or Economics 22 for the requirement in political science or economics. The general education requirement in speech or literature will be satisfied by: Speech 11 or 51; English 35, 40, or 45. Upon request a student may substitute another literature course by permission of the instructor. MAJORS AND MINORS The following majors are offered: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration: Accounting Business Administration: Finance Business Education Chemistry Economics Elementary Education English French German Greek Health and Physical Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Music Natural Science Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Studies Social Sciences Sociology Spanish Speech Students are required to prepare a plan for the major with the head of the department offering the major. This is normally done in the spring term of the sophomore year. A student may earn a minor in any of the fields listed above except Elementary Education and Medical Technology. Minors are also offered in Library Science and Latin. For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements. ELECTIVE CREDITS Most courses of study are designed to give the student an opportunity t o elect credits beyond those which are required for the major and for general education. To ensure a broad range of electives, a limitation of 60 credits has been set as the maximum number o,f credits from one department which may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. (Exception is made for music majors who may count 68 credits in music. Business Administration and Economics are considemd separate departments for this purpose.) A student may earn up to five credits in independent study courses in one year. A maximum of ten credits earned by independent study may be applied toward the 180 (or 186) credits re uired for the degree. d - rn I PROFICIENCY IN WRITING All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the sophomore year and. must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . 8 4 . 0 grade average Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.5-3.79+ grade average Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1-3.49+ grade average To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed a t least two years d work a t Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record, must meet the requirements as given above. GRADE VALUES A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Very good, 3 grade points per credit C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satisfactory, 2 grade points per credit D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passable, 1 grade point per credit F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Failure, 0 grade points per credit E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete WP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Passing WF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Failing W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Course withdrawn during first four weeks; or student withdrew from college. S (satisfactory), P (pass), N (no credit) indicate level of achievement; they do not affect grade point average. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A condition or an incomplete received at the end of a term must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following term. If conditions and incompletes are not removed within five weeks of the following term, the condition auto~maticallybecomes a failure and the incomplete becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the Incomplete. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $5 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received a t the end of a term. REPEATING COURSES A course which has been failed or in which a D has been earned may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grade earned the second time are counted toward graduation. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. REGISTRATION Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Those who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after classes begin. The last date on which a student may register for or enter a course is one week after the beginning of classes. Registration for audit requires the same procedure as registration for credit. Audit registration is considered equal to one-half the credit registration in determining load and fees. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration. The normal registration is 15 credit hours. A credit hour is normally defined as one recitation period a week throughout a term. The privilege of registering for more than 17 credit hours is granted to students who have gained an average record oi B, or three grade points per credit, in the preceding term. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 19 credits per term. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount o,f their registration accordingly. CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION A student who desires to make a change in his registration should obtain a form from the Registrar's Office. The approval of the teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar are needed. A fee of $2 is charged for each change of registration after the first three days of classes. No course may be added after the first week of classes. A course which is cancelled during the first four weeks of classes is followed by W. After the first four weeks and before the last three weeks of the term, a course which is cancelled is given a grade of WP if the student is passing and WF if he is failing the course. No course may be cancelled during the last three weeks of the term. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a term must cancel his registration a t the Registrar's Office in order to remain in good standing. CLASSIFICATION In order to be classified in one of the regular college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of 12 hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours with at least twice that number of grade points: Credits Grade Points 36 72 Sophomore 84 168 Junior 130 260 Senior Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year. Students registered for less than 12 credits are classified as special students. PROBATION AND DISMISSAL A student is placed on scholastic probation at the end of any term in which his achievement is unsatisfactory. The following guidelines are used in placing a student on probation with the overall average entering in as an additional factor. First-year students with a grade point average of 1.5 or below Second-year students with a grade point average of 1.6 or below Third-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below Fourth-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below All students with 7 or more credits of F. In order to be removed from probation, a student must achieve a grade point average of 2.1 or better for at least one term. A student will usually be allowed to continue on probation for two terms. If his academic achievement has continued to be unsatisfactory, he will be dropped for low scholarship. CLASS ATTENDANCE Regular class attendance is required of all students in lo,wer division courses. Attendance in upper division courses is voluntary for juniors and seniors unless required by the teacher of the class. In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance, is kept and periodic reports on absences are submitted to the Registrar. Students who find it necessary t o be absent because of illness or for other reasons should report the reasons for the absence to their teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due to illness, the student may obtain an excuse signed by the Health Service if this is requested by the teacher. Students with an excessive number of absences not excused by the teacher may be dropped from the course with a grade of F. Absences for tours, field trips, and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean to all instructors involved, but the student is still responsible for any work missed. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. EXAMINATIONS Tests are given periodically throughout each term. In the middle of the fall term, reports of the grades attained by- freshmen are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors, parents, and students. Final reports are sent at the end of each term to the parents and students. Written examinations are regularly scheduled a t the close of each term. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination will result in a grade of failure unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immediately to the teacher concerned. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $5 ($10 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's Office. UNIVERSITY COURSES By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any term must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained a t the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. COURSES OF STUDY Descriptions of the courses offered in 1968-70 are given on the following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. NUMBERING OF COURSES Courses numbered below 50 are lower division courses; those numbered 50 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses numbered 1-19 are primarily for freshmen; 2 0 4 9 for sophomores; 50-74 for juniors; and 75-99 for seniors. SYMBOLS # Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. CREDITS Credits shown are in terms of quarter credits. Unless otherwise stated a four-credit course meets four times a week and a fivecredit course five times a week. A term or quarter is 11 weeks in length, and the normal load for a student is 15 credit hours per term. DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is appointed for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISION of the HUMANITIES Mr. Raymond E. Anderson, Chairman Department of Art Department of Classical Languages Greek; Latin Department of English Department of Modern Languages French; German; Scandinavian Studies; Spanish Department of Music Department of Speech DIVISION o'f NATURAL SCIENCES and MATHEMATICS Mr. Theodore Hanwick, Chairman Department d Biology Department of Chemistry Department of Health and Physical Education Department of Mathematics Department of Physics 7 [7 DIVISION of RELIGION and PHILOSOPHY Mr. Philip A. Quanbeck, Chairman Department of Philosophy Department of Religion DIVISION of the SOCIAL SCIENCES Mr. Einar 0. Johnson, Chairman Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education Department of Education Elementary Education Secondary Education Library Science Geography Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology 0 AMERICAN STUDIES Mr. Nicholl, Director of Program The aim of the program in American Studies is to develop the student's understanding of American culture, past and present, in breadth as well as some depth. The major is interdepartmental, built primarily upon American area courses now offered in various departments. The program should offer the student a good foundation for graduate studies in law and the ministry, for the M.A. in library science and the M.A.T. in secondary school teaching. The major would also provide a good background for careers in the U.S. Government, particularly civil service positions and the foreign service. Major: 56 credits, minimum Requirements for the major include a core of foundation courses (29 crs.); a program of elective courses for integrated study (minimum, 18 crs.) and American Studies 99 ( 5 crs.); and American Studies 95 (4 crs.), a seminar of concentrated study. The core of courses, to be taken in the departments of English, History, Political Science, and Religion aim to give the student a broad foundation of subject matter in major areas of American culture, past and present, and introduce him to the methodologies of various disciplines. The following are required core courses: English 45: Major American Writers (5 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 11-12 History 21-22: United States History (10 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 1 or 2 or 3 Political Science 20: American Government I, Foundations of Amer. Dem. (5 crs.) Political Science 21: Am. Gov't 11, Amer. National Gov't (5 crs.) Religion 63: American Protestantism (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21 In his program of elective courses the student would attempt to achieve a measure of integrated study of major themes in American civilization. Papers written in Independent Study, Am. S. 99, would attempt to accomplish this. From the following elective courses the student must choose a minimum of 18 credits from a t least 3 departments: Education 87: School and Society (4 crs.) English 82: The American Novel (4 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 45 History 55: Twentieth Century United States History (4 crs.) History 56: History of American Foreign Policy (4 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 21 or 22 Political Science 22: Amer. Gov't 111, State and Local Gov't; Public Administration (5 crs.) Prereq. Political Science 2&2 1 Political Science 70: Constitutional Law I (4 crs.) Prereq. Pol. Sci. 20, 21, 22 Philosophy 65: American Philosophy (5 crs.) Prereq. Phil. 21 Psychology 81: History and Theory (4 crs.) Prereq. # Sociology 59: Religion and Society (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21 Sociology 42: Rural American Community (4 crs.) Prereq. SOC. 11 Sociology 43: Modern Urban Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11 Refer to course listings under the various departments for full descriptions of the above elective courses in the program. American Studies courses (required): 95 Seminar 4 crs. Focuses on a limited, significant problem or phenomenon in American culture. Use of primary source material from various disciplines. Practice in the integrated use of these materials for an understanding of the topic in depth. To be taken in the senior year. For majors or #. (Winter) 99 Independent Study 5 crs. Major themes or topics cutting across courses elected in the program are chosen by the student for integrated study. The writing of several papers of an interdisciplinary nature. To be taken in the senior year. For majors only. (Spring) MR. THOMPSON, chairman, MR. HOLEN, MR. MOSAND, MRS. JENSON; MR. MOLDER, MR. WESTPHAL, artists in residence DEPARTMENT The Department of Art endeavors to further the student's technical and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing, print making, painting, sculpture, and ceramics, emphasis is given to the function of art in history and religion. Because of the place art has in contemporary life, students are encouraged to consider the areas of teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art. ART OF In additim k) t & catrseS h cm?& sbi&enbhave the opportunity to study and 18us-s witk A* ~oI(3er~ M s t in residence, problems & &rtpd&t@ tp Wm&&gd' M e d && windows. David in W m 6 e i & ap%ihH@Ws those interested Westphal, &ek&a-@er in film making as a fine art medium. Major: 46 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21, 67, 83, 84, 85, 99. Minor: 26 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21 or 50, and 83 or 84 or 85. Majors preparing for teaching in secondary or elementary schools are required to take 50. I t is recommended that art majors and minors take Introduction to Fine Arts under the Department of Music. 1 I INTRODUCTION TO FINE ARTS 4 crs. Historical and topical studies in fine arts. The visual arts seen in relation to music. Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. C3 lect., 1disc. Fall, Spring, 1 7 DRAWING - 2 crs. Drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. Emphasis on still-life and interiors. [2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 8 DRAWING Figure drawing. [2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 2 crs. 12 COMPOSITION 6 crs. A study of the elements of form and composition. Two- and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. [4 lect., 2 double labs. Fall, Winter.] 18 PAINTING I 4 crs. Painting in aqueous media and oil. Emphasis on still-life, landscape, and figurative painting. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall, 1968-69. Fall, Spring, 1969-70.1 1 2 I SCULPTURE I 4 crs. Modeling head studies, figures, and animal forms in terracotta and plaster. 14 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall.] 25 GRAPHIC DESIGN 4 crs. A study of the techniques and goals of business art. A concern for graphic design through calligraphy, typography and the preparation of art work for reproduction. [Winter, 19'6849.1 UPPER DIVISION COURSES 1 50 CERAMICS I 4 crs. An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. C4 double labs. Winter.] 1 51 CERAMICS I1 4 crs. A continuation of hand-building and glazing with an introduction to throwing techniques. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.] 1 55 PAINTING II 4 crs. Further study of painting in oil and aqueous media. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 12, 18. Spring.] 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 4 crs. Theory, methods and materials of art in elementary education. C2 lect., 2 double labs. Spring.] 67 PRINT MAKING I 4 crs. Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Emphasis on the woodcut. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.] H 68 PRINT MAKING II 4 crs. Serigraphy and intaglio methods in plastic and copper. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 12, 67. Winter.] H 78 SCULPTURE II 4 crs. Three major works in any three of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, fiberglass, and stone. [ 4 double labs. Prereq. 7, 8, 21. Winter, 196SG9. Spring, 1969-70.1 H 8 3 ART HISTORY I 4 crs. Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in western civilization. Prehistoric to Renaissance. [Fall.] H 84 ART HISTORY II 4 crs. Continued historical survey. Renaissance to the 1860's. [Winter.] H 85 ART HISTORY Ill 4 crs. Modern art and its developing trends from the 1860's to the present. [Spring.] H 99 STUDIO Ill 2-5 crs. Advanced study in either painting, sculpture, print making, or ceramics. Art majors will be granted up to 8 credits in this course. [Prereq. : second course in the studio area and#.] DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY MR. SULERUD, chairman, RIR. HERFORTH, RIR. RIICKELBERG, MR. THORPE, 1MR. URDAHL It is intended that the offerings of the Department of Biology should be extensive enough to meet the needs and interests of a wide variety of students. For the non-science major the aim is to provide a reliable basic understanding of biological science and, more generally, of the character of scientific knowledge. The more advanced courses are designed to provide a good preparation for students who elect to pursue the study of biological science for a career in the profession of biology or in a related area such as the medical profession. All students who intend to complete a major or minor in biology should plan their program carefully with specific reference to their intended career. I t is important that a prospective biology major consult with the biology staff concerning this planning as soon as possible. In general, a broad background in the supporting sciences and in mathematics is essential. Students who plan to enter graduate or medical school or to teach secondary school upon graduation must be certain to meet the appropriate preparatory requirements. Recommended fouryear programs for such students are given under Curriculums in the catalog as are the programs for pre-dental, pre-nursing and medical technology students. Major: Two programs leading to a biology major are available. Option I i s recommended, with few exceptions, for students who intend to obtain an advanced degree in biology, medicine or related fields. Option I1 may be preferable for potential secondary school teachers and others whose intended careers require relat,ively more w-ork in biology and somewhat less in the related sciences. Option I : 38 credits in biology, including 11, 12, 72, and two terms of seminar; introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and two terms or organic chemistry (Chem. 51, 52); one year of physics (Physics 21, 22, 23); two terms of calculus (Math. 41, 42) in addition to introductory math. Note: Medical schools also normally require quantitative analysis (Chem. 53). Option 11: 46 credits in biology, including 11,12, 72, one additional course in the 70 series, and two terms of seminar; four terms of chemistry, normally introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and either two terms of organic Chemistry (Chem. 51, 52) or one term of organic chemistry (Chem. 23) and one term of analytical chemistry (Chem. 53) ; introductory mathematics (Math. 13, 14; or Math. 40; or equivalent). Minor: 30 credits in biology including 11 and 12; introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6). Biology 1, 3, 4, 6 and 8 do not count toward a major or minor in biology. Biology 1 and 6 satisfy the general education requirement in science; for this purpose Biology 1must precede Biology 6. I PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY 5 crs. The basic concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended for majors in biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major or minor. Students who receive a grade of B or better may be allowed to enter Biology 12 on consent of instructor. [4 lect., 1 double lab. Fall, Spring.] 3 , 4 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 4, 4 crs. A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Designed for student nurses only. [Biol. 3: 2 lect. and 2 double lab. Fall; Biol. 4: 3 lect. and 1double lab. Winter.] Designed to make the student aware of the structure and function of the human body. Required for physical education majors. Does not apply toward a biology major or minor, but does apply to the general education requirement in science if preceded by Biology 1. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Spring.] 8 MICROBIOLOGY 4 crs. Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. For student nurses only. [Prereq. : Chem. 3. 3 lect., 2 double lab. Winter, Spring.] 1 1 , 12 GENERAL BIOLOGY 6, 6 crs. A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. First term. molecular and cellular biology, genetics and development, evolutionary mechanisms. Second term : vertebrate anatomy and physiology, phylogenetic relationships of organisms, ecology. Must be taken in sequence. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: Chem. 5 or 15. 11, Winter. 12, Spring.] 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 5 crs. The major invertebrate types stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq. :12. Fall.] 53 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 6 crs. A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, Winter.] 61 PLANT MORPHOLOGY 5 crs. The structure, reproduction, and development of the major taxonomic plant groups. [ 4 lect., 2 doi~blelab. Prereq. : 12. Fall, 1969.1 63 PLANT TAXONOMY 5 crs. Principles of plant classification with special emphasis on the flowering plants. Includes field collecting and classifying some plants indigenous to our state. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1968.1 71 CELLULAR BIOLOGY 6 crs. A study of the ultrastructure, function, and genetics of cells. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, studies in cell physiology, and an introduction to tissue culture. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, Chem. 23 or 51. Fall.] 72 GENETICS 5 crs. The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in molecular, cellular and human genetics. Laboratory, with work on Drosphila and certain micro-organisms, is optional for one additional credit. [5 lect., 1 double lab. plus individual work if lab is taken. Prereq.: 12. Spring.] 73 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY 6 crs. A study of physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, and Chem. 23 or 51. Winter.] 74 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 6 crs. A consfderation of the chemical, physiological, and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Spring.] U P P E R DIVISION COURSES 8 1 ECOLOGY 5 crs. A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1969.1 91, 92, 93 SEMINAR I cr. each Discussions of topics based on biological literature and research. Topics may concern the history and philosophy of science a s well as current literature. Biology majors a r e required to register for a t least two terms in their senior year. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1-5 crs. 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual work on a research project. [Prereq. : Previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Winter, Spring.) MR. BUDGE, chairman, MISS LUND, MR. SABELLA, MR. SLESNICK, MR. TEDEFAIAK Majors in this department supplement the liberal arts program with general and specialized knowledge in business and economic affairs. The business administration major offers a basic core of courses, and then allows the student to choose a limited specialization in accounting or finance, and hence to prepare for careers in these fields. The economics major concentrates on fundamental theoretical and policy matters so that the student learns to analyze economic issues. He is prepared thereby for graduate study in economics. Either of these majors also can provide the background needed for general administrative careers in business, government, or various public and private institutions. In particular, either major could be the basis for graduate study in such fields as hospital and public administration, industrial relations, or law. DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION, ECONOMICS, AND BUSLNESS EDUCATION BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Major in Business Administration-Accounting: 38 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 63, 81, 83. Major in Business Administration-Finance: 38 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 73, 78. Both programs also require Econ. 22, 23, 51, 58 or 91 or 92; and Soc. 61. Minor: 18 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2 ; and two courses from Bus. Ad. 61, 62, 63, 73. Econ. 22, 23 also required. Other combinations may be allowed by permission. 1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING 4, 4 crs. Basic concepts of accounting, accounting for individual proprietorships, partnerships, and corporations. Special topics including manufacturing accounting, taxes, and budgeting. [I, Fall. 2, Winter.] 31 BUSINESS LAW 5 crs. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. [Fall.] 61 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE 5 crs. Capital structures of business organizations, use of financial statements, cash flow, raising and control of short and long-term funds for a business enterprise. [Prereq. : 1 , 2 . F a . 1 W 62 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING 5 crs. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. [Prereq.: 1,2. Winter.] 63 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING 5 crs. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. [Prereq. : 62. Spring.] 73 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 5 crs. Financial problems relating to budgeting, short and long-term fund requirements, debt and equity choices, mergers and reorganizations presented in case materials. [Prereq. : 62. Spring, 1969-70.1 UPPER DIS-ISION COURSES . . . . 78 INVESTMENTS I 5 crs. The nature of various types of securities. Analysis of securities of industrial, utility, and financial enterprises and various governmental units. Portfolio management. [Prereq. : 41. Spring, 196849.1 8 1 COST ACCOUNTING :L ' 5 crs. Essential features of accounting for manufacturing emphasis on management control. [Prereq. 1, 2. Fall.] 82 TAX ACCOUNTING concerns with 5 crs. The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. [Prereq.: 1, 2. Winter.] 83 AUDITING 5 crs. Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. [Prereq.: 63. Spring.] ECONOMICS Major: 31 credits, including Econ. 22, 23, 51, and 58. Soc. 61 and Bus. Ad. 1, 2 also required. Mathematics through course 43 is highly recommended for those planning on graduate study in economics. Minor : 22 credits, including Econ. 22, 23. 2 2 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 4 crs. Analysis of economic institutions, problems, and policies. Emphasis upon the foundations of economics, economic systems, and specific issues, such as unemployment, poverty, monopoly, inflation, role of government. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] . . . . . 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II 4 crs. Micro- and macroeconomic theory examined with the analytical tools of economics. Topics include determination of the level of national income and employment, money and banking, monetary-fiscal policy, economics of the firm, product and resource pricing and allocation, etc. [Prereq. : 22. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS 5 crs. Theory of demand, theory of the firm, price and output determination under various market conditions, factor price determination. [Prereq.: 23. Fall.] 52 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 5 crs. Determinants of growth, theories, and historic patterns. Analysis of the present developing nations a s to characteristics, problems, and policies to promote growth. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter, 196849.1 53 LABOR ECONOMICS 4 crs. Economics of the labor market. Wage determination, collective bargaining, role of unions, level of total employment, economic security, and governmental activity. [Prereq. : 22 or # Spring.] . 58 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS 5 crs. Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed via a macro-model. Some consideration of macro-measurement, the business cycle, growth, monetary-fiscal policy. [Prereq.: 23. Winter, 196!+70.] 91 PUBLIC FINANCE 5 crs. Governmental taxation, spending, borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Fall.] 92 MONEY AND BANKING 5 crs. Functioning of the monetary and banking system, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis upon monetary theory and policy. [Prereq. : 23. Winter.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Individual supervised projects designed to give the student opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. [Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring.] BUSINESS EDUCATION These courses a r e planned to prepare students to teach business education in high school, for stenographic and secretarial positions in business offices, for parish secretarial work, and to provide a E p portunity for the develcpment of business skills for personal use. II Major: 51 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50, 53, 63; Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31; Econ. 22, 23. Minor with secretarial emphasis: 26 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50 and 53. Minor with accounting emphasis: 25 credits, including 8, 50; Rus. Ad. 1, 2 ; and Econ. 22, 23. For those who have had elementary shorthand in high school, the major may be 47 credits and the minor, 22 credits. Students with bvo years of shorthand from high school may be exempted from a total of 8 credits in shorthand, but they must elect one other course in the business field. I ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING 2 crs. The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not open to students who have had one year of high school typewriting. [5 hours. Fall.] 8 CALCULATING MACHINES 4 crs. Operation of ten-key and full-key adding machines and the rotary calculator. Introduction to automation. [4 hours. Fall, Winter.] 10 DUPLICATING, TRANSCRIPTION, AND RECORDS MANAGEMENT 4 crs. Operation of transcription machines, stencil and spirit duplicating machines. An introduction to and application of basic principles of filing and organization of records in the office. r 4 hours. Prereq.: 1 or equiv. Spring.] 2 1 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND 4 crs. Fundamentals of Gregg shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high school. [5 hours. Prereq.: 1 or equiv. Fall.] 22 INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND 4 crs. Review for those with previous shorthand instruction. Development of speed and accuracy in taking and transcribing mate;ial dictated a t speeds of 80-100 words a minute. [ 5 hours. Prereq.: 21 or equiv. Winter.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES . 50 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING 5 crs. Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of legal documents. [Prereq. : 1or equiv. Winter.] 53 ADVANCED SHORTHAND 5 crs. Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation and transcription of material dictated at speeds of 100-120 words a minute. [Prereq.: 22 or equiv. Spring.] 63 SECRETARIAL PROCEDURES 4 crs. Dictation, business letter writing, telephoning, use of business and legal forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making applications for a job. An introduction to automation. [Prereq.: 22 or equiv. Spring.] 65 BUSINESS SEMINAR 3 crs. A study in special problems in the field of business education through research and informal discussion. Special emphasis on general business. [Fa.] DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY MR. AGRE, chairman, MR. ALTON, MR. GYBERG, MR. HOLUM, MR. INGEMANSON, MR. LYLE I t is the purpose of this department to give students an understanding and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and the beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of man-modern science-and it provides dramatic examples of effective ways to handle certain types of problems. Courses in chemistry are offered as part of a liberal arts education, and as a preparation for: (1)high school teaching, (2) the study of biology, medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing and allied professions, (3) graduate study in chemistry and molecular biology, and (4) the chemical profession. I -!! ?> I : . The chemistry department is approved by the American Chemical Society for the preparation of chemistry majors. Students planning to majo: in chemistry in preparation for graduate school, medical school, or high school teaching, are urged to consult with the chemistry staff a t the earliest possible time. Major: 40 credits, including Chenl. 51, 52, 53, 61, and one additional upper division course. Also required are Physics 21, 22, 23; Math. 41, 42. Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16, 51, 52, 53, 61, and 62; for pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 61, 51, 52; for graduate study: 15, 16, and all courses above 50. Additional mathematics and physics strongly recommended for graduate study. Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior and senior years in Chem. 91. Minor: 27 credits; must include Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6) and other courses to complete the 27 credits. Chem. 23 and 53 are strongly recommended. Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY 4 crs. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry are organized around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Designed for prospective nurses from Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, Methodist, and Swedish Hospitals. [3 lect., 1 double lab. Prereq.: H.S. Chem. Fall.] 5, 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY 6, 6 crs. Primarily for non-majors. The concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by examples from inorganic and organic chemistry. Semimicro qualitative analysis included in the laboratory. [5 lect., 2 double labs. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] 15, 16 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY 6,6 crs. An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists; others only by permission of instructor. First term devoted to fundamental principles, and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative analysis. [5 lect., 2 double labs. Prereq.: H.S. Chem., elem. alg., plane geom. 15, Fall. 16, Winter.] 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 6 crs. Designed for medical technology and other students v.ho desire less than the more intensive two-term course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. [5 lect., 1 three-hour lab. Prereq. : 5 or 15. Spring.] 5 1 , 52 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 6, 6 crs. Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on types of mechanisms and multi-step syntheses. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energyrelationships, and reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is a study of techniques while synthesizing or identifying typical compounds. Normally taken in the sophomore year. [5 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 6 or 16. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.] UPPER DIVISION I 53 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 5 or 6 crs. Gravimetric and volumetric analysis with some instrumental analysis. Ionic equilibria and treatment of data. Normally taken in the sophomore year. Medical technology students register for 6 credits, others for 5. [4 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq.: 6 or 16. Spring.] 1 61, 62 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 6, 6 crs. Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, and colloids. [5 lect., 1 three-hour lab. Prereq.: 53, Physics 23, Math. 42. 61, Fall. 62, Winter. 1 I 63 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory, the lecture topics include : structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; classical methods; use of the literature (inc. Beilstein); and further study in reaction mechanisms. IR and UV spectra routinely used. [4 lect., 2 four-hour labs. Prereq.: 52, 61, and some rending knowledge of German. Spring.] 1 72 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY 4 crs. Classical mechanics, uncertainty principle, Schredinger's equation, approximate methods of solution, commutators, conservation laws, electron spin, angular momentum, the hydrogen atom, many electron problems. [4 lect. Prereq. :61 or #. Winter.] I 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy and their application to modern analytical methods. Includes instrumental methods, such as spectrophotometric, electro-analytical, and chromatographic techniques. [3 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 53, 62 or #. Fall.] I 83 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Correlation of inorganic chemistry using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination compounds are discussed using the ligand field theory. Preparations of typical inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques including vacuum manipulations. [4 lect., 1four-hour lab. Prereq. : 62 or #. Spring.] I 91 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR 0 crs. During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in weekly seminars to present and discuss research papers of general interest. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 97 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Cr. arr. During the summer after the junior year or during the senior year, each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry may participate in independent research in cooperation with staff members. By staff permission only. [Fall, Winter, Spring, or special summer program.] DEPARTMENT OF CLASSICAL LANGUAGES MR. COLACCI, chairman, SISTER M. GERTRUDE WARD The purpose of the courses offered in the department is two-fold; first to provide the students with a linguistic foundation in order that they may have a direct approach to the classical tradition which is an essential part of our Western literary heritage; second, to introduce the students to some of the major works of the Greek and Latin world in the original language. Courses 11 through 52 are designed to meet the two-year requirement in New Testament Greek of most theological seminaries. GREEK Major: 42 credits in Greek. Also required: Latii 1, 2. Special arrangements will be made for students who intend to major in Greek. If the number of students is not large enough to permit regular offering by the College, provisions will be made so that they may complete the major at the University of Minnesota. When this is the case, in addition to courses 11, 12, 13, 51, 52, 59, they are required to take at the University, five courses to be chosen from those listed under Greek, 61 to 163. Minor: 27 credits. I 1 , 12 BEGINNING GREEK 5, 5 crs. Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. [Prereq.: Latin 2 or 2 yrs., H.S. Latin or #. 11, Fall, 12, Winter.] 13 INTERMEDIATE GREEK 5 crs. Continuation of grammar with special emphasis on syntax. Reading and parsing of easy selections frcm classical and New Testament Greek writings. [Prereq. : 12. Spring.] 51, 52 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK 4, 4 crs. Selections from the synoptic Gospels and the .book of Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. [Prereq.: 13. 51, Fall; 52, Winter.] 55 GREEK EXEGESIS 4 crs. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is given to the syntactical and exegitical approach to the Greek text. [Offered on demand. Spring.] 59 CLASSICAL GREEK 4 crs. Selections from classical Greek prose and poetry. CPrereq. : 52. Offered on demand.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES LATIN Minor: 28 credits. Also required: Eng. 35. Courses 52, 53 offered only if there is sufficient enrollment. If they are not offered, a minor may be completed a t the University of Minnesota. Consult the department chairman a t Augsburg. Students who wish to major in Latin may complete all courses in Latin offered a t Augsburg, plus 61, 62, 63 and 9 additional credits in courses numbered above 63 a t the University of Minnesota. 1 , 2 BEGINNING LATIN 5, 5 crs. Theoretical and practical study of Latin grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Exercises in translation from and into Latin. [I, Fall, 2, Winter.] 3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE LATIN 4, 4 crs. Continuation of grammar. Reading of prose and poetry selections from Latin authors; e.g. Caesar, Cicero, Livy, Vergil, Ovid, St. Augustine, and the Medieval Latin writers. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv., determined by placement test. 3, Fall; 4, Winter.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 52 VERGlL 5 crs. Selections from Vergil's "Aeneid" and pastoral poems. [Offered on demand.] 53 CICERO 5 crs. Selections from Cicero's works. [Offered on demand.] ECONOMICS See under Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION MR. JOHNSON, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. FARDIG, MR. GROENHOFF, MRS. LUDEMAN, MISS MATTSON, MRS. PARKER, MR. M. QUANBECK The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in the area. The work in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level, as well a s for further study in the field of education. The program is accredited by the State of Minnesota, the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. Admission to the education curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics and a satisfactory scholastic achievement. For elementary teaching candidates, this means essentially a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the minor and a 2.0 over-all; for secondary teaching candidates a 2.5 in work completed in the major and a 2.0 over-all. Both a r e expected to maintain a 2.5 average in their major and 2.0 over-all average. Candidates in both fields must make application for student teaching as juniors and are required to meet the 2.5 major and 2.0 general average a t this point. Major: 51 credits in professional education courses. In addition, the following general education courses are required: Psych. 5; Hist. 21 or 22; Math. 56; Geog. 14; and three terms of Group Activities (Ed. 52, 53, 54). See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1 52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITIES 1 , 11, 111 0 crs. Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 55 and 56. Includes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 4 crs. The growth and development of the human organism from conception through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning. [Prereq. : Psych. 5. Fall.] 56 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHING 5 crs. The qualifications of teachers; the teaching profession. Survey of American schools: philosophies, curricula, policies, and practices. Learning theory and tests and measurements. Includes observation of teaching situations. [Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education. Fall.] 1 57 METHODS AND MATERIALS: HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, MUSIC - 4 crs. Principles, methods and techniques for teaching health and physical education a t the elementary school level. Methods pertaining to rote singing, notation, rhythm, part singing. Integration of music in total elementary program. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Winter.] 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 4 crs. See under Department of Art. 1 63 METHODS AND MATERIALS: MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE 4 crs. Principles, methods and techniques of teaching arithmetic and science in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. [Prereq.: 55, 56. Spring.] 1 64 METHODS AND MATERIALS: LANGUAGE ARTS, READING 6 crs. Objectives and techniques in the language arts: listening, speaking, writing, and reading. Application of principles of learning in acquisition of skills, interests, attitudes. Examinations of modern methods and materials. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Spring.] 1 65 METHODS AND MATERIALS: SOCIAL STUDIES 2 crs. Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies. Development of units. [Prereq.: 55, 56. Spring.] 77 PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCE 15 crs. Student spends ten weeks in the classroom, assisting the regular teacher, and doing actual teaching. Supervision is carried out by the cooperating teacher and the college staff. This is followed by one week of seminar with discussion of problems encountered in the classroom. CPrereq. : # Fall, Winter.] . I 79 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE 3 crs. Study of literature suitable to the elementary school child. Role of literature in the classroom, in life outside of school. Extensive reading and evaluation of children's books, compiling bibliography. [Prereq.: 65, 56 or #. Spring.] 87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY 4 crs. ment of American education. [Prereq. : Senior standing. Winter, Spring.] Problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Prereq. : Senior standing. Winter, Spring.] SECONDARY EDUCATION For the Minnesota teacher's certificate students are required to complete 28 credits in professional education courses including 50, 52, 53, 54, 59, 83, 84, 87. All students must register for three terms of Group Activity (Education 52, 53, 54). Secondary education students must take Phy. Ed. 10 and Psych. 5 in addition to other general education requirements. 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. Physical, mental, social and emotional development of adolescents with special emphasis placed on educational implication. The nature and conditions of learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5 and junior standing. Fall, Winter.] 52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITY I, 11, 111 0 cr. Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 50 and 59. Includes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 59 METHODS IN SECONDARY EDUCATION 5 crs. Teaching procedures, materials and problems a t the secondary level. Three class sessions per week will be devoted to general methods and two to four class sessions to the specific methods and materials of the student's major field. [Prereq. :50. Spring.] 68 TEACHING OF MUSIC IN ELEMENTARY AND JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS 4 crs. Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of music a t the elementary and junior high school levels. For music majors. [Prereq.: 50. Spring.] / 8 3 SEMINAR FOR STUDENT TEACHING 5 crs. Preparation for the student teaching experience including observation and planning. Special attention will be given to tests and measurements. [Prereq.: Admission to student teaching. Fall, Winter.] 10 crs. 84 STUDENT TEACHING Experience in observing and directing learning experiences at the secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Course fee $20.00. [Prereq.: Admission to the student teaching program. Fall, Winter.] 87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY 4 crs. Problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.] 88 GUIDANCE 4 crs. The guidance function of the classroom teacher; tools and techniques used in studying students; and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling. [Fall.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of s~ecializationin education. Each student does research and resents a report of his findings on the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] LIBRARY SCIENCE The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. Preparation for selection of books and related materials, efficient and effective management of library materials, intelligent use of library sources are included. While the minor in library science is planned to prepare the graduate in the area of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to many avenues of curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student who wishes to do advanced work in the field of library science. Minor: 23 credits. 45 FUNCTIONS OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY 5 crs. The role of the library in the school and community. Types of library services and activities ; methods of evaluation. Organization of library materials, including cataloging and circulation. [Fall.] 46 SELECTION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS 4 crs. Theory, principles and techniques of selection. An introduction to basic selection tools; analysis of book reviews and annotations. [3 lects., 1 disc. Spring.] UPPER DMSION COURSES 58 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE 5 crs. Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of book lists, book talks, story-telling and a wide exposure to individual titles of books and related materials. Emphasis on preparation of papers and bibliographies. [3 lects. Fall.] 59 INTRODUCTION OF REFERENCE MATERIALS 4 crs. Intensive study of outstanding and useful reference books most frequently used by students and librarians; bibliographies, indexes, and periodical guides. Development of skills in the performance of reference duties of a librarian. Laboratory work. [3 lects. Winter.] W 75 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE 5 crs. Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary level, with attention to their use in relation to school curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of young adults. Emphasis on preparation of papers and bibliographies. 13 lects. Prereq.: 45. Spring.] GEOGRAPHY 14 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY 4 crs. An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment. [Winter, Spring.] DEPARTMENT OF MR. GRAY, chairman, MR. BERGSTROM, MR. BLY, MRS. BOLSTERLI, MRS. CHRISTENSEN, MR. DAHLEN, MRS. KARVONEN, MISS LILLEHEI, MRS. LIVINGSTON, MR. NICHOLL, MR. PALOSAARI, MISS PEDERSON, MR. SARGENT, MRS. TRAUTWEIN The aim of the Department of English is to develop the student's ability in oral and written expression, to increase his proficiency in reading and analyzing literature, to acquaint him with the English language and with the beginnings of Western literature and its development, especially in England and America, and to stimulate his appreciation and understanding of the fundamental human problems and situations revealed in great literature. The department prepares for the teaching of English in the elementary and secondary school and for graduate study. Major: 46 credits above 15, Encluding, 35, 45, 47, 61, 62, 84, plus one writing course above 15, one seminar, one modern literature course, and electives. Major for secondary teaching: 54 credits above 15, including course 55 in addition to those listed for the major. Writing course 31 required. Speech 12 or 52, or 55, and 60 or 66, as well as Library Science 75 are also required. Students preparing for graduate study should include 86, 88, and a t least one term of Independent Study. Proficiency in one or more foreign languages is recommended. Foreign languages most generally required for graduate study in English are Latin, German, French. Minor: 32 credits above 15, including 35, 45, 47 or 61 or 62, 84, plus one writing course above 15, one seminar course, and electives. Minor for secondary school teaching: 32 credits including course 31 for the writing course, and 55 in addition to those listed for the minor. Minor for elementary school teaching: 24 credits above 15, including 31, 35, 45, 55, and 47 or 61 or 62. Concerning English Proficiency: Juniors who do not have a satisfactory grade on the sophomore English Test must improve their use of English in preparation for a second test. The English Department will, upon request, advise the student how to direct his studies in preparation for the second test. Satisfactory completion of course 11 is prerequisite to 12; satisfactory completion of course 12 or 15 is prerequisite to all other English courses. 4 crs. H I I COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE The study of language and composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, reading and analysis of expository and narrative selections, especially the short story. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] E 12 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE 5 crs. Continued stress on expository writing, including the reference paper, the study and analysis of drama, poetry, novel. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 15 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE 5 crs. Honors course for students with high proficiency in English. Covers basically the material listed under 11 and 12 with more emphasis on critical analysis. Students completing this course meet the freshman English requirement by completing English 35 or 40 or 45. [Fall.] H 2 1 INTRODUCTION TO JOURNALISM 4 crs. A brief survey of the ethics and history of journalism, with emphasis on the techniques and practices in news, feature, and editorial writing. rWinter.1 H 3 1 EXPOSITORY WRITING 4 crs. A course in expository and argumentative writing, including reading analysis of selected models. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] H 32 CREATIVE WRITING 4 crs. Study of the techniques of descriptive and narrative writing, both prose and poetry. Class discussion and evaluation of the student's work. [Fall.] 35 THE CLASSICAL TRADITION 5 crs. Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers in the various genre, and the influence of the classical tradition on later Western literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 40 LITERARY CLASSICS 4 crs. Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European classics from the Renaissance to the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 45 MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS 5 crs. Works of selected American writers from Colonial times to the present, noting their contribution to the historical development and the literary movements of American literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 47 MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE J UPPER DMSION COURSES The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from "Beowulf" to Shakespeare through study of significant works and their relation to the literary and historical context. [Prereq.: 35 or #. Fall, Spring.] . 55 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ENGLISH 5 crs. I I I I ..,. .. I :3:. A study of modern English viewed from a historical perspective, with reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of the English language. [Spring.] 61 BRITISH LITERATURE, 16 16-1 800 5 crs. I .. Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. [Prereq. :47 or --. ,. 'II , #. Fall.] * 62 BRITISH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 5 crs. .:, Study of the works of the major Romantic and Victorian poets, critics, essayists and novelists and of the major literary movements of the century. [Prereq. :61 or #. Winter.] 72 MODERN FICTION . 4 crs. Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly British and American, of the twentieth century. [Winter.] I I 74 MODERN POETRY 4 crs. Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British and American, with attention to recent criticism. [Spring.] 78 ADVANCED WRITING: PROSE AND POETRY " 4 crs. A course for students with demonstrated proficiency in writing. Assignments based on students' needs and interests. Class discussion of students' work. [Prereq. : 31 or 32 or #. Spring.] . -. I .,,, 9 > !:: ,I.>- < I W 80 THE BRITISH NOVEL 4 crs. Survey of the development of the novel in England through study of the work of selected major novelists from the eighteenth century to the present. [Winter, 1969-70.1 . 82 THE AMERICAN NOVEL 4 crs. A study of major and representative wokks of selected American novelists. [Winter, 196849.1 1 Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedieswith attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading and analysis. [Prereq.: 47. ' w . .+, Spring.] 86 MILTON >, 4, 5 crs. 84 SHAKESPEARE ; 3 t ;*; r: . 4 cr?. A study of major poems and selected prose with reference to the intellectual and historical background of Milton's works. [Prereq.: 61 I or #. Spring, 1968-69.1 - 88 CHAUCER - 4 crs. Study of Chaucer's works and language, with emphasis on "The Canterbury Tales." [Prereq. :47 or #. Spring, 1968-69.1 1 .,, 3 I -- 90, 91, 92 ENGLISH SEMINAR 3, 3 , 3, crs. Course 90, methods and problems of bibliography and research; 91, a major American or British writer; 92, studies in criticism. Open, with limited enrollment, to any junior or senior with permission of the instructor. 190, Fall. 91, Winter. 92, Spring.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or above. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] As an aid to students who are handicapped in their college work by inefficient reading skills, Augsburg College offers a non-credit class in Improvement of Reading. The fee for the class is $25 per term. Arrangements to take the course must be made at the time of registration for the fall term. FRENCH AND GERMAN See under Department of Modern Languages. GEOGRAPHY See under Department of Education. GREEK See under Department of Classical Languages. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND EDUCATION MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS ANDERSON, MR. NELSON, MISS OLSON, MR. PEARSON, MRS. PETERSON, MR. PFEFFER, MR. SAUGESTAD The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. All students are required to take a physical examination as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the physical education program. One year of physical activities, course 1, 2, 3, is required of all students. Physical Education major: 40 credits including 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 71, 72. Broad teaching major in Health and Physical Education: 68 credits including 10, 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 50, 51, 52, 57, 59, 60, 71, 72, 73, Biol. 6, plus P.E. 82 for men, and Soc. 31 for women. Physical Education teaching major: 53 credits including 10, 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 59, 71, 72, and Biol. 6. Physical Education teaching minor: 29 credits including 10, 23, 31, 32, 43, and 72. Health teaching minor: 31 credits including 10, 50, 51, 60, 73, and SOC. 31, and Biol. 6. Coaching endorsement: 25 credits including 10, 43, 51, 82, and Biol. 6. Coaches atering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota Public Schools are required to have at leas€ rz coaching endorsement In the field nf ph~~sical education. Sports included under this requirement are football, basketball, mack, hockey, w~estling,and baseball. 4 1 , 2, 3 PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES 1/3, 1/3, 1/3 crs. Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. [I, Fall. 2, Winter. 3, Spring.] 10 HEALTH AND FIRST AID 5 crs. Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. Includes also the American Red Cross First Aid Course. [Winter, Spring.] I I , 13 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS I , I cr. Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving and water safety. Open only to majors and minors. [2 hrs. per wk. 11, (Women), Fall. 13 (Men), Spring.] 23 TEAM SPORTS 5 crs. Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate sections for men and women. [lo hrs. per wk. Spring.] 4 3 1 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS 5 crs. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate sections for men and women. 110 hrs. per week. Fall.] 4 32 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS 4 crs. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. [8 hrs. per wk. Winter.] 43 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 5 crs. History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. [Spring.] 50 INSTRUCTOR'S COURSE IN FIRST AID I cr. Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Aid card. Winter.] Course. [Prereq.: Currently valid Standard -st 4 51 KlNESlOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE 6 crs. Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. The major effects of exercises upon the systems of the body. [5 lect. and 1hr. arr. Prereq. : I5ol. 6, Chem. 5. Fall.] 4 52 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION 4 crs. Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in physical education. [Winter.] 4 57 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 2 crs. Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 5 under Department of Education. [Winter.] 59 TEACHING OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS 2 crs, Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 59 under Department of Education. Separate sections for men and wcimen. [Spring.] UPPER DIVISION W 60 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM 4 crs. Curriculum content in a school health education program. [Fall.] W 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING 5 crs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. [Fall.] W 72 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES 4 crs. Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Men and women meet separately. C8 hrs. per wk. Winter.] W 73 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION PROGRAM Methods, techniques, and procedures. [Spring.] W 82 COACHING OF SPORTS 4 crs. Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic injuries. [Winter.] W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 crs. Directed intensive study in the area of Health Education or Physical Education. Open only to majors. DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY MR. CHRISLOCK, chairman, MR. GISSELQUIST, MR. GUSTAFSON, MR. HAUGE, MRS. JENSEN The Department of History aims to introduce students to the study of history as an intellectual discipline; to prepare students for s e c o n d w teaching and graduate work; to deepen students' undersfandiny 2nd appreciation of their own and other civilizations; and lo enhmce students' effectiveness as contributing members of society. Major: 49 credits. Minor: 33 credits. Both the major and minor require History 1, 2, 3, 21, 22, and 3 credits of seminar work. W 1 , 2, 3 WESTERN CIVILIZATION IN A WORLD SETTING 4, 4, 4 crs. Western civilization from its beginnings in the Ancient Near East to the present. Other great world civilizations and their relationship to the West are surveyed. Course 1 carries the survey to 1300; course 2, to 1815; and course 3, to the present, becomes a survey of world civilization. Students may take any one, any two, or all three courses. [All offered each term.] 5, 5 crs. W 21, 22 UNITED STATES HISTORY The development of the ideas, institutions, and culture of the American people. Special seminar for one additional credit for students selected for the honors program. C21, Fall, .Winter. 22, Winter, Spring.] W 25 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY See under Department of Modern Languages. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 5 crs. W 55 TWENTIETH CENTURY UNITED STATES HISTORY 4 crs. Exploration in depth of such topics as the Progressive Movement, the New Deal, the background of WorM War I and World War 11, and the coming of the Cold War. (Prereq. : 22, Winter.) W 56 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY 4 crs. The relationship of ,foreign policy to general American development is stressed. [Prereq. :21 or 22. Spring.] 1 57 HISTORY OF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA 4 crs. Modern period since 1800. Historical survey of cultural and political institutions. Expansion and consolidation of European power in the area, Western impact on non-European societies, nationalist movements and emergence of independent governments after World War TI. [Fall.] 1 6 1 ANCIENT HISTORY 4 crs. A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions to modern cultures. [Fall.] 1 62 ENGLAND TO 17 14 Emphasis is placed on constitutional development. [Winter.] 4 crs. 66 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY 4 crs. The main emphases are: the study of this century as the most critical period in the emergence of the modern state; and the beginning of a secular and scientific world view. [Spring.] 68 CHINA AND JAPAN SINCE EARLY NINETEENTH CENTURY 4 crs. A study of the major domestic developments in, and foreign affairs of China and Japan. [Prereq.: 3 credits of Western Civilization or consent of instructor. Winter.] 1 71 EUROPE IN THE AGE OF REVOLUTION, 1780's t o 1850 4 crs. The period in which major revolutionary movements periodically erupted in Europe. Population movements and economic changes which contributed to the "isms" that articulated the demands for change. [Fall.] 1 74, 75 EXPANSION OF EUROPE 4, 4 crs. The spread of European people, ideas, and power into the non-Western world and the impact on non-Western peoples. Case studies from Africa, South America, and Asia are used to illustrate exploration, trading post empires, the plantation system, adaptation and rejection by nonEuropean peoples, colonization, and economic and territorial imperialism. [74, Winter. 75, Spring.] 1 82 TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPE 4 crs. Europe from the outbreak of World War I to the present. [Fall.] 1 95 SEMINAR OR ADVANCED READINGS 3 crs. Topics will vary from year to year. Students may earn up to 9 credits in this course. [Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] LATIN See under Department of Classical Languages. LIBRARY SCIENCE See under Department of Education , DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS MR. GULDEN, chairman, MISS DURKEE, MR. FOLLINGSTAD, MRS.NAUCK The Department of Mathematics aims to develor, the student's knowledee and sk31 in the major branches of elementary and higher mathematics, an appreciation of its cultural and practical Galues, and the backgroud for teaching and for professional and graduate study. - - ~- - ---- Major: 24 credits above 43, including 58, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84. Teaching major: 32 credits above 43, including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 80, 83, 84. Recommended for those considering further study: 40 credits above 43, including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84, 85, 92. . . . Minor: 12 credits above Math. 43. See under Curriculums for suggested course of study. 13, 14 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE MATHEMATICS 5, 5 crs. A liberal arts course in mathematics with an introduction to analytic geometry, abstract algebra, trigonometry, logic, statistics, differential and integral calculus. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. [Prereq.: Higher Algebra and CEEB placement. 13, Fall, Winter. 14, Winter, Spring.] 40 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS I 5 crs. An introduction to the concepts and terminology of mathematical analysis through the areas of algebra, logic, functions, systems. Students may not receive credit for this course if they have credit for 13, 14 (or 19). [Prereq.: Higher Algebra, Trig, and CEEB placement. Fall.] 41, 42, 43 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS 11, Ill, IV 5, 5, 5 crs. (Calculus1 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables, applications, and series. [Prereq.: 40, or #. 41, Winter. 42, Spring. 43, Fall.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES . 56 BASIC CONCEPTS OF ARITHMETIC 4 crs. Presents the patterns of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery of such patterns. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathema. tics curricula. Primarily for elementary education majors. [Fall.] 58 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 4 crs. Ordinary differential equations with applications, series solutions, systems of differential eguations ; solution by special transforms ; numerical methods ; and an intrduction to partial differential equations. [Prereq. : 43. Winter.] . 61 LINEAR ALGEBRA 4 crs. A course intended to aid in making the transition from the concrete to the abstract. Such topics as elementary matrix algebra and its application to the physical and social sciences; linear equations; vector spaces and linear transformations ; unitary and orthogonal transformations ; the characteristic equation of a matrix and bilinear, quadratic, and Hermitian forms are presented. [Prereq. :43. FaU.] W 64 MODERN GEOMETRY 4 crs. An analytic study of advanced Euclidean, projective, non-Euclidean, and finite geometries. An introduction to the geometry of transformations of the plane. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.] W 67 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS 4 crs. An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression, and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory are stressed as tools for modern mathematical approach. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.] W 72, 73 MODERN ALGEBRA 4, 4 crs. The basic algebraic systems presented from an abstract point of view. Topics include the theory of groups, rings, fields, vector spaces and modules, and linear transformations. A development of the real and complex number systems. [Prereq.: 43. 52, Winter. 73, Spring.] W 80 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS 4 crs. The underlying structure of mathematics considering set theory, mathematical logic and the axiomatic method. Applications are made to various branches of mathematics such as number theory, algebra, geometry, and topology. [Prereq. : 43, Winter.] 83, 84, 85 ADVANCED CALCULUS 4, 4, 4 crs. Considers the fundamental notions of calculus for functions of several variables. A treatment of differentiable forms and manifolds in ndimensional Euclidean space as well as a more traditional vector analysis approach. Stress is placed on the theory of functions of real and complex variables especially during the last term. [Prereq.: 43. 83, Fall. 84, Winter. £5, Spring.] W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Student chooses an area to study independently; meets with a mathematics faculty member at least one h w ~ rper week. [Prereq.: 73 and 85. Fall, Winter, Spring.] COMPUTER SCIENCE 45 COMPUTER SCIENCE 4 crs. Theory of modern digital computers. Terms such as algorithms, flow charts, storage, control, input-output units, and simulation are defined. Includes a survey of computer applications. A particular computer language is presented and used to solve a variety of problems. [Prereq.: Math. 42, Fall term. None, Winter. Fall, Winter.] MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR See under Curriculums I* MR. LANDA, chairman, MISS AASKOV, MISS ANDERSON, MRS. BALTINA, MRS. BONDEVIK, MRS. CAIRNS, MR. CREPEAU, MR. HANSEN, MRS. JAUNLININS, MRS. JOHNSON, MRS. KINGSLEY, MISS ROZENTALS, MR. SANDVEN, MR. WHITESIDE The Department of Modern Languages seeks to give the student a knowledge of a modern language: its pronunciation, its structure, and its idiomatic expression, in terms of listening, speaking, reading and writing skills. At the same time it aims to develop in the student a sympathetic interest in the history and life of the people whose language he is learning, transmitting the best of their literary, cultural and religious heritage. DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES The department prepares specifically for communication skills, for teaching at the junior and senior high school level, and for graduate study. The beginning and intermediate courses of a second modern language are needed for graduate study. Two terms of Latin are also recommended. Students may not receive credit for both 3, 4 and 5, 6 in the same language. FRENCH Major: 30 credits above 6 including 55, 72, 74, 84; and two of 56, 57, 63, 64, at least one of which must be 63 or 64. . Minor: 15 credits above 6 including 55 and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84. 1 , 2 BEGINNING FRENCH 5, 5 crs. Provides basic experience in understanding, speaking and reading French with oral and writing practice in the basic structural patterns of the language, both in class and in laboratory assignments. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH 4, 4 crs. C<)r.tinui.s traininp in ii~tral-oral skills, structure of the language and reading cnmprchrnsior? that will lead to cultural appreciation and the reading h~.xrledgrnccded for general pursuits. Grammar review, selectcd rcndinz and Ia h(:ri.:itl)?y practice included. [Prereq. : 2 or equiv. Fall, . . Winter, Spring.] 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH 4, 4 crs. Continues training in comprehension, conversation and reading skills with grammar review as a means to accuracy and facility in oral and written expression. Class discussion, selected reading, and laboratory material with cultural emphasis. Required for continuing study in French. [Prereq. : 2 or UPPER DIVISION COURSES # .5, Fall. 6, Winter.] 55 FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Thorough practice in correct oral and written expression with the aims of both fluency and facility. Classroom and laboratory emphases on vocabulary enrichment, organization of materials, accuracy of pronunciation and grammatical refinement. Required for majors and minors. [Prereq. :6 or # .Fall.] 56, 57 FRENCH CIVILIZATION 5, 5 crs. The development of political, social, intellectual and artistic movements and their outstanding manifestations as essential to the understanding of the French people. Readings, lectures, reports, discussions and laboratory materials in French. [Prereq.: 6 or permission of instructor. Spring. Offered on demand.] 63, 64 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE 5, 5 crs. The study of major French authors and literary movements in France, with the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, disn required cussion, oral and written reports in the language. On for the major. [Prereq. :55 or #.I I H 72 THE FRENCH NOVEL 5 crs. Significant and representative French novels that show the evolution of this prose form to the present. Emphasis on literary works with lecture, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq.: 55, and 64 or #. Spring, 1969.1 74 THE FRENCH DRAMA 5 crs. Significant and representative French plays that show the evolution of this genre from the classical to the modern period. Emphasis on the literary works with lectures, discussion. reports in the language. [Prereq. : 55, 63 or # . Spring, 1970.1 84 ADVANCED FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Extensive training in accurate and effective speech and writing, with attention in listening and reading to the characteristic levels of French expression. Emphasis on refinement in style, organizational techniques, variety in form and subject. For majors and those intending to teach French. [Prereq.: 55, and 57 or #. Junior or senior standing. Fall.] H 92 FRENCH SEMINAR 4 crs. Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature for advanced students. Discussion and papers in French. May substitute for 72 or 74. [Prereq.: 55, 63, 64 or #. Junior or senior standing. Winter, on demand.] H 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN FRENCH 2-5 crs. Individual study of a topic, movement, genre of interest to the advanced student. May serve to replace 72 or 74. No more than 3 credits may be earned in a given term. [Prereq. : 55, 63, 64 or #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] GERMAN 0 Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72, 74, 84, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64. At least one of 63, 64 recommended. Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64. 1 , 2 BEGINNING GERMAN 5 , 5 crs. Provides basic experience in speaking, understanding, and reading the German language, and comprehension of its structure through the acquisition of basic patterns of expression. Laboratory experience in the language is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] H 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN 4, 4 crs. A terminal course for students not intending to continue in German. Provides a foundation for reading knowledge adequate for cultural and professional purposes. Some experience in oral expression and understanding of spoken German. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 4, 4 crs. H 5 , 6 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings for class discussion in the foreign language, with cultural emphasis. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. : 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] H 55 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSlTlON 5 crs. Intensive practice in the spoken word, with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Audio-oral exercises in language laboratory. Required for teachers, majors, and minors. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Fall.] UPPERD~VISION COURSES 56, 57 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE 5, 5 crs. Topics dealing with the intellectual, geographic, artistic, and scientific history of the German-speaking countries, including attention to contemporary developments. Class discussions and lectures supplemented with demonstration materials. Taught in German. [Prereq.: 55, or #. 56, Winter. 57, Spring. Offered on demand.] 63,64 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE 5, 5 crs. From the beginning to modern times. Reading of significant authors in German, supplemented by lectures on the history and development of German literature and culture. Reports and discussion of selected works. For majors and minors. Taught in German. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv., or#. 63, Winter. 64, Spring. Offered on demand.] 72 GERMAN NOVEL AND NOVELLE 5 crs. Reading in German and discussion of well-known prose writers representing various periods and movements in German literature. Especially for majors. [Prereq.: Any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 1968-69.1 74 GERMAN DRAMA 5 crs. Reading in German and class discussion of outstanding dramatic works in the various representative periods (classical, 19th century, naturalism, impressionism, expressionism.) Especially for majors. [Prereq.: Any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 1969-70.1 84 ADVANCED GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. This course aims to give the major and prospective teacher more intensive training in oral expression, with stylistic refinement and organizational practice in writing. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. : 55. Fall.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. May serve as substitute for German 72 or 74, if necessary. I t is suggested that no student register for all five credits within one term. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES Major: 30 credits above 6, including 25, 26, 55, 72, 74, 84. Minor: 19 credits above 6. Teaching minor: 19 credits, including 55, 72 or 74, 84. 1 , 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN 5, 5 crs. Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work and regular class attendance expected. [I, Fall, Winter, Spring. 2, Winter, Spring.] 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN 4, 4 crs. A terminal course for students not intending to continue with Nor- wegian language study. Vocabulary building and study of syntax through extensive readings in Norwegian literature. Some experience in oral expression. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall. 4, Winter.] 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN 4, 4 crs. Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Brief literature survey. Laboratory work expected. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] 25 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY 5 crs. A survey of the history of Norden, including Finland and Iceland, with particular attention given to the historical development of political democracy. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. [Fall, 1969-10.1 26 MODERN SCANDINAVIA 5 crs. A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on con- ditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. [Spring, 1969-70.1 55 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work expected. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Spring.] 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC 4 crs. See description under Department of Music. This course may substitute for 25 or 26 for the major or minor by permission of the department chairman. [Spring.] 72 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL 5 crs. Lectures will give a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlef, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Haldor Laxness, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in the Norwegian language. [Fall, 196849.1 UPPER DIVISION COURSES . . . 74 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA 5 crs. Assigned readings will include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjernson, Strindberg, Lag-erkvist, Munk. and other twentieth centurv dramatists. Lectures will stress 1bsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of aUscandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written \vork in the Norwegian language. [Spring, 196849.1 84 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Further intensive training in oral and written expression in Norwegian. Some attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. Required for all majors and teaching minors. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv. Fall, 1969-10.1 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-5 crs. This is primarily intended as an enrichment course, though it may serve as a substitute for 72 or 74 under special conditions. Paper must be written in Norwegian. Available any term to majors and minors. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] SPANISH Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72 or 74,' 84; and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, of which at least one must be 63 or 64. . Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84. 1 , 2 BEGINNING SPANISH 5, 5 crs. Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH . . . . 4, 4 crs. Grammar review with emphasis toward reading comprehension and cultural appreciation. Further laboratory work. [Prereq. : 2 or equiv. 3, Fall, Spring. 4, Fall, Winter.] 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH 4, 4 crs. Continued conversation, composition, and review of grammar to further comprehension and facility in expression in Spanish. Further laboratory work. Required for the major and minor. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall, Winter. 6, Winter, Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 55 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Extensive laboratory work. [Prereq. : 6 or equiv. Fall.] 56 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE 5 crs. Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through its historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements.. In Spanish. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter or Spring. Offered on demand.] 57 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS 5 crs. An introduction to Spanish American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter or Spring. Offered on demand.] 63, 64 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE 5, 5 crs. A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. Laboratory work. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv. 63, Winter. 64, Spring. Offered on demand.] 72 SPANISH NOVEL 5 crs. Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or 64, or equiv. Fall, 1968.1 74 SPANISH DRAMA 5 crs. Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 or equiv. Fall, 1969.1 W 84 ADVANCED SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Aims to give an extensive training in oral expression, organizational practice in writing with stylistic refinement. Appreciation of differences in speech existent in the Spanish-speaking countries. Laboratory work required. For majors and those intending to teach Spanish. [Prereq.: 55. Spring.] 92 SEMINAR . 4 crs. Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in Spanish or Hispanic American literature. Discussion and papers in Spanish. May substitute for Spanish 72 or 74. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 and Junior standing. Winter. Offered upon demand.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Individual study of an author, theme or movement of interest to the student. May substitute for Spanish 72 or 74. It is suggested that no student register for all five credits within one term. [Prereq.: 63 or 64. Fall, Winter, Spring.] MR. SATEREN, chairman, MR. BEVERLY, MR. COAN, MR. EKLOF, MR. GABRIELSEN, MISS HENNIG, MR. JOHNSON, MR. KARLEN, MRS. MOEN, MR. NIELSEN, MR. SAVOLD, MRS. THUT, MR. VUICICH The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation for those who expect to pursue the study of music on the graduate level. General instruction is afforded other students who wish to broaden their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Through its performing organizations, both choral and instrumental, the department gives all students of the college varied experiences in creating music as a participant. Further enriching the program are opportunities, open to all students of the college, for private instrumental and vocal instruction with professionally qualified teachers. DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC Major: 68 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 57, 58, 60-62, and 76; 12 credits in applied music, and two years a s a member of one of the college music organizations. ,q.+(5IL, t ,I . - -Teaching major: 57 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 58, 60, and 61; 9 credits in applied music, and two years a s a member of one ; of the college music organizations. " Minor: 27 credits. Courses 1 - 3 , 20, 57, and 4 elective credits; 3 credits in applied music, and one year as a member of one of the college music o~ganizations. One public performance in their area of specialization is required of majors during either the junior or senior year. This requirement may be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the bimonthly Performance Workshops. Formal public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement. Sophomores, juniors and seniors a r e required to attend the bimonthly Performance Workshops. Freshmen a r e encouraged to attend. All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency exarnination by the end of the sophomore year. I t includes: ( a ) major and harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, ascending and descending, hands together and with correct fingering, a t moderate speed and from memory: (b) a Bach two-part invention or a classical sonata; (c) a romantic or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. One of the pieces ( b or c) must be played from memory. During his junior and senior years, a student who has been certified as a music major by the Department of Music is given required applied music lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost provided such study is with a member of the Augsburg College music faculty. The total of applied music credits earned under this provision may not exceed six. See under Curriculums for suggested courses of study. l THEORY l 4 crs. Principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, lriads and rhythms, and their application in written exercises; aural skills, sight reading, dictation, and part-singing. [5 lect. Prereq.: Passing theory entrance test. Fall.] 2 THEORY 2 5 crs. The use of scales, intervals, and chord formations in written exercises. Harmonization of figured and unfigured bass and melody. [Prereq.: 1. Winter.] 3 THEORY 3 4 crs. Sixteenth century vocal counterpoint with examples from the music of Palestrina and di Lasso. Writing two-, three-, and four-part polyphony in the church modes. [Prereq.: 2. Spring.] 20 THEORY 4 4 crs. Advanced work in harmonization; modulation, advanced chord progressions, suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. [Prereq.: 3. Fall.] 21 THEORY 5 4 crs. Eighteenth century counterpoint with examples from the music of J. S. Bach; synthesis of tonal harmonic and contrapuntal writing. Writing two- and three-part inventions, a four-voice fugue, and a chorale prelude. [Prereq. : 20. Winter.] 22 THEORY 6 4 crs. Form and structure in music; harmonic analysis. [Prereq.: 21. Spring.] 30 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS 4 crs. The development of music from 1600 to the present through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. For the non-music major. [Winter, 1968-69. Fall, Spring, 1964-101. 50 CHORAL TECHNIQUE 4 crs. UPPER DIVISION Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, COURSES materials, and techniques. [Spring.] 53 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE 4 crs. Class instruction in the techniques of playing reed and string instruments. [Fall.] 54 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE 4 crs. Class instruction in the techniques of playing brass and percussion instruments. [Winter.] 57 CONDUCTING 3 crs. Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization and administration of choral ensembles. [3 double periods. Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter.] 1 58 CONDUCTING 3 crs. Preparation of and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration of instrumental ensembles. [3 double periods. Prereq.: 57 or #. Spring.] 60 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC 5 crs. Music of the Renaissance, Baroque, and Classical eras. [Fall.] 1 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC 4 crs. Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. [Winter.] 1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC The music of Scandinavia since 1700. [Spring.] 4 crs. 1 70 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH 4 crs. Development of the music of the Christian church, with special attention to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. [Fall.] 1 76 ORCHESTRATION AND CHORAL ARRANGING 4 crs. The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental and vocal ensembles of varying sizes and types. [4 1ect.-labs., 1 disc. Prereq.: 22, 53, 54, 58. Fall.] 1 87 PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP 0 cr. Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints students with a repertoire of musical excellence. [Two evenings per month. Fall, Winter, Spring.] APPLIED MUSIC Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Credit for the first term of lessons is given to majors and minors only after completion of. the second term in the same area with the same teacher. Others receive one credit for ten thirty-minute lessons per term. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under Financial Information. 1 PIANO I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those credits earned in piano after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 ORGAN I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. [Prereq.: Basic piano technique and #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 VOICE I cr. Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear-training a s needed, interpretation of song classics-both sacred and secular. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS, BRASS INSTRUMENTS, STRING INSTRUMENTS I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for the full year is required of participants. CHOIR Membership is by audition and restricted to 65 singers. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] CONCERT BAND Membership is by audition. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] ORCHESTRA Membership is by audition. 13 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] CHORAL CLUB, REPERTOIRE BAND, SYMFONIA, INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES Membership is by audition or consent of director. C2 rehearsals per wk. Fa, Winter, Spring.] MR. SANDIN, chairman, MR. BATLEY, MR. CHRISTENSON, MR. JOHNSRTJD The department of philosophy conceives its task as an instructional department in a liberal arts college to be twofold: (1)to make a significant cmnlribution to the liberal education of all students regardless of their colIege major; and (2) to provide a strong undergraduate program of study for st~rdcnts who desire to complete a major or minor in philosophy. Major: 46 credits, including 41, 42, 43; either 23 or 51; and either 81 or 4 credits of 99. Minor: 32 credits, including 41, 42, 43, and either 23 or 51. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 21 PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY 4 crs. Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion. Designed to meet the General Education requirement in philosophy. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY relativism, naturalism, etc.; or problems, such as the nature of the 23 LOGIC 5 crs. A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include: the nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning; definition; principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief introduction to the notation of modern symbolic logic. [Fall, Spring.] 41 ANCIENT AND EARLY MEDIEVAL 4 crs. A historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St. Thomas Aquinas. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Fall.] 42 LATE MEDIEVAL AND EARLY MODERN 4 crs. A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical thought is traced from the breakdown of the Medieval synthesis to the systems of Kant and Hegel. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Winter.] I 43 RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES W 5 1 SYMBOLIC LOGIC Treats deduction and the analysis of statements by means of special symbols. Topics include propositional functions and quantifiers, the logic of relations, the concept of an axiom system. [Prereq.: #. Winter.] I 61 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language. [Fall, 196849.1 63 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE A stcdy of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions and procedures. [Prereq.: 23 or #. Winter.] m 65 AMERICAN PHILOSOPHY American philosophical thought from colonial times to the present. Puritanism, and Revoluntionary period, transcendentalism, idealism, pragmatism, naturalism, and realism. [Fall.] 71 ETHICS An inquiry into the principles of morals and ethics, the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language of ethical discourse. [Winter, 1968-69.1 73 METAPHYSICS An inquiry into the nature of metaphysics, the function of metaphysical language, and an examination of major historical and contemporary views. [Prereq. : # Winter, 1969-70.1 . 75 EPISTEMOLOGY An inquiry into the bases of claims to knowledge of various sorts and into the possibility of general criteria of truth and falsity. [Prereq.: #. Fall, 1969-70.1 + '3, '! 'M. 1 2 1, 2 2 , 2 3 GENERAL PHYSICS 5, 5, 5 crs. A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity, and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified fields. Must be taken in sequence. [5 hrs. 1ect.-recit., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: Math. 41. 21, Fall. 22, Winter. 23, Spring.] 1 5 1 , 52 MECHANICS 4, 4 crs. The classical equations of motion are presented for a single particle, a system of particles, and for rigid bodies. Stationary and moving frames of reference are used. Must be taken in sequence. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 58. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.] 1 53 MECHANICS 4 crs. A restatement of classical mechanics employing Lagrange's equations. Rigid body mechanics and small oscillations are included. [Prereq.: 52, Math. 58. Spring.] 61 ELECTRONICS 5 crs. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits bef&e introducing the electron tube and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes and transistors with applications to certain circuits. [4 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq. : 23, Math. 43. Fall.] 1 62, 63 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 4, 4 crs. Treats the classical electromagnetic theory using vector calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, magnetostatics, solutions of Laplace's and Poisson's equations and the use of Maxwell's equations to the solution of problems in electromagnetic wave phenomena. [Prereq.: 61, Math. 58. 62, Winter. 63, Spring.] 70 OPTICS 5 crs. Both geometrical and physical optics are presented with the greater emphasis on the latter. Reflection and refraction, interference, diffraction and polarization. 14 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Spring.] 1 75 MODERN PHYSICS 4 crs. A phenomenological introduction to modern physics that includes the Special Theory of Relativity, atomic theory, radiation, particles and nuclear models. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Fall.] I cr. 1 77 ADVANCED PHYSICS LABORATORY Independent laboratory investigations. Numerous experiments including mechanics, electricity, spectroscopy, nuclear physics. Students may take this course five times for credit with the last term devoted to some research project. [3 hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 23. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 8 1 , 82 THERMAL PHYSICS 4,4 crs. Study of thermal properties, using as illustrative material the properties of gases, low temperature phenomena, and Curie's law substances. Three main divisions : classical thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and an introduction to statistical mechanics. [Prereq.: 52, Math. 84. 81, Fall. 82, Winter.] 1 83 INTRODUCTION TO SOLID STATE PHYSICS 4 crs. A study of the physical properties of solids, particularly the properties exhibited by atoms and molecules by virtue of their location in a regular crystal lattice. [Prereq.: 82, Math. 84. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE MR. STENSHOEL, chairman, MR. DEWEY, MRS. NOONAN .4ugsburg's offerings in political science are intended 10 facilitate an undersianding of the processes, concepts, and insliitltions of governance : to probide an intelIectua1 basis for effective and informed citizenship; and to help prepare interested students lor additional work at the graduate or pr'ufessiona! level, in such areas as lax\-, politicdl science, public administradon, and internationa1 rel?.tions. Major: 45 credits in political science, plus 5 credits in Social Statistics (Soc. 6l). PoUticnl science courses required include 20, 21, 22, and at least one course in each of the follo~\-ingareas: Comparative Government (nunlhered in the 30's) : International Relations (60's); Public Law (70's) ; and Politicxl Theoq- (80's). Minor: 27 credits, including 20, 21, 22; and at least one course in each of three of the four areas indicated above. A maximum of nine credits toward a political science major may be earned from among certain specific courses offered by the departments of history and economics. For information, see the Chairman of the Department of Political Science. . Course 20, 21, or 22 will meet the general education requirement in political science or economics. 20 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT I: FOUNDATIONS OF AMERICAN DEMOCRACY 5 crs. The nature, assumptions, and conditions of democratic politics in the United States. Historical, economic, social, and constitutional factors are considered, as well as the roles of political parties and interest groups. The American system is compared briefly with democratic and nondemocratic alternatives. [Winter.] 2 1 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT II: AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT 5 crs. The Presidency, Congress, and the Supreme Court as instruments of conflict and consensus in the American political system. The role of the national government is examined in the context of social and economic interdependence and of ideological and pragmatic conflict. [Spring.] 22 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Ill: STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT; PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 5 crs. Problems and patterns of state and local government, including urban and metropolitan development and intergovernmental relationships. Public administration is introduced from several perspectives : as discipline, as political process, as concrete expression of the positive state. [Fall.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES . 50 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRATIC GOVERNMENTS 4 crs. A comparative analysis of the respective political theories, institutions, and processes of selected democratic states. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Winter.] 5 1 CONTEMPORARY COMMUNIST GOVERNMENTS 4 crs. The political processes of the Soviet Union and other Communist states are analyzed in terms of ideological assumptions, the party role and institutional forms. [Prereq. : 20,21, or 22, or #. Fall.] t:; I --. I.'. 60 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS 4 crs. General theories of international politics, the basic factors involved in international relations, and the formulation of foreign policy as background for study of recent international problems. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Fall.] 62 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES 4 crs. Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. [Prereq. : 51 or 60. Spring.] 70 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 4 crs. The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system is analyzed via a study of significant cases decided by the U.S. Supreme Court. [Prereq.: 10 credits En American Govt. or #. Winter.] 71 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II 4 crs. A continuation cf course 70, emphasizing the protections afforded individ~lclrigh:s and liberties m d e r the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth Amendment. [Prereq. : 70. Spring.] 80 POLITICAL THOUGHT TO 1800 4 crs. Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers from Plato thrmgh Burke. rmphasis is placed upon elements reflected in Western democratic thought. [Fall.] 8 1 RECENT POLITICAL THOUGHT 4 crs. Conflicting ideologies of recent political thinkers, including anarchist, Communist, elitist, and democratic views. [Winter.] 84 CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL ANALYSIS 4 crs. An investigation of the theory-building and model-building of selected contemporary political scientists, and of their ohiloso~hicaland methodological assumptions. For majors in politicai science. [Spring.] 9 5 SEMINAR 3 crs. Consult department chairman for information concerning terms and subject matter. [Prereq. : # .] 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Registration by special permission. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 2-5 crs. DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY MRS. DYRUD, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. HOLMAN, MRS. H O W A R D The objectives of this department are: (1)to acquaint the student with the princivles and methods in the scientific studv of behavior: and (21 to enable ihe student to better understand the pr;ce&es which influence behavior. Emphasis is on the study of human behavior. M a j o r : 36 credits, tncluding 5, 59, 61, 62, 64, 81, 91, and 99. In addition, Soc. 61 i s required. M i n o r : 24 credits including 5, 59, and 87. 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 5 crs. A study of basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many areas of specialization in psychology. [Prereq.: So. o r #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 7 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY SEMINAR I cr. Offered in connection with course 5 for one additional credit. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on general psychology topics. . [Prereq.: UPPER DIVISION COURSES #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. See under Secondary Education. 5 1 D E V E L O P M E N T A L PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD 4 crs. Development of personality and/or behavior of children, with emphasis on theoretical considerations and empirical findings regarding socialization, cognition, family relationships, and general psychological development. [Prereq.: 5 and concurrent registration in o r completion of statistics. Fall.] 52 DEVELOPMENTAL P S Y C H O L O G Y : ADOLESCENT 4 crs. Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adolescents, with emphasis on theory and empirical findings regarding physical and sexual development, parent-child relationships, identity and the peer group, cognitive development and achievement, and social class differences. [Prereq. : 5 and concurrent registration in o r completion of . statistics. Winter.] 53 DEVELOPMENTAL P S Y C H O L O G Y : ADULT 4 crs. Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adults, with special emphasis on young adults. Some theory and empirical findings regarding personality, values, interests and vocational choice, sexuality, adjustment and behavior change. A brief discussion of findings in geriatric psychology. [Prereq.: 5 a n d concurrent registration in o r completion of statistics. Spring.] . 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 4 crs. See under Elementary Education. 4 crs. 59 P S Y C H O L O G I C A L M E A S U R E M E N T I Theory and principles of measurement and testing. Examination given to the purposes, construction and use of measurement devices in personnel work of business and industry. [Prereq.: 5, a n d Soc. 61. Fall.] 4 crs. 60 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT II Administration and interpretation of standardized tests of intelligence, aptitude, interest, achievement and personality. Special emphasis given to the use of the Revised Stanford-Binet and Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale in supervised practice situations. [Prereq. : 59. Winter.] - H 6 1 PERSONALITY I: APPROACHES TO PERSONALITY 4 crs. A shtdy of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction to major theories of personality. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.] 62 PERSONALITY II: ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research in mental illness. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.] H 64 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to experimental nlethodology in psychology : experimental design, operations, and data analysis. [Prereq.: 5 and Soc. 61. Spring.] 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 5 crs. See under Department of Sociology. 81 HISTORY AND THEORY 4 crs. A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of current areas of psychology. [Prereq.: 13 crs. in psych. or #. Fall.] H 85 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a counseling relationship. [Prereq.: 62. Winter.] 1 87 DIFFERENTIAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. Survey of individual and group differences and factors such as age, heredity, sex and environment which contribute to variations in ability and temperament. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.] 91 SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGY 3 crs. A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. [Prereq.: 17 crs. in psych. or #. Spring.] 99 RESEARCH PROBLEMS 2 - 3 crs. Independent study in which students conduct individual research projects. [Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] MR. P. A. QUANBECK, chairman, MR. BENSON, MR. COLACCI, MR. FRETHEIM, MR. MANDSAGER, MR. OLLILA, MR. SKIBBE The courses in religion are intended to assist the student in his reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. The graduation requirement includes 18 credits in religion. Of these credits 10 must be in the lower division, and at least 8 must be upper division. Freshmen are required to take course 11: sophomores, course Z l . Courses 1 1 and 21 are prerequisites for all upper division courses. Only one of courses 53, 54 may apply toward the graduation requirement. Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of admission. Major: 46 credits, including one course from each of the following groups of courses plus one seminar: 51-59; 61-63; 71-74; 81-85. Also required are: two courses each in history, literature, philosophy (above 21); and one course in either sociology or psychology (above 5). Two courses of upper division Greek may be counted toward a major in religion. Minor: 26 credits. DEPARTMENT OF -RELIGION I I INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY 5 crs. An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] . . . . 21 BIBLICAL STUDIES 5 crs. The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] UPPER DIVISION 51 THE TEACHING MINISTRY OF THE CHURCH 4 crs. The historical development and theological foundation of education in the church. The relationship of the teaching and preaching ministries. Methods and means of teaching, and the task of Christian education today. [Winter.] 52 THE THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP 4 crs. A study of the origin of Christian worship, the development of the various liturgical traditions and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention will be given to both the theology and the form of worship. Visits will be made to a variety of worship services. [Winter.] 53 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I 4 crs. A study of primitive religion and several religions of the Near East, including Islam and Zoroastrianism. [Fall.] 54 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I1 4 crs. A study of several religions of the F a r East, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. [Winter.] W 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY See under Department of Sociology. 4 crs. 61 EARLY CHRISTIAN FATHERS 4 crs. The development of certain fundamental theological doctrines from the time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the early church. [Fall.] 62 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS 4 crs. An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther, John Calvin, and other representative figures. [Winter.] 63 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM 4 crs. The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure, and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its environing culture. [Spring.] 71 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS 4 crs. Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." [Fall.] . 72 THE THEOLOGY OF PAUL 4 crs. A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. [Spring.] 73 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 4 crs. The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. [Winter.] 74 STUDIES IN GENESIS ONE TO ELEVEN 4 crs. A detailed study of these chapters, with discussion of their theological significance and their background in Israel and the ancient Near East. Special attention will be given to interpretive problems, particularly a s related to history and science. [Fall.] 81 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. [Spring.] 82 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY 4 crs. -New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of 'some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. [Fall.] 83 CHRISTIAN ETHICS 4 crs. The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. [Fall.] 84 CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN 4 crs. The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny of man. [Spring.] 85 THEOLOGY OF THE ECUMENICAL MOVEMENT 4 crs. A study of the theological factors inherent in the origin, the various participating churches and the main results of the modern Ecumenical Movement. Representatives from various religious groups will be invited to lecture and lead discussions. [Winter.] 86 SEMINAR 4 crs. Special study in some field of theology. Registration is by permission of the instructor. 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES See under Department of Modern Languages. SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR See under Curriculums. MR. TORSTENSON, chairman, MR. BLOOM. MR. HUSFLOEN, MRS. MADSON, MR. NELSOAT, MR. NORDLIE, MR. VETVICK The objectives of this department are to help students attain a better understanding of society, its social order and forces of social change; to prepare students for social service occupations and for post-graduate studies in such fields as sociology, social work, industrial relations, urban planning, etc. The Department seeks to maximize its urban setting by promoting research and participant-observation experiences in the TwinCity Metropolitan region. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Major: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits and 30 upper division credits, including 61, 62, 75, 91. Psych. 5 also required. Philosophy of Science is strongly recommended. Major with Social Work Sequence: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits and 30 upper division credits including 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 61. Psych. 5 also required. Minor: 25 credits including 12, 43, 61. Sociology 11 is prerequisite to all other sociology courses. I I MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY 4 crs. The cultural and structural dynamics of the Western world as seen through sociological perspectives. A focus on normative patterns, social organizations, social institutions, and socialization in the context of social change. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 12 SOCIAL PROBLEMS 4 crs. The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary social problems in the context of historical, social and cultural change. [Winter, Spring.] 3 1 MARRIAGE AND FAMILY 5 crs. The course is designed to help the student in his preparation for marriage and parenthood and focuses on such issues as the interpersonal relationships of dating, selection of a marriage partner, constructive use of the engagement period, early marriage adjustments, childbirth, discipline of children, and sex education. Integral parts of the course include films, personal analysis papers, and the discussion of case studies. A secondary emphasis is given to such sociology of the family concerns as tracing the family historically and cross-culturally, and viewing the contemporary American family against a background of modern society and social change. [Winter, Spring.] 41 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY 4 crs. Man's prehistory and contemporary primitive societies. An analysis of the origins of life and man, race and culture, and cultural and social anthropology including subsistence and crafts, marriage and kinship, social control, religion and magic, personality and culture, and cultural growth. [Fall.] 42 RURAL AMERICAN COMMUNITY 4 crs. The social origins, development, and contemporary forms of rural society and the small community. The historic roots of the American rural community; rural social movements; and rural life in world perspective. [Winter.] 43 MODERN URBAN COMMUNITY 4 crs. The cultural and social organization of the city in historical perspective including the forms, processes, and problems of the modern metropolis. [Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 51 FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs. Examines basic concepts and values in the practice of social work; historical development and trends in Social Policy and Programs in the U.S.; and surveys the social services offered through the various public and non-profit agencies and institutions. [Prereq.: Concurrent registration in 54. Fall.] I -,; 52 INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs. Provides a beginning understanding of the three methods of social workcasework, group work, and community organization. Explores basic concepts of human growth and behavior and social process and their relationship to the methodology of social work. [Prereq.: 51, and concurrent registration in 55. Winter.] 53 WELFARE ISSUES IN MODERN SOCIETY 4 crs. Examines Social Welfare's responsibility and relevance to the problems of modern society including poverty, mental illness, automation, deviant behavior, mental retardation, and civil rights. Explores some of the recent experiments and new approaches to these problems both within and outside the Social Welfare field. Points up some of the current and re-occurring issues within and about Social Welfare in modern society. [Prereq.: 52 and concurrent registration in 56. Spring.] 54, 55, 56 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SOCIAL AGENCIES I cr. per term Students are assigned five hours per week to work in a social agency such as a settlement house, or a hospital, public welfare, family service correction and services to the mentally retarded. Responsibilities vary according to the agency. From one to four students are assigned to each agency. The agency provides the supervision and recommended grade for the course. No credit given unless all three quarters are completed. Must be taken concurrently with Soc. 51, 52, and 53. [54, Fall. 55, Winter. 56, Spring.] 1 57 SUMMER WORK STUDY IN CORRECTIONS AND SOCIAL SERVICE 5 crs. A summer experience for undergraduate students combining independent study and paid work experience in the fields of Corrections and Social Services. 1 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY 4 crs. An examination of the social sources and structure of the church. Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems. Some exploration of the changing patterns of society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church. [Fall.] 1 6 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL STATISTICS 5 crs. Scientific methods of collecting, organizing, comparing and interpreting socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and tables, finding measures of central tendency, variability and association, and hyp* thesis testing. [Prereq. : high school algebra or equir. Fall, Spring.] 1 62 SOCIAL RESEARCH 5 crs. Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology. An examination of procedures and problems of the research prccess. An analysis of research designs and techniques. The construction of questionnaires and other data-gathering tools. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.] 1 73 CRIME AND DELINQUENCY 5 crs. Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gang-delinquency, whitc-collar crime, organized crime. The theories of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. [Spring.] 5 crs. Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. The various theoretical schools of social psychology. Selective forms of collective behavior such as croivd, rumor, and audience. [Fall.] 1 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 82 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS 5 crs. The historical, cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism and civil rights in the American setting. [Winter.] 83 INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY 5 crs. Large-scale organizations in contemporary industrial society. Bureaucracy, decision-making, formal and informal organizational structure and labor-management relations. [Spring.] 8 5 SEMINAR IN THE MODERN METROPOLIS I cr. A study of the nature, dynamics and challenges of the emerging metropolitan community. 91 MODERN SOCIOLOGY THEORY 5 crs. The development and nature of the major theoretical schools of contemporary sociology, in the context of their historical settings in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Winter.] SPANISH See under Department of Modern Languages. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS COLE, MRS. OLSON This department aims to foster in students those skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. Major: 40 credits. Students who do not plan to go into secondary or elementary school teaching should consult with the department regarding preparation for graduate school or other post-graduate opportunities. Teaching major: 44 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32, 12 or 52, 51 or 55, 60, 61, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is requked, but credits in this course do not count toward the major. Minor: 28 credits. Teaching minor: 28 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32, 51 or 55, 60, and 66. Course 76 is strongly recommended. For elementary education students: 11, 16, 60, 61, ond 76. For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended. Elementary education students who have had speech in high school may request substitution of course 16 to fulfill the literature/speech requirement. Normally, courses 11 aud 51 fulfill this requirement. I I BEGINNING SPEECH 4 crs. Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Meets five times per week. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 12 FORMS OF PUBLIC ADDRESS 4 crs. Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology, and adaptation to various situations. [Prereq. : 11. Winter.] 16 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS 4 crs. Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and elementary school teachers. [Fall, 1968-69.1 1 2 1 DEBATE I cr. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercollegiate debates. Open to all students. May be repeated four times for credit. [Fall, Winter.] 28 STAGECRAFT 4 crs. Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open to all students. [Winter.] 1 3 2 ACTING 4 crs. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. [Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 1 5 1 ARGUMENTATION 5 crs. Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. [Fall.] 1 52 PERSUASION 5 crs. Theory of persuasion and propaganda ; study of great speeches ; practical work in speech writing. [Prereq. : 11. Spring, 196849.1 55 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION 5 crs. Theories of group leadership: principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. [Winter.] 1 60 INTERPRETATIVE READING 5 crs. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. [Fall, Winter.] 1 61 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS 5 crs. An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and dramatic production. [Fall.] 1 66 STAGE DIRECTION 5 crs. Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. [Spring.] 1 67 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN 5 crs. History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. [Fall, 196!%70.1 W 68 DRAMA IN THE CHURCH 5 crs. History of drama in the church, reading and discussion of plays, study of uses of drama by the local congregation. [Spring, 1969-70.1 1 76 SPEECH PATHOLOGY 5 crs. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. [Winter.] 1 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 crs. Selected topics in oral interpretation, acting, theater history, rhetorical theory, or speech pathology; individual projects with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodolgy of research. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at t h e Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction a t Augsburg College. Application for admission t o the Schools df Nursing should be made t o the hospitals directly. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed a t one of the two hospitals. CORRECTIVE THERAPY A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students who complete a major in Physical Education a t Augsburg. The program requires 250 hours of clinical observation, practice, and orientation under the direction of the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service a t the Veterans Hospital. The work may be done either during the senior year or after graduation. It carries no college credit. SPAN IJ Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the sophomore year. JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg College students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study a t a number of European educational institutions. These institutions are: The University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College and The Goethe Institute in Germany; and The Institute for American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence in France. Study a t other institutions may be possible through special arrangements. Applications for such foreign study must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. In addition, the student's program of study while in Europe must be approved by his faculty adviser prior to making application to the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A year of foreign study is recommended only for students with good scholastic records whose programs of study can be followed satisfactorily a t the institutions chosen. Credit earned through foreign study can usually be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives or, occasionally, as elements of his major sequence. Such credit ordinarily does not satisfy the general education requirements with some exceptions such as the study of a foreign language. HONORS PROGRAM For superior freshman sudents, some special accelerated sections are available in such subjects as English and History. For superior students of all classes, special colloquia are offered each term. Many departments of the college offer a program through which the student can earn honors in his major field. Students of high ability who are interested in pursuing an honors curriculum are invited to write to the Director of the Honors Program for information regarding the Honors Programs which may be open to them. Honors students are selected on the basis of previous academic achievement and test results. NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and t o encourage better cultural exchange between the students of Augsburg Cdlege and colleges in the South, Augsburg has entered into an agreement with various southern colleges whereby an interchange of students may take place. This exchange may take place during either the second or third term, or both, depending upon the schedules of the cooperating colleges. In order to qualify for the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of his/her parents (if he/she is a minor), his/her major adviser, and various college officials. A further general requirement is approval by the student exchange board which will, among other things, require a grade point average of at least 2.50. Further details and application forms may be secured from the fice of the Dean or the President of the Student Society. OF THE PASS/NO CREDIT GFLXDING SYSTEM Effective with the 1967-68 academic year, a Pass/No Credit grading system is available to juniors and seniors only, applicable to a maximum of one course per term. The provisions of the system are as follows: 1. Juniors and Seniors only may choose to be graded on the basis of Pass/No Credit instead of a regular grade for a maximum of one course in any one term. 2. The Pass/No Credit option may not be applied to courses in the student's major field. 3. Each department of the college shall determine which, if any, of the courses it offers may not be taken by any student on a Pass/No Credit basis. Students will be informed by the Registrar's Office at each registration day of the courses which may not be taken under the system. 4. Although credits earned under the system will be counted toward fulfilling the requirements for graduation, Pass/No Credit grades will not be used in computing the student's Grade Point Average. 5. The student must exercise the option of taking a course under the Pass/No Credit grading system a t the time of his registration for the course, and may not change after the end of the first week of the term. 6. Under the Pass/No Credit grading system, the grade of 'S' shall be assigned to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'A' to 'C'; the grade of 'N' to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'D' to 'F'. AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL Students may earn up to ten credits of college work in a sixweek summer session from June 24 through August 2, 1968. For 1969, tentative plans call for a similar six-week term beginning June 9, followed by a short term of three weeks set for July 21 through August 8, during which additional five credits may be earned. Most courses will meet mornings, Monday through Friday. Others will meet for longer periods two evenings a week, in order to accommodate part-time students employed during the day. Eligible to attend Augsburg summer school are present students and graduates of Augsburg and other accredited colleges and universities, as well as recent high school graduates whose class standing and scores in college aptitude examinations indicate a high probability of success in college work. Courses to be offered during the summer sessions will be determined, in part, by demand. Most will not require prerequisites. In addition to formal classes, provisions are being made for independent study in several areas, and for individual instruction in voice and instrumental music. For 1968, summer tuition for 8-10 credits is $220.00, plus a registration fee of $5.00. The latter fee will, however, be waived for those completing registration not later than June 14. Private lessons will be charged separately. A single board and room charge for the 1968 summer session will be $100.00, and will provide morning and noon meals exclusive of weekends, and a room from the evening of June 23 through the morning of August 3. For specific information, interested persons are asked to write: Director of Summer School Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 CURRICULUMS The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major, or a particular vocational objective. GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 History 1, 2. or 3 Sociology 11 Foreign Language Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Electives Term I n nr Cr. Cr. Cr. - - Term SOPHOMORE 5 - - - 4 - 5 5 5-6 5 Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Art 1 or Music 30 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22, or Economics 22 Electives Term I 11 ~n Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR 5 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - 4 - - 4 4 Religion Electives I 11 III Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 4 5-6 5-6 - - - - 4 - - 4-5 - 6 6 I Term II m 4 - Cr. Cr. Cr. - 12 12 12 AMERICAN STUDIES MAJOR The following program is suggested for a major in American Studies. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1. 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Foreign Language History 21. 22 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 JUNIOR Economics 22 (Optional) Speech or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Religion 63 Eistory 55. Psychology 81. Sociology 42'. 43. Philosophy 65' Electives (non-major) - 5 - - 4 5 4 5 - - 4 5 5 5 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 English 45 Political Sci. 20, 21 1/3 1/3 1/3 4 - 4 - 4 4 - 4 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 - - 5 4 4 5-6 5-6 4 5 - 5 5 - - SENIOR Sociology 59. Political Sci. 70. History 56' Education 87. English 82. Political Sci. 22. American Studies 95 American Studies 99 Electives (non-major) * Electives in the major program ART MAJOR WITH HISTORY MINOR AS PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY Term FRESHMAN I - Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language 4 5 Art 2 2 8, 12 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 Term I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5 - 6 - 4 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Art 21- Art 18, 55 History 2 History 61 I 11 rn Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 4 - 5 5 4 4 4 - - 4 - 4 - Term I I1 I11 Religion Art 83, 84 Art 67 Art 50 Historv 3 Speecg 11 or Literature Music 30 History 21. 22 Elective Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 - - SENIOR I I1 I11 Religion Pol. Sci. 20. 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 68 Art 78 History 95 History 71 Art 99 Electives Cr. Cr. Cr. ART MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Art. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Foreign Language History 1. 2, or 3 Art 7 Art 8. 12 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Art 83, 84 Art 67 Art 50 H. P.E. 10 Education 50 Education 52, 53, 54 Education 59 Music 30 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 - 5 5 5 4 2 2 6 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - Term SOPHOMORE I I1 I11 Relieion 21 ore& Language Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 S'peech 11 o r Literature Art 21 Art 18 and 55 Psychology 5 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 5 - 4 - 4 - - 4 4 4 - - 5 4 - 0 0 0 - - 5 - 4 - - 4 4 - - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 4 - - 4 - 5 4 5 Term SENIOR I I1 I11 Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education - - - - - .-. . . 87 .. Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 68. 99 Art 78 Electives Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 10 - 5 - - - - 4 - 4-5 - 4 - 4 - BIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is recommended for students who plan to do graduate work in biology. Where choices of biology are indicated, the student should choose carefully the course best suited to his field of interest. At least one term of botanical work is usually desirable. Biology 72 is required. Term Term FRESHMAN I I1 I11 Religion 11 Englsh 11, 12 History 3 Sociolow 11 chernGpy 5 or 15 Chemistry 6 or 16 Biology 11, 12 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 I I1 111 SOPHOMORE Cr. Cr. Cr. Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Speech 11 or Literature Chemistry 51, 52, 53 Mathematics 40. 41. 42 Biology 53 o r eiective - - Term Term JUNIOR Relieinn -.--.-. . . . Foreign Language Physics 21, 22, 23 Biology 61. 71, or 76 Biology 63. 72 or 74 Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or Economics 22 I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 5 5 5 5 5 5-6 - - - - - 45 - 5 - 6 6 5 5 5-6 - 4 6 5 - SENIOR Religion Foreign Language Art 1 or Music 30 Philosouhv 21 or 23 BiGG 7 3 OF elective Biology 72, 74, or 81 Biology 91. 92. 93 I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 1 ~ 5-6 - 1 - 5-6 1 BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING The program suggested below provides for the recommended courses in chemistry as well as for a good background in the biological sciences. When making the choices between the biology course options, it is important that the various disciplines of biology are represented. Biology 72 and one other course in the 70 series are required. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 History 3 Sociology 11 Biology 11. 12 Chemistry 5 or 15 Chemistry 6 or 16 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 2 4 5 - - 4 - - 6 - - 4 6 6 - - 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion speech 11 or Literature Foreign Language Education 50. 59 Chemistry 53 Bioloev 61. 71. or 76 ~ i o l o s53' or ' 73 Biology 63, 72, or 74 Education 52, 53, 54 - - 4 4 4 4 4 - - - 6 - - 0 0 - 5 5-6 0 SOPHOMORE Relieion 21 ~ o r z g nLanguage Biology 51 Psychology 5 Chemistrv 23 H P.E."10 Mathematics 13 or 40. Mathematics 14 or elective* Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 - 5 - - 5 - - - - 6 - 5 5 - - SEYIQR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Rc,iaiun .Art - 1 or 3Tvljbic 30 Rluloz$' 61, 71, or 76 Biology 72. 74. or 81 4 5-6 - ... .. E d r ~ c a t ~ c n83 Educn:ion 87 Poi. Scl. 20. 21. or 22 - - - 10 4-5 - - 5-6 - 4 - - Elective if the student is allowed to take Mathematics 40 rather than Math. 13 and 14. MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION) Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize in accounting or finance. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration. FRESHMAN - 'RcIipion & 11 E ~ 9 i s l 111, 12 Yidow 1, 2. or 3 Brssincss Ad. 1, 2 _Sociology 23-1 i L/-;;turt; Science or Math. H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR C3 Business Ad. 61 Economics 51 ???Business Ad. 62. 63 Electives Term I I1 I11 SOPHOMORE - - - Cr.Cr.Cr. . 5 ,,ReTi~lon 21 - 4 5 .. -Fori-igtl T.,anglage .. . - - 4 Easiness Ad..,13 4 4 Eco!~nmics22. 23-, - 4 ..--Dhtlosophy 21 5-6 5-6 - d p e e c h 11 or Literature - 4 d r t 1 or Music 30 1/3 1/3 1/3 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. - 5 - 5 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 4 4 - - 5 5 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. ~ - - - - 5 - - - 5 4 5 5 SENIOR 5 - - - 4 5 - - 4 4 4 4 - - - Religion Business Ad. 81 Business Ad. 83 Electives MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (FINANCE SPECIALTZATTON) FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Histors 1. 2. or 3 ~ u s i n e s s~ d . 1, . 2 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. Elective H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 5 - 4 4 4 - 4 5-6 5-6 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Business Ad. 31 Economics 22, 23 Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I 11 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. I :' ,.; '3, 'M. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Business Ad. 18 Business Ad 13 Electives BUSINESS EDUCATION MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Religion 11 Enelish 11. 12 F'oFeign ~ a n g u a g e History 1, 2, or 3 Business Ed. 1 Business Ed. 10 sociology 11 Philosophy 21 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 59 Business Ad. 1, 2 Business Ed. 50 Economics 22, 23 Business Ed. 63 Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 4 - 4 - - - - - - - 4 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. -- - .Cr. --. 4 4 - 0 0 0 - 5 4 4 1 - 5 - 4 4 - - SOPHOMORE Relieion 21 F'orGgn Language Natural Science or Math. S ~ e e c h11 or Literature Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. ~ u s i n e s s - ~ d21 . Business Ed. 22 Business Ed. 53 Business Ed. 8 SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - 10 - 5 H:~PE;--IO - - Business Ad. 31 Electives 5 4 - - - 4 5 8 CHEMISTRY MAJOR The following course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is approved by the American Chemical Society for students who plan to do graduate study in chemistry. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2, or 3 Mathematics 40 Chemistry 15. 16 or 5, 6 Mathematics 41, 42 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Relieion chemistry 61, 62 Chemistry 63 Mathematics 83 Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Chemistry 91 Electives Term I 11 111 Cr. -. . Cr. -. . Cr -5 4 5 4 5 6 6 - 5 5 - - - - Term I TI I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 6 6 5 4 - 5 5 4 4 0 0 0 - 4 - - - - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Chemistry 51, 52 Chemistrv 53 Physics ii, 22, 23 Mathematics 43 Sociology 11 SEh-IOR Term I I1 111 Cr Cr. Cr. - - 5 6 6 - - 5 5 5 5 5 - - 4 - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr Cr. Ro!iglgn Chernfstr' 81, 83 C h e m x ! ~i 2 Furdgn Lwguage Speech !1 or Lltcrature Pol. Sc!. 20. 21. or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Chemistry 91 Electives DENTISTRY Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses in physics and chemistry are highly desirable. f i e following schedule will meet the requirements for admission t o most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about specific requirements. Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Mathematics 40. 41 Biolocv 11. 12' ~ h e m y i t r y'15, 16 or 5, 6 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 m I II Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 - 5 5 5 - 6 6 6 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 - SOPHOMORE Term I n III Cr Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 Speech, Lit. or Hist. Psychology 5 chemistry 51, 52 Physics 21, 22. 23 ECONOMICS MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education. Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1. 2, or 3 Natural Science or Math Sociology 11 Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Sociology 61 Economics 51, 58 Electives I I1 I11 c=.Cr. 5 - - - 4 SOPHOMORE Cr. 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. -4 4 4 - - - Term I 11 nr Cr Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Business Ad. 1, 2 Economics 22. 23 Electives Term SENIOR I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Electives ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Students planning t o prepare for elementary school teaching are required t o complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated substitutions may be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional subjects and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year. For the science-mathematics general education requirement, elementary education students are required to take one course in biological and one in physical science. For the speech-literature requirement in general education, they are required to take Beginning Speech unless exempted. The major in this program is Elementary Education. Each student is required t o complete a minor. Variations in the requirements of the minor from those prescribed by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. An academic major is highly recommended. I Ion ll lab 11, I8 mstUl+l P , W S B ~ , O I O ~s&xm ' a F.E. m Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 Elective (minor) Term I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 - 4 5 5 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - 4 - - - - - - SOPHOMORE Term I 11 In Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language Psychology 5 Physical Science Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 Music 30 History 21 or 22 Elective (minor) Term SENIOR Religion Education 77 Philosonhv 21 speech- lf Education 79 Education 87 Education 65 Electives (minor) Religion Education 55 Education 56 Education 52, 53, 54 Geography 14 Education 64 Education 57, 63 Education 58 -Mathematics 56 Elective (minor) I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 15 4 - - - 4 3 4 - - 2 8 - 4 - - - JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program outlined below satisfies the requirements for certification at the junior and senior high school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during his sophomore year, apply to the Committee on Teacher Education for admission t o the education curriculum. He will also need t o apply for student teaching during the junior year. Admission will be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors are: Health and Physical Education Mathematics Music Natural Science Biology Chemistry Physics Social Sciences History Political Science Art Business ducati ion English-Language Arts English Speech Foreign Language French German Scandinavian Studies Spanish Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science. Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Electives I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 5 - 5 5 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 5-6 5 - - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Music 30 or Art 1 Natural Science or Math. Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 or Economics 22 Psychology 5 Electives Term JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 21 Sueech 11 or Literature ducatio ion 50, 59 Education 52. 53, 54 H. P.E. 10 Electives in the major I I1 I11 SENIOR Reliigon Education 83, 84 Education 87 Electives in the major Term I TI 111 Cr, Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 - - 4 5-6 5-6 - - 5 - - - 4-5 6 Term I I1 I11 Cr, Cr. Cr. - 4 - ENGINEERING The following program is recommended for students who plan to enroll in a school of engineering. Students planning to enter this program should have completed four years of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to enter Mathematics 41. Those who plan t o transfer to the Institute of Technology at the University of Minnesota will also need, in some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session a t the U. of M. FRESHMAN Term I I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE I Term I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. Reliaion 21 Religion 11 English 11, 12 Sociology 11 Mathematics 40, 41, 42 Chemistry 15, 16 or 5, 6 H. P.E. 1. 2. 3 Art 1 I Term I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Relieion P~YECS75 Physics 62. 63 Physics Lab. Mathematics 83. 84 Biology 11, 12 or Elective Electives ENGLISH MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of English. Term FRESHMAN I I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - Term JUNIOR Religion Art 1 or Music 30 English 61, 62, 84 English 72 or 74 English Elective Electives* I II rn Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 5 - - 4 5 5 SOPHOMORE Reliaion 21 Foreign Language Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Speech 11 Philoso~hv 21 ~ a t u r a Ccience i or Math. English 35 or 45 or Elective in the major English 47; and 31, 32, or 78 Term I 11 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - Term SENIOR Religion English 90 Electives* I II n I Cr- Cr. Cr. A - - Electives recommended for students planning to enter graduate school: English 80 or 82, 86, 88, 92, 95; and foreign language. ENGLISH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11 or 15 English 12 or 35. 45 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 I Term I1 111 Term SOPHOMORE Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language Speech 11 and 12, 52 or 55 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Natural Science or Math. English 35 or 45 or 55 English 47, 31 I 11 I n Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Psychology 5 Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 59 ' English 61. 62. 55 English 72 or 74. 84 Speech 60 or 66 Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr Cr. - 4 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 H. P.E. 10 Art 1 - o r Music 30 English 21 or 40, 88 or 88 English 90, 91, or 92 ~ i b r a r y Science 75 4 4 3 - - - 4 5 FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. FRESHMAN Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Inter. Foreign Language Speech 11 or Literature Philosophy 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. 10. Electives or 56. 57 Religion 11 English 11. 12 Beg. Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr Cr. SOPHOMORE Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - 4 0 0 0 - - 5 5 5 5 5 - - - 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 10 - 5 - SENIOR - Religion Religion Education 84' Education 50' Education 83' Education 52. 53. 54. Education 87. 4 Education 59: Ad. Conv. and Comp. 84 5 - Psychology 5 Literature 72 or 74 - - 5 Conversation 55 2 - 2 Indep. Study 99 Survey 63, 64.. 5 Electives 5 5 Literature 72 or 74 - 5 5 Electives * Students who do not plan to t a k e t h e education sequence may substitute 92 99 or other electives for these courses. * * Courses 56, 57 may be elected for either 63 or 64. - - - - - - GREEKMAJOR Students who plan to major in Greek should confer with the chairman of the department regarding electives and courses to be taken in the senior year. FRESHMAN Term I rI 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Natur?l Science or Math Greek 11. 12. 13 Philosophy 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or Econ. 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Religion 11 English 11. 12 History 1. 2, or 3 Latin 1. 2. 3 ~ o c i o l o g y'11 H. P.E. 1 . 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Greek Philosophy 41, 42, 43 Speech 11 Electives SOPHOMORE Term I I1 111 Cr Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 - 8 8 - - SENIOR Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5-6 5-6 5 5 5 4 - - Term I 11 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Greek Literature Electives BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of .Health and Physical Education. Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions. FRESHMAN # Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I TI I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 1 - Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 10 H. P.E. 23 H. P.E. 11, 13 (W, M) H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 50 Education 52, 53, 54 Education 59 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 Econ. 22 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. 57. H. P.E. 51, 52 H. P.E. 11, 72 H. P.E. 82 or Soc. 31. " SENIOR 5 4 - - - 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 8 4 Education 83 Education 87 Philosoohv 21 H. ~ 5 7i* .H. P.E. 60* Speech 11 or Literature Electives Starred courses are required for the broad major in Health and Physical Education but may be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major. HISTORY MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of His- tory. FRESHMAN Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 Enelish 11. 12 ~ o r e i g n~ i n g u a g e History 1, 2, 3 Sociology 11 301. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 or Economics 22 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language History Economics Art 1 or Music 30 Minor or Elective Literature SOPHOMORE Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Laneuage History 21, 22 Philosoohy 21 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Foreign Language History Seminar Minor or Elective HISTORY MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, 3 Sociology 11 Economics 22 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 ducati ion 52, 53, 54 Education 59 Art 1 or Music 30 Geography 14 Political Science 20, 22 H. P.E. 10 History Term I TI 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - - 4 4 - - 4 5 5 4 4 5 - 4 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Historv 21. 22 ~ h i l o s o ~ h y21' Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 4 5 5 - - 5-6 5-6 - 4 5 - 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term SENIOR Religion Education 8 4 Education 83 Education Sociology 12 87 Soeech 11 or Literature History History 95 I n 111 13 Cr. Cr. LAW College preparation for law school is flexible, and does not require a specific course of study or a particular major. Students considering law as a profession are urged to study the requirements and suggested curricula for the following majors: American Studies, pages 50 and 108. English, pages 68 and 114. History, pages 34 and 116. Political Science, pages 92 and 121. While any of the above majors is appropriate as a pre-law curriculum, other majors are also highly acceptable. For most law schools a broad background in the liberal arts constitutes a better preparation than specialization and expertise in narrower fields. While not all law schools require a baccalaureate degree as a condition for admission, it is normally to the advantage of the student to have completed his undergraduate degree program. Nearly all law schools in the United States require applicants to take a standardized Law School Admission Test, administered several times each year a t prescribed times. Students interested in law as a possible vocation should contact the pre-law adivsor, chairman of the Department of Political Science. MATHEMATICS MAJOR The following course of study is designed for students who have a strong background in mathematics from high school. Students who lack this background may need to complete Mathematics 13, 14 before registering for Mathematical Analysis. Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Math. 40, 41, 42 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I I1 I11 SOPHOMORE Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 Religion 21 4 5 - ; Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or 5 5 Econ. 22 - 4 Sociolom 11 5 5 5 ~oreig-~anguage Art 1 or Music 30 1/3 1/3 1/3 Physics or Chemistry Mathematics 43, 58, 64 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - JUNIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 ILI Cr Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN - - - SENIOR -- 4-5 4 - 4 4 - 4 5-6 5-6 5 4 4 Religion Mathematics 67 Mathematics 80 Mathematics 99 Electives Relieion ath he ma tics 83. 84, 85 Mathematics 72. 73 Philosophy 21 Speech- 11 or Literature Mathematics 61 Electives MATHEMATICS MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 4 5 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Sociolow 11 Pol. ~ d 20, : 21. or 22 or Econ. 22 Mathematics 43, 58. 64 Physics or Chemistry Term I I I Cr Cr. Cr. - - 4 - 4 4 5 - - - - 4-5 5 4 4 5-6 5-6 - ~ Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Art 1 or Music 30 Education 50, 59 Speech 11 or Literature Psychology 5 Mathematics 83, 84 Educatiun 52. 53, 54 Philosophy 21 Mathematics 61, 72 Elective 4 - - - 4 SENIOR Term I I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 87 Education 84 - - - ---Education 83 mathematics 80 Mathematics 67 Mathematics 99 H. P.E. 10 Electives ~ 0 0 - 4 - 4 4 - MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR Students may complete a course of instruction leading to the Bachelor af Arts degree with a major in medical technology by completing three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of preparation at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. A minimum of 24 credits each of biology and chemistry, and one term of mathematics, is required. A college course in physics is strongly recommended. The program outlined prepares students for certification in medical technology, and it also includes the Augsburg graduation requirements. In the senior year students taking this program must register a t Augsburg as well as at the affiliated hospital. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 2 Sociolom 11 Siiii&"11, 12 Chemistry 5 or 15 Chemistry 6 or 16 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Foreien Laneuaee POI. Sci. 20; 21; or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 or 23 Physics 3 Chemistrv 53 Bidlogy -71 electives Biology 76 Term I 11 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 - 5 - - 4 - 4 6 6 - - 6 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 - I Term I1 I11 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Art 1 or Music 30 S ~ e e c h11 or Literature ath he ma tics 13 Chemistry 23 Biology 53 or 73 Biology 72 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 4 - - 4 - - - - SENIOR Cr. Cr. Ct - 4 4 4 4 - Lectures, laboratory and practical work at General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months. 45 credits MEDICINE Since most pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is based on its requirements for admission. Information for other medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American Medical Colleges, and available in the Augsburg library. It is the responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed the requirements for admission to the medical schools to which he intends to make application. The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University of Minnesota, as translated into courses a t Augsburg College, are a s follows: m: Credits 12 12 12 5 9 Biology 11. 12 Chemistry 15. 16 Chemistry 51. 52 Chemistry 53 English 11, 12 Literature elective Mathematics 40, 41 Physics 21, 22, 23 Social Science and Humanities General electives 4 Recommended: Physical Chemistry 61 Mathematics 42 (calculus) Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their minimum requirements. In addition to the required and recommended courses listed, pre-medical students are encouraged to take a t least two additional courses in biology and one course in psychology. Some medical schools require or strongly recommend this work. Broad studies in the liberal arts are highly desirable. Pre-medical students normally complete a major in either biology or chemistry. The minimum requirements for a biology major are shown under Department of Biology; for a chemistry major under Department of Chemistry. Students are strongly urged to consult these departments early for advice on scheduling these majors. MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Music. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Music 1, 2, 3 Applied Music H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 68 Education 59 Art 1 Music 53*, 54 Music 60, 61 Music 57, 58 Music Organization Applied Music Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - - 4- 4 5 5 5 - 4 5 4 1 1 1 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 4 - - 0 0 0 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Sociology 11 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. Iviusic 4, 5, 6 Applied Music SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 H. P.E. 10 Philosophy 21 Music Organization Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 5 - - 4 - - - - 5-6 5-6 4 4 4 1 1 1 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - ! MUSIC MAJOR FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Music 1, 2, 3 Applied Music H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I TI 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 - - - . 4 1 - 4- 5 1 4 1 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Sociology 11 Music 4, 5, 5 Applied Music Music Organization Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 - 4 4 4-5 4-5 - - I JUNIOR Term II 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR I Term nrn Cr. Cr. Cr. Religicn Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Music 76 Applied Music Music Organization S ~ e e c h 11 or Literature ~iectives Religion Art 1 Music 60. 61, 62 Music 53.. b8 54 Music 57, - Applied Music Music Organization Electives Choral Technique may be substituted for Instrumental Technique in the fall term. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS A major in natural science consists of 63 credits in science and mathematics with a t least 27 credits in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 cred,its in each of three of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics. The following program is suggested. I FRESHMAN Rellgion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Natural Science H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 .. JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 21 atural Science or Math. . d Term II 111 - 5 5 5 5 -- 4- Cr. Cr. Cr. P.E. 10 4 4 - - 5-6 5-6 1/3 1/3 1/3 I Term II rn CP. Cr. Cr. - -- 4 - 4 4 - 5 4 9 0 - 8 8 0 5 0 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Art 1 or Music 30 Natural Science or Math. Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Psychology 5 I Term nrn Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 4 - 13 13 - - - - - 5 - 4-5 - Term SENIOR Religion Natur.al Science or Math. Education 84 &ducation 83 Education 87 I 11 m Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - 13 13 10 5 - - - - - - 4 - I PHILOSOPHY MAJOR Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreien LanmaPe ist tory 1, 2,-or-3 Sociology 11 Philosophy 21 H. P.E. 1. 2. 3 Electives Term I II III Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 4 -- - - - - 4 - - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - 4 4 Term SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Art -1 or Music 30 ..~ Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Ph~!osophy 23 Philosophy 41, 42, 43 Term JUNIOR Religion Speech 11 or 51 or Literature Philosophy Elective Electives I I1 I11 Cr. Cr, Cr. 4 - 5 6 - - 4 5 5 6 10 SENIOR I II I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 - 5-6 5-6 4 - - - - 5 4 - 4 4-5 4 Term I n m Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Philosophy 99 Philosophy Elective Electives PHYSICS MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of Physics. Term FRESHMAN I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language Wath. 14 or 40 Mathematics 41. 42 History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Physics 21, 22, 23 Mathematics 43 Mathematics 58 Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 or Sconomics 22 Philosophy 21 Term - - 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr Cr. I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Physics 61 Physics 51. 52 ath he ma tics 83. 84, 85 Art 1 or Music 30 Physics 62, 63 Physics 77 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. Reliigon Physics 81, 82 Physics 77 Speech 11 or Literature Electives POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Political Science. Term FRESHMAN I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 3 phi lo so ah^ 21 Math. or - ~ a t u r a lScience Sociology 11 Political Sci. 20, 21 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term SOPHOMORE I I1 111 Cr Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Art 1 or Music 30 Sociology 61. 62 - 4 - 5-6 5-6 - - 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 politic& kci. 22, 50 Camputer Science 45 History 21, 22 5 5 Term JUNIOR ~ o r s g nLanguage Political Sci. 60 Political Sci. 80, 81, 84 Economics 22. 23 I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. 4 - 5 4 4 4 4 - 5 - 4 4 - 5 Term SENIOR I I1 I11 Cr. - - 4 4 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion ~oliSicai Sci. 51. 62 Political Sci. 70, 71 Foreign Language Electives ~iferature Elective PSYCHOL,OGY MAJOR Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Natural Science or Math History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Electives I Term I1 I11 Cr. -. . Cr. - - . Cr. -- - - 4 5 5 5 5 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Speech 11 or Literature Psychology 5 Electives Term JUNIOR I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Foreign Language Sociology 61 Psvcholoev 59 ~s$cholog$ 64 Psychology 61, 62 Psychology Electives I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. - 5 - Term I 11 I11 SENIOR Religion Psychology Psychology Psychology Psychology Electives Cr. Cr. Cr. 81 99 91 Elective 0 RELIGION MAJOR ' FRESHMAN I Term I1 rII Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11, 12 Natural Science or Math. History 1, 2 Sociology 11 Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Philosophy Foreign Language Psychology 5 Electives SOPHOMORE I Term IIm Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Religion Foreign Language Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Philosophy 21 Electives I Term 11 m Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 - - 4 6 SENIOR Religion Religion 86 Literature Sociology Electives Term Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 - O SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Scand. 1. 2 2, or 3 History I, Natural Science or Math. Soziology 11 H. P.E. 1. 2. 3 Term I 11 - - 4 - SOPHOMORE - Religion 21 Scand. 5, 6 Scand. 55 Scand. 26 Scand. 25 Speech 11 or Literature Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22 or ~conomics'22 H. P.E. 10. Art 1 or Music 30 - - - 4 5-6 5-6 1/3 1/3 1/3 I Relieinn -. --.. -. Psychology 5. Education 50. Education 52. 53. 54. Education 59* ~cand.-l2 Philosophy 21 Scand. 74 Scand. 62 Electives m Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 - Term II ITI Cr. Cr Cr. SENIOR Religion Education 84. Education 83' Education 87' ---- Term I I I Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 - 5 - 4 - - I Term II n I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 10 - 5 - Stand. 84 Scand. 99 Electives ' Students who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives for these courses. SECRETARIAL WORK The first year of the following program provides preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Business Education. A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the twoyear program. A student in the two-year program must select three courses from the general education requirement making a total of 90 credits. ~ I FIRST YEAR Religion 11 English 11, 12 Business Ed. 1 Business Ed. 50 Business Ed. 21, 22 Business Ed. 53 Business Ed. 10 Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term 11 I11 I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 2 - 5 - - - 4 4 - - - 5 4 SECOND YEAR Religion 21 Psychology 5 Soeech 11 ~ G s i c e s sAd. 1. 2 Business Ed. 63 Business Ed. 8 Electives I Term I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 5 - SEMINARY Completion omf the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare the student for admission into a theological seminary course. The following pro:gram gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the freshman year. Term I ~ n g i k h11. 12 History 1. 2. 3 Foreign Lanmage* S o c i o l o ~11 H. P.E. 1 . 2 3 I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 5 4 4 4 5 - 4 5 - 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Term I Religion 21 Natursl Science or Math. Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term JUK?OR I I1 I11 SENIOR Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Greek Philosophy 41. 42, 43 Speech 11 Electives 4 - - 5 5 4 4 4 5 4 - 8 8 - - I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Greek Literature Electives 4 4 4 4-5 4 12 - - 16 Since Latin 2 is a prerequisite to Beginning Greek, students who have not studied Latin in high school will need to take Latin 1, 2 in college., SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS A major in the social sciences consists of 65 credits including at least 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits in each of economics, political science, and sociology. The following program includes the requirements for a teaching major in the social sciences. Term FRESHMAN I Term I1 111 SOPHOMORE Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1. 2. 3 Sociology 11 Economics 22 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 5 - - 4 4 - - - 4 5 5 5 4 4 4 - - - Religion 21 Foreign Language History 21, 22 Philosophy 21 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. I - - - 4 5 5 - I I1 I11 SENIOR Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 59 Art 1 or Music 30 Geography 14 Political Sci. 20, 22 H. P.E. 10 Economics 23 History - 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term JUNIOR I1 111 Cr Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 5 5 - - - 4 0 0 0 - - 5 4 - - 4 4 5 5 4 4 - - - - 5 4 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 sociology 12 Speech 11 or Literature History History 95 Electives - 4 - - 4 - - - 4 - - 3- - 4 4 4 ' A social science minor consists of 45 credits including at least 29 credits in history; and 4 credits in each of the following: geography, economics, political science, sociology. SOCIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is recommended for students who plan to study sociology in graduate school. FRESHMAN Religion 11 Enelish 11. 12 ~o;eign ~ a n g u a g e History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11, 12 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P E . 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - 4 5 5 5 4 4 4 - - - 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Natural Science or Math. Foreign Language Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Sociology 41. 42, 43 Electives SENIOR Religion Sociology 75. Sociology 82, 83 Sociology 91* Electives Relieion phil;sophy 63 Sociology 31 Sociology 61,* 62* Psychology 5 Speech 11 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - * Required for the major. SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Sociology. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11. 12 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P E . 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 5 5 - - 4 4 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - I Term I1 I11 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Speech 11 or Literature Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Sociology 42. 43 Elective SENIOR C-. r . C-. r C-r. . Religion Sociology 5l.* 52.*. 53' Socioloev 54." 55.* 56" s o c i o l o ~ +61" Psychology 5. Sociology 31 Electives - 4 1 4 4 1 - 4 1 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Relizion Sociology 75. 82 Psvcholoev 61. 62 Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr Cr. - - 4 Required for the major SPANISH MAJOR See under Curriculum for French major SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Speech. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Foreign ~ a n g u a g e History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Speech 61 Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22 or ~ c o n o m i c s22 Speech 60 Speech 51, 55 Education 50 Educztion 52. 53. 54 Education 59 H. P.E. 10 Electives Term - ..--. I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - -- - - ---*-* SOPHOMORE Religion 21 ForGgn Language Speech 11 Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 Philosouhv 23 speech*i i o r 52 Speech 32 Psychology 5 I1 I11 4 4 -- Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - 5 - - SENIOR Religion S ~ e e c h16 or 67 speech 66 Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Electives -- c r , Cr. Cr. L, 6 I - 6 - 6 Term I I1 n I Cr. Cr.. Cr. 4 - - PERSONNEL Officers of the Board m .................... . . . . . . . Chairman THE BOARD Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg OF REGENTS Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-chairman Dr. Philip S. Dybvig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary Mr. Herbert A. Johnson ............................Treasurer Mr. Ernest A. Alne, Pasadena, California Partner, Alne, Warnick & Mayhew Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota Chairman of the Board,, H. B. Fuller Company Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House Mr. Marvin F. Borgelt, West St. Paul, Minnesota President, Bituminous Surface Treating Co. Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, St. Paul, Minnesota Vice President and Business Manager, Luther Theological Seminary Mr. Jerome Formo, St. Paul, Minnesota Vice President, Plastics, Inc. Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Minneapolis, Minnesota Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service of Minnesota Dr. John K. Grotting, Minneapolis, Minnesota Physician and Surgeon Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota High School teacher, Northfield Public Schools; Farming Mr. Herbert A. Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Director, Special Markets, Investors Diversified Services Mr. John Lienemann, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Minnesota National Life Insurance Company Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota Professor, Director Environmental Health & Safety, University of Minnesota Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, Northfield, Minnesota Professor, St. Olaf College The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin Senior Vice President and General Counsel, Aid Association for Lutherans Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, Northwestern National Bank Mr. Clair E. Strommen, St. Paul, Minnesota General Agent, Central Life Assurance Company The Rev. Johan Thorson, Eau Claire, Wisconsin Senior Pastor, Grace Lutheran Church Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota Partner, Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel Mr. John R. Winsor, Wayzata, Minnesota Partner, Piper, Jaffray & Hopwood ADMINISTRATION Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . President Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College Burton P. Fosse .............. Vice President for Business Affairs Kenneth P. Fagerlie . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Development Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students Fern I. Martinson .................. Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women Mildred Joel ................ Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar Karlis Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian Carl R. Hammarberg ......... Director of Placement and Testing S. V. Hjelmeland ............ Associate Director of Development Jeroy Carlson .................... Director of Alumni Relations Richard Holy ..................... Director of Church Relations Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations John Bostrom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Publications and Sports Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Music Organizations and Convocations Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions Mark Johnson ................ Associate Director of Admissions Marilyn McKnight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor Richard Berg .............................. Business Manager Eugene Ecklund ..................... Director of Plant Services Elton L. Erdahl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller Mrs. Elaine Swanson ................ Director of Food Services John J. Salchert ............................ College Physician Orlin Mandsager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Campus Pastor Irving Hoe1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Book Store Bjarne Landa ......................... Curator of the Museum Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Archivist Mrs. Julie Thompson . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Student Activities PRESIDENT'S BOARD OF ADVISORS Dr. Walter H. Judd, Washington, D.C. Former Congressman from Minnesota, Chairman Mr. Oscar H. Batzli, Minneapolis, Minnesota Batzli Electric Company Mr. Robert J. Bjorklund, Minneapolis, Minnesota Agency Manager, Bankers Life Company Mr. Robert P. Boblett, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, A. D. Strong Company Mr. R. J. Brix, Minnetonka, Minnesota General Manager, Sears, Roebuck & Company Mr. Robert W. Fischer, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, First National Bank Mr. Armand Evans, Chanhassen, Minnesota President, Warner Hardware Company Mr. J. Roscoe Furber, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, Northern States Power Company Mr. A. L. Gallop, St. Paul, Minnesota Executive Secretary, Minnesota Education Association Mr. Roy N. Gesme, Minneapolis, Minnesota Gamble-Skogmo, Inc. Mr. Elling Halvorson, Seattle, Washington President, Elling Halvorson, Inc. Mr. Donald T. Knutson, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, The Knutson Companies, Inc. Mr. Paul W. Kraemer, Hopkins, Minnesota President, Minneapolis Gas Company Mr. Lloyd L. McBurney, Excelsior, Minnesota Chairman of the Board, Tescom Corporation Mr. Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa President, First National Bank Mrs. Burton F. Myers, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker Mrs. George N. Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr., New York, New York President, Gilbert Systems, Inc. Mr. Wendell L. Olson, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Fourth Northwestern National Bank Mr. Donald Padilla, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Padilla, Sarjeant, Sullivan and Speer, Inc. Mr. Leslie C. Park, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice Chairman, Executive Committee, Baker Properties, Inc. Mr. Raymond Plank, Wayzata, Minnesota President, Apache Corporation Mr. Dean B. Rar dall, Excelsior, Minnesota Vice President, Honeywell, Inc. Mr. Olaf G. Sandbo, Columbus, Ohio President, 0. G . Sandbo Company The Honorable Luther Sletten, Minneapolis, Minnesota Judge of the District Court General L. J. Sverdrup, St. Louis, Missouri Chairman of the Board, Sverdrup & Parcel and Associates, Inc. Mr. Arnulf Ueland, Minneapolis, Minnesota Midland National Bank Mr. Lester P. Wakefield, Excelsior, Minnesota Chairman of the Board, Jefferson Transportation Co. Dr. A. Cabot Wohlrabe, Minneapolis, Minnesota Physician and Surgeon COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY Administrative Committee: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Fosse, Fagerlie President's Cabinet: 0. Anderson, Miss Martinson, Miss Joel, Sorlien, Berg, Ecklund, Mrs. Swanson, Mrs. Thompson, M. Johnson, Mandsager Faculty Senate: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, P. Quanbeck, Skibbe, R. Anderson, Nicholl, Torstenson, Gisselquist, Agre, Sulerud Educational Policies: Bailey, 0 . Anderson, Sandin, Ollila, Miss Pederson, Karlen, Follingstad, Mickelberg, M. Quanbeck, Stenshoel, Miss Joel Library: Miss Kemmer, Fardig, Thorpe, Bergstrom, Colacci Student Personnel: G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Benson, Gustafson, Mrs. Karvonen, Gulden Admissions and Student Standing: Bailey, Miss Joel, Holum, Miss Rozentals, Mrs. Dyrud, Holman International Education: Mrs. Johnson, Mrs. Jensen, Miss M. Anderson, Miss Joel, Mrs. Kingsley Athletics: E. Anderson, Mickelberg, Savold, Dahlen, Kiive Faculty Social Functions: Miss Lund, Holen, Mrs. Anderegg, Miss Kemmer, Miss M. Anderson Teacher Education: E. Johnson, Miss Mattson, Mrs. Parker, E. Anderson, J. Johnson, Ollila, Mrs. Olson Faculty Personnel Policies: Pfeffer, Budge, Mrs. Jensen, Sateren, Holum *Judicial Council: Nelson, Chrislock, Herforth, Stenshoel *Student-Faculty Council: 0.Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Fretheim, Mrs. Kingsley *Convoctations:Agre, Miss Aaskov, Mrs. Noonan, Benson *Religious Life: Mandsager, Husfloen, Miss Martinson Archives: Miss Tangjerd, Miss Kemmer, Chrislock, Landa, Miss Mortensen * Joint Student-Faculty Committees 0 THE FACULTY Ruth Aaskov (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960. Courtland Agre (1959), Professor of Chemistry B.CH.E,, 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnesota. Earl Alton (1960), Associate Professor of Chemistry (on leave 1967-68) B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Michigan. Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959), Assistant Professor of Education and Psychology B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947. Ernest Anderson (1946), Professor of Health and Physical Education, Basketball Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. *Hildur Anderson (1965), Librarian I, Catalog Librarian A.A., North Park College, 1938; B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941. *Joyce M. Anderson (1966), Instructional Assistant in Health and Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. Mary Marie Anderson (1965), Instructor in Spanish B.A., St. Olaf Co'llege, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964. Oscar A. Anderson (1963), President of the College B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1942; LL.D., Concordia College, 1963. Raymond E. Anderson (1949), Professor of Speech B.S., 1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University d Minnesota. *Stewart C. Anderson (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology Kenneth C. Bailey (1965), Dean of the College and Professor of Philosophy B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University of Minnesota. Valeria Baltina (1967), Instructor in German Diploma, Municipal Gymnasium, 1926; Diploma, 1931 and Magester der Philologie, 1933, University of Latvia. John Benson (1963), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., 1961 and Ph.D., 1967, Columbia University. *William Bergstrom (1963), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1950 and M.A., 1952, University af Minnesota. *Robert E. Beverley (1966), Assistant Professor of Music B.M.E., 1946 and M.M., 1948; Northwestern University. *Vernon M. Bloom (1965), Instructor in Sociology B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota. Philip M. Bly (1967), Instructor in English B.A., St. Olaf College, 1961. Margaret J. Bolsterli (1967), Assistant Professor of English B.A., University of Arkansas, 1952; M.A., Washington University, 1952. *Dagrun Bondevik (1967), Instructor in Norwegian B.A., Logndal Gymnas, Logndal, Norway, 1955; Kristiansand Officiale Laerarskole, 1955-59. Bruce P. Budge (1960), Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.S., 1953 and M.S., 1957, University of Idaho. Penelope Cairns (1967), Instructor in French B.A., Carleton College, 1964; certificate, McGill University French Summer School, 1962; M.A.T., Duke University, 1967. Carl H. Chrislock (1952), Professor of History B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University of Minnesota. Bernhard M. Christensen (1938-63), President Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. '"Gracia Christensen (1959-60, 1961-62, 1963), Instructor in English B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935. Thomas J. Christenson (1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., Concordia College, 1963; M.A., 1965 and Ph.D., 1967, Yale University Robert W. Clyde (1967), Director of the Social Science Research Center with rank of Associate Professor B.A., Coe College, 1949; M.A., Rockford College, 1958; Ph.D., State University of Iowa, 1964. '"John R. Coan, Jr. (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Brass) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1953. Mario Colacci (1952), Professor of Classical Languages D.Th., Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, 1932; L.R.B., Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, 1934; D.Litt., University of Naples, 1940. Ailene Cole (1956), Associate Professor of Speech B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1949. Thomas E. Crepeau (1964), Assistant Professor of German (on leave 1967-68) B.A., College of St. Thomas, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. K. Berner Dahlen (1941), Associate Profess'or omf English B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940. Carlyle C. Dewey (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1964, University of Minnesota. Beverly C. Durkee (1965), Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.Ed., 1963; M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota. Grace H. Dyrud, (1962), Associate Professor of Psychology B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota. Wilfried Edner (1967), Visiting Professor of Modern Languages Diploma, 1954, and Ph.D., 1963, Bavarian State University, Erlangen, West Germany. "Edgar E. Eklof (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; M.A., Manhattan School of Music, 1955. Kenneth P. Fagerlie (1963), Vice President for Development B.A., Augsburg College, 1950. Sheldon Fardig (1962), Associate Professor of Education B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., 1952 and Ph.D., 1966, Northwestern University. Henry G. Follingstad (1962), Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone Laborato'ries, Inc., 1950. Burton P. Fosse (1953), Vice President for Business Affairs B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. Terence E. Fretheim (1961-63, 1967), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., Luther College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1960; Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1967. Stephen Gabrielsen (1963), Instructor in Music, Director of Male Chorus (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Augsburg College, 1963, M.A., University of Minnesota, 1966. Daryl Gibson (1954), Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments) (on leave 1967- ) B.S., 1934 and M.A., 1941, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1947. Orloue Gisselquist (1956), Assistant Professor of History B.A. 1943 and M.A., 1956, University of Minnesota. William S. Gray (1966-67), Associate Professor of English (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Centenary College, 1950; M.A., Louisiana State University, 1962; Ph.D., University of Exeter, 1,964. *Edwin L. Groenhoff (1966), Instructor in Education B.A., Northwestern College, 1955; M.Ed., Macalester College, 1957. Dean B. Gulden (1966), Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1967. Donald R. Gustafson (1961-63, 1966), Assistant Professor of History B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Arlin E. Gyberg (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S., Mankato State College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967. Carl R. Hammarberg (1953), Director of Placement and Testing with rank of Assistant Professor B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948. Leif E. Hansen (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950. Theodore J. Hanwick (1956), Professor of Physics B.E.E., 1933 and M.S., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. *Kare Hauge (1967), Instructor in History B.A., University of Oslo, 1965; Alliance Francaise, Diplome Superior, 1964. Melvin Helland (1941-64), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T. Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919 and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation. *Katherine A. Hennig (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice) B.A., 1933 and M.S., 1956, University of Minnesota. Robert S. Herforth (1966), Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Wartburg College, 1960; M.S., University of Nebraska, 1963. Norman Holen (1964), Instructor in Art B.A., Concordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962. Thomas R. Holman (1966), College Psychologist and Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1966. John R. Holum (1957-58, 1959), Professor of Chemistry B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. 'kRichard F. Holy (1967), Lecturer of Business Administration and Economics B.S., 1954 and J.D., 1955, University of Wisconsin; B.A., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959. Mary T. Howard (1965), Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., West Virginia State College, 1948; M.A., University of Kansas City, 1952; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967. Richard Husfloen (1962-63, 1964), Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., Augsburg College, 1961; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1964; M.Th., Princelton Theological Seminary, 1964. James W. Ingemanson (1967), Instructor in Chemistry A.B., Augustana College, 1965; B.S., Iowa State University, 1967. Valija Jaunlinins (1965), Instructor in German Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. *Irene Khin Khm Jensen (1955-56, 1959), Associate Professor of History B.A., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. "Olive J. Jensen (1966), Lecturer in Art B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. Mildred V. Joel (1947), Registrar with rank o'f Associate Professor B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947. Einar 0. Johnson (1956), Professor of Education B.A., Concordia Co'llege, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Washington. Glen W. Johnson (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant Professor B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959. James D. Johnson (1961), Instructor in Music (Piano) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music, 1958. *Mary E. Johnson (1962), Assistant Professor of French B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950. Sherman J. Johnsrud (1960-61, 1965-66, 1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955. Robert Karlen (1959), Assistant Professor of Music B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University o'f Minnesota, 1959. Joanne Karvonen (1965), Instructor in English B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1961; M.A., University of Georgia, 1962. Grace E. Kemmer (1966), Librarian I, Acting Head Librarian B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967. Priidu Kiive (1966), Instructor in Physics B.A., Berea College, 1953; M.A., University of Buffalo, 1959. '"Mimi B. Kingsley (1947), Associate Professor of Spanish B.A., Maryville College, 1936; M.A., University of Mexico, 1944. Bernhardt J. Kleven (1937-46, 1947-65), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota. '"Carolyn R. Knutson (1966), Librarian I, Reference Librarian B.A., Grinnell College, 1955; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965. Boyd N. Koehler (1967), Librarian I, Circulation Librarian B.A., Moorhead State College, 1966; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967. Bjarne E. Landa (1947), Professor of German B.A., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; B.A., 1928 and M.A., 1930, University of Southern California; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Bertha Lillehei (1937-40, 1960), Assistant Professor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1960. (on leave 1967- ) Lorraine K. Livingston (1960), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minnesota. Ruth G. Ludeman (1967), Assistant Professor of Education A.B., Colorado State College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961. Gertrude S. Lund (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951. David Lyle (1964), Instructional Assistant in Chemistry B.A., Augsburg College, 1964. *Kay L. Madson (1966), Instructor in Sociology B.A., Augsburg College, 1962. Orlin L. Mandsager (1960-61, 1962), Campus Pastor and Instructor of Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961. Fern Martinson (1964), Dean of Women--Associate Dean of Students B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse University, 1950. Martha M. Mattson (1960), Associate Professor of Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932. Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956), Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Augsburg College, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesuta, 1964. *Kathryn Moen (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Organ) B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947. *August Molder (1963), Artist in Residence and Instructor of Art Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia. Gerda Mortensm (1923), Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of Centennial Committee B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University, 1928. John B. Mosand (1967), Instructor in Art Examen Artium, Gymnasium, Trondheim, Norway, 1954; Norwegian Institute of Technology, 1957-60; University of Illinois, 1960-61. Arthur Nash (1922-66), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Cecilia Y. Nauck (1966), Instructor in Mathematics B.A., Hofstra University, 1964. Edor C. Nelson (1946), Associate Professor of Physical Education, Football and Baseball Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. Gordon L. Nelson (1967), Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., 1958 and M.A., 1959, University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1963; M.A., University of Chicago Divinity School, 1965. Grier Nicholl (1961), Associate Professor of English B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College, 1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1964. *John L. Nielsen (1966), Artist in Residence and Instructor in Music (Brass) B.A., Iowa State Teachers College, 1956; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1963. Norma C. Noonan (1966), Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1959; M.A., 1962 and Ph.D., 1965, Indiana University. David Nordlie (1961), Assistant Professor of Sociology (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965. Douglas J. Ollila (1966), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; B.D., Suomi Theological Seminary, 1956; Th.D., Boston University, 1963. Esther J. Olson (1960), Associate Professor of Speech B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota. Judith Olson (1965), Instructional Assistant in Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. *Nils W. Olsson (1967), Visiting Professor of Scandinavian A.M., 1938 and Ph.D., 1949, University of Chicago. Karlis Ozoliis (1955), Librarian with rank of Associate Professor (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Augsburg College; 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., 1961 and M.Ed., 1966, University of Minnesota. Ronald G. Palosaari (1965), Assistant Professor of English (on leave 1967-68) B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. *Patricia A. Parker (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan, 1952. Howard E. Pearson (1956), Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957. Anne Pederson (1932-44,1946), Professor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945. LaVonne Peterson (1950), Associate Professor of Physical Education for Women B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University, 1954. Ronald D. Pfeffer (1966), Instructor in Physical Education B.S. Concordia College, 1962; M.S., University of Montana, 1966. Martin Quanbeck (1938), Protessor of Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University of Minnesota. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957), Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th., 1954 and D.Th., 1957 Princeton Theological Seminary. Gunta Rozentals (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish B.A., 1956 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota. Edward M. Sabella (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1960. Robert T. Sandin (1958-60,, 1967), Professor of Philosophy B.A., Bethel College, 1949; B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1954; M.A., 1956 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota. '''Lars A. Sandven (1967), Instructional Assistant in Norwegian Richard Sargent (1967), Instructor in English B.A., University of North Carolina, 1965. Leland B. Sateren (1946), Professor of Music B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1943; L.H.D., Gettysburg College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakewood College, 1965. Edwin J. Saugestad (1960), Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. A. Mayo Savold (1952), Associate Professor of Music B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music, 1963. Marjorie H. Sibley (1961), Librarian I1 (on leave 1967-68) B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961. Eugene Skibbe (1964), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956; D.Th., University of Heidelberg, 1962. '"Frank L. Slesnick (1967), Instructor in Economics B.A., Oberlin College, 1964. George Soberg (1926-65), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950. James R. Spiess (1967), Instructor in Physics B.A., Augsburg College, 1964; M.S., University of Colorado, 1967. *Charles A. Stendahl, Jr. (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology *Roger R. Stem (1967), Instructor in Computer Science B.S., 1961 and M.A., 1964, University of South Dakota. Myles C. Stenshoel (1965), Associate Professor of Political Science B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado. Ralph Sulerud (1964), Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Concordia College, 1954; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1958. *Agnes B. Tangjerd (1940), Librarian Emeritus and Archivist B.A., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., 1939 and M.A., 1944, University of Minnesota. *Rolf K. Tedefalk (1967), Instructor in Business Administration Graduated, Hvilans Gymnasium, Sweden, 1955; Commissioned, Military Academy, Sweden, 1956; B.S.B., University of Minnesota, 1964. Philip J. Thompson (1959), Associate Professor of Art (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1958. Neal 0. Thorpe (1967), Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965. John Thut (1947), Associate Professor Emeritus B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of Music. *Vera Thut (1947), Instructor in Music (Piano) B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Renate Tietz (1963), Librarian I, Acquisition Librarian B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota. Joel S. Torstenson (1938-42, 1947), Professor of Sociology B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota. *E. Margaret Trautwein (1950-54, 1961), Assistant Profess,or d English B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1953. Erling J. Urdahl (1943), Professor of Biology B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940. *Leo B. Vetvick (1966), Instructor in Sociology A.A., 1948, North Park College; B.A., 1953, Augsburg College; diploma, North Park Seminary, 1955. Eugene Vuicich (1967), Assistant Professor of Music B.S., University of Minnesota, 1949; M.M., Indiana University, 1967. *Sister Marie Gertrude Ward (1967), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages B.A., College of St. Catherine, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945. Beverly A. Wegge (1966), Assistant Registrar B.S., St. Cloud State College, 1958. *David Westphal (1966), Artist in Residence in Art Dale R. Whiteside (1967), Assistant Professor of Modern Languages A.B., Augustana College, 1956. Robert M. Zeller (1965), Director of Instructional Services B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. "'Alvin A. Arens (1966-67), Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.B.A., University of Minnesota, *Norman K. Bakken (1966-67), Lecturer in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; S.T.M., Hamma Divinity School, 1954; Th.D., Union Theological Seminary, 1963. *Eric 0. Giere (1966-67), Artist in Residence in Music (Voice) B.A., Luther College, 1949; M.A., University of Iowa, 1964. '''Loren E. Halvorson (1966-67), Adjunct Professor and Director, Academic Town Meeting B.A., St. Olaf College, 1949; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1953; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1958. :&JohnW. Knudsen (1966-67), Instructor in Business Administration, Economics and Business Education B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962. *Mary C. Preus (1966-67), Instructor in Classical Languages B.A., Luther College, 1963; A.M., Harvard University, 1964. Warley J. Refsal (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Modern Languages *Henriette Rodary (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Modern Languages *Marjorie Rodberg (summer, 1967), Librarian I, Assistant Catalog Librarian B.S., University of Minnesota, 1963. David A. Sjogren (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Biology :!:Paul H. Zirnmerman (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Health and Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1966. * Part-time faculty ::* :*,:: Ahlson, Margaret Ann . Williston, N. Dak Anderson, Allen Kenneth . . . Paynesuille Anderson, Barbara Ellen . . . . . . . . Benson Andersoq Carol Louise . . . Minneapolis Andersoq D a ~ dElbert . . . . Grossion Anderson, Donald Eric . . . . . . . . Robbinsdale Anderson, Janet Marie . , , . St Paul Anderson, John Luther . . . . . . . . Climaz Anderson, Karen Ann . . Bnd<cr. iu Anderson, Mary Kay .. . . , Rcd R'imc Andreasen, John Gabriel . . t-'irrquc. TVis, Arlf Nancy Jeanne . . . . . . . . . . . . Gknmc Ausmus, Duane G . . . Hinckley . . . Zimmerman Bagley, Harold James . Robbinsdale Bakke, Judith M . . . Canby Beiningen, Janet Marie . . . . . . Minneapolis Benson. Carolyn Mae ... Welch Berg, Anita Christine . . . Minneapolis Berg, David Clarence . . . Bernstrom, Robert Donald Minneapolis , !!;nrcwoli, Bevis. Lennore A Bylund Blake, Ronald Richard . S d n r z . TVorh Blom, Catherine Elizabeth . . rIrrrcIy12 Boies, Thomas G. P. . .I!inz~:cpoiir Bolstad, Paul Raymond . . . Minneapolis . . . . Minneapolis Bolstad, Rosanne M. Bonnes, Charles Edwin . . . . Minneapolis Booth, Tine Andriessen Fort Francis, Ont., Can Bowles, Connie Lee . . Minneapolis Braaten, Julie Secgmiller Decorah, la. Brandvold, Richard William Minneapolis ...... Minnetonka Bruzek, Barbara . . . . . Butterfield Buhler, Joan . . . . . Minneapolis Carlson. Lee Dixon . . . . . . . . . . Anoka Cartwright, Paul Otis Cerkvenik, Paula Kay . . . Princeton, N.1 . . . . Edina Christenson, Bruce G . . Cole, Larry . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Coleman, T. Patrick . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Coltvet, Benjamin H . . . . . Estheruille, la. Coltvet, Helen B. ... Estheruille, la. ... , . Stockton, Calif. Corson. Corbin G. Coryell, Charles Emerson . . . . . Richfield . Daniels, Brian Howard Danielson, Margaret C. Davis, Kathleen Marie . . Degen, Heidemarie . Delany, Marjorie . Drews, Ellen Udine Onalarka, Wis. .. Minneapolis . . . . .Minneapolis Frankfurt am Main West Germany . . . Warn, Wis. . . Minneapolis . Egesdal, Miriam Ruth Emerson, Douglas A. .. Engle, Judith Lynn . Erickson, Caren D . . . . . Erickson, Janet Kathryn . . Erickson, Judith J. . . . . Erickson, Judith Marie . Erickson, Karen Kaye Ericson, Rodger Tilden . . Estenson, Grace Rolinda . . Thief Riuer Falls Ferber, Rebecca Ellen Ferchen, Duane V. . . . . Niagara FalLs, N.Y. . . . . . . St. Louis Park Finke, Rodger Gary Firsf Le Mar Jack . . . . . . . . St. Louis Park Winona Fischer, Alberta Mary Elizabeth . . Franson, C. Vinal . . . . . . . . . . . Richfield . . . . . Minneapolis Frick, Phyllis G Gilbertson, J o h n Gayle . Minneapolis . . . . . . Duluth Gilleland, Richard E Grant, Ordean Leonard . . . . . . . . . Austin Greenfield, John Nelson . . . . . Sheridan, Wy. Gunderson, Darlene Ojakangas . . . . . Monticello Gustafson, Jack Edward . . . . . . . . Osseo Haag, Mary Lynne Kurth . . . Huichinmn . . . h'or:hkM Hallcock, Beverly Marie . Rrd IT'ir;3 Hamberg, Sandra Diane Edskom Hanse, Joel G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3lorri1 Hanseq Jean Mosal . . . . . . . . . . . . Richfield . Richfield Hanson, Cynthia Ann . . . . . . . Thief River FalLs Hanson, Ronald A. . . Minneapolis Hanson, Thomas Frederick . Minneapolis Hanwick, Theodore Thor . Westbrook Hauberg, Lila Lee . . . . . . . Hedman, Dave . . . . . Seattle, Wmh. Helvig, Mary Lee . . . . . . . . . Truman Hendrickson, Alan Albert Negaunee, Mich . Minnetonka Hendrickson, John R , Jr . . . . . Maple Lake Hoekstra, Harold J . . Brooklyn Center Hoff, Larry Eugene Hokkanen, J e n y David . . . . . Kimble . Piermont, S. Dak Holm, Marilyn Franzen . Tigerton, Wis Holm, Steven Andreas . . . Minneapolis Holmgren, Sharon Joy Minneapolis Holtan, Judith Ann . . . . . Radcliffe, In Hoversten, Linda Marie Huntzicker, Carol Diane Nelson . Minneapolis . . . . . . . Pennock Huseby, Edward J Jacobson, David R Minneapolis . . St. Paul Joesting, Susan Jean Johns, Russell H . Ghent, N.Y. Bloomington Johnson, David Lawrence Lake Mills, I a Johnson, Dennis Carl Johnson, Donna Marie , . Minneapolis Lehr, N. Dak Johnson, Douglas Arthur Columbia Heights Johnsoq Duane Elmer .. . Red Wing Johnson, Gary Steven Grantsburg, Wis Johnson, Gay A. . , Johnson, Irene M. . . Minneapolis Johnson, Karen Janice . . Minneapolis Johnson, Mardelle B. . . Kirkland, 111. Johnson, Robert Leslie . . . . . . Willmm Johnson, Sally Ann . . . . McCallsburg, l a Johnson, Sandra Lee . . Annandale Joing, Bonnie Jean .. . Minneapolis Kalberg, Eileen Marguerite Kalp* Kathleen L . . . Klemp, Joy Carol .. Klepp, John DeWayne Koepcke, Janet Lorraine . . Kosloske, Daryl Gordon Kotval, Sandra Jeanne Kristenson, Allan Jerome Kruse, Verland E. Kyllo, Loren Jon . . Hecror Parkers Prairie ... Ezcelsior Bag* Ercelsror . Fmrmont Broweruille Wammingo Bloomington Burnsuille Landa, Mark Faribault . Minneapolis Lange, Walter J . . . Minneapolis Larsen, Oliver A , Jr Larson, Allen James . St. Paul Larson, Carole Jane Newman Groue, Neb . . . . Hector Larson, Mary Lynn . Minnetonka LaSalle, Judith Carol Lee, Henry Albert Camrose. Alberta, Can . Lacrosse, Wis. Lee, Thomas Robert . Addis Ababa, Ethiopia Legesse, Hagos Lund, John W. Minnetonka . . . . . . . . Roseau Lund, Karen 0. . St Croiz Falls, Wis Lundgren, Ida Elizabeth Luoma, Gracia A. Nydahl Minneapolis Minneapolis Maas, Jerry LeRoy . Mattison, Donald Roger !finwnpolir Luck. 1ri7 Mattson, Dean ElRoy Roscc:r Mattson, Kathlyn Elvera . .. Milaca Mattson, Philip Dale McCaughan, Charles A . . Blwmington McGregor, Thomas Robert . Minot, N. Dak. . . Minneapolis Meland, John Kristoffer Minneapolis Miklos, Geraldine Charron Minneapolis Miller, John Richard . . . . Minneapolis . Minear, Spencer E. Moland, Lucille Sharon Malta, Ill. Moore, James Raymom! . . St. Paul Mork, Richard 3Iiltnn . . Benson Morreim, Jeanne Wanner . . . Cumberland, Wis. Muehlenthaler, Sharon B. . . . . . St. Paul . . Rockford, Ill Myrvik, Karen Ann . . . . . . . Hillsboro, N. Dak. Nelson, Anne Moen . . . . . . . Lakeville Nelson, Blair Russell . . . . . . . . . RichfieId Nelson, Jacqueline Neseth, Carmen Lois . . . . . . . Kenyon Norlin, Sandra Roth . . . . . . . . St. Paul Norum, Grant Marvin . . . . . . . Clayton, Wis . . Wooduille, Wis. Norvold, Douglas Berg .. Columbia Heights Nygaard, Marie T Oelschlager, Karen . . . . . Wa~mingo Oguamanam, Cletus Onyeama Abbg Nigeria Robbinsdale Olson. Gracia Naomi . . . . . . Olson, Joseph Andrew . . . . . Minneapolis Olson, Larry Howard . . . . . Granite Falls Olson, Mary Ann . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Olson, Sanfred N. . . . . . . . . .Roseuille . . . Ostby, John Leonard Minneapolis . . . . . . . . . Dennison Ostemn, Karen L . St. Cloud Pslmgren. Patricia Claire . . Cliiherall Paulsoq Dennis Edward . . . . . . Minneapolis Pautz, Lynn Eagen . Brooklyn Pmk Pearsoq Wayne Kenneth Persons, Warren Lee Minneapolis ... Peterson, Darrel A .... Fmwell . . . . . . Minneapolis Peterson, Janice L. Peterson, Ronald David . . . . . . . . Cosmos Petzke, Bonita Kae . . . . . Willmm Pierson, Diana L. . . . . , Minneapolis . . Harlings Pinke, Paul August . . . . Podas, Gary Charles Minneapolis . . Ezcelsior Poeschel, Richard Albert . . Hutchinson Popp, Kathleen Ann . Minneapolis Prokofieff, Philip E. .. Wagner, Dean Eldon Wagner, Nicholas E. . Wall, Kathryn Elizabeth Wallen, Lynn Louise Warzyniak, Robert W . Weimer, Martha E Westby, Steven Amold Will, Connie D. Clarine Williams, Richard Keith Windingstad, Ronald M Woida, Duane Arthur . . Woolson, Cynthia Lee Lake Mills, I a Si. Paul .... , Minneapolis Robbimdak Wausau, Wis. . . . . . . Austin .. Dawson Peshiigo, Wis . . . Hosiings Zimmermaq Paul Henry, J r , Zinn, Richard Carlton . . Zumbrota . . Si. Paul .. GRADUATES, 1967 (through August 31) Aas, John Edward . Adams. Marcia Louise Albaugh, Marilyn Rae Anderson. Barbara J. Anderson, Bruce Edward Anderson, Joyce Ardell Anderson, Patricia P Andreason, Shirley M Arends, Ardell Martha . Asp, Julie Ann Asper, Victoria Sharon Axberg, Robert Atle , . . I Pelican Rapids Minneapolis , . . Aurora . . Osakis Eagle Bend . . . . . . A ustin . . . Smgeant Minneapolis . Wabosso . Peterson Frederick. Wis. Minneapolis . . Sacred Hemi Barnaal, Lois A Barsness, Anita Marie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Watson Batalden, Sandra Jean . . . . . . . . . . . . Lamberton . . Minneapolis Batalden, Stephen Kalmer Beauclair, Mildred M New Rockford, N. Dak Quam, Marilyn A Kenyon . . . . . . Brooklyn Center Benson, Robert R . . . . . Minneoia Berg, Carol Myrvik Ree, James R. . . . . . . . . . . St. Louis Park Bethke, Joel Lee . . . . Cannon Falls Reiff, Paul G. . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul Bold\ Marilyn Jean . . . . Huichinson .. Princeton Reiman. Dennis B Bollman, Lynn A. . . . . . . Minneapolis . . Si Paul Rindal, Terence W. ..... Radcliffe, Ia. . . . . 61 . r n m n i ~ ~ ; Bomick, Steven D Ring, Vernice Robbins, Richard Raymond .. I E r n ~ ~ a ~ c ~ I i - Brabch, Keith Richard . . . . . RenvilIe Bremer, Constance V Elizabeth . . St Paul Ronning, Donald David . . Fmgc. Y . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Burke, Ronald C Ronning Sharon Bjugstad , Burmn? 1L.k Rosenquist, Adeline E. .. , I: 1 c o n J r i St. Anthony Village Chilgren, Donald L Rossing, Melvin 0. . . TrilJ.r:r. :\I~da<m?ur Wolf Point, Mont Christianson, Donna Dean Rosvold, L. Beverly . . . . Co!!onumd . . . . Richfield Cina, Stephen Alan . . . . Minneapolis Rued, Mary Margaret . . . Bloomington Clawson, John T. . . . . . . . . . Willmm Rykken, Dennis Neal . . Minneapolis Cooper, Grant William . . . Minneapolis Sandau, Ivan D. Dahlquist, Kathleen :ifinwnpoli. . . . Minneapolis Sandin, Shirley Ann . , ,Amnril!n, T C Y ~ Danielson, Thad Carl ..... Minneapolis Sather, Bonnie Louise Deden, Ruth Ann . Zumbroro Sawai, Noboru . . . . . . . >Iinx~,3mlir Doering, Sandra Lee . hbhirtrdalc . . Newman Gro::~..:'r-cS. Sawyer, Carol Ann Dolan, Mary Margie IInw! Schamer, Bonita Boll . . . . Tininrn? Donald, William Paul , , :ltinnr5~c/iz Schulz, Niles R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zurnbroia . 3lrrmruerilir Dunham, Loren J. . . . . Long Lake Schumann, Carolyn A. . . . . . . Beloit, Wis. Scott, Michael David Enlund, Marian I Rich.&-!d . . . . . . . Hopkins Senn, James A . , Rci,r-rr Enstad, John C . Blancharduille, Wis Severson, Roland 0 Erickson, Conroe LeRoy Canr;grr Fcllr . Chicago, 111. Sexton, Lela M Erickson, Douglas R. . , .Crq!fL.. IVEh . . Richfield Shaleen, Esther A. Erickson. Elaine Marie , ,JlfinJ-n~o1is Shores, Stanley Bernard . . . . . Willmm Erickson, Steven I. ramhridgr Sigurdson, Eunice E . . . . . New Hope Evenson, Larry Kent H=,I~L . . . McGraih Simonson, Ronald M a n i n Eau Claire, Wis Sorenson, Richard Edward Feddick, Kathleen A . Duluth Sprague, Patricia Jean . . . . . St Louis Park . .. Ceylon Fenrich, Robert C. Diorios, Kyrenia, Cyprus Stavrou; Soterios G . Milaca Ferguson. Ronald Morris . . . . Minneapolis Stende, John R Filreis, Lucille Randall Edim . . Minmapolis Stenson, Charles 0. Fischer, Janet Susan Buffalo Lake . Golden Valley Stensrud, Alan T. Forseth, Stephen W Minneapolis . . . Lowry Stivland, Rodney L . . Minneapolis Frovik, Terry James . . . Silverion, Ore. Strand, Carol Ruth . Columbia Heights Streufert, Paul R. Gaard, Marilyn Kay Boyceuille, Wis. . . . . . . . . . . . Richfield Strom, Dale L Geisness, Camolita K . . . . . . . Alezandria . . . . Rocksier Struve, James Kenneth Gerschwitz, Paul Roy Streaky Bay, S Australia . . Fridley Sundberg, Lois E . Minneapolis Gierke, Alan Raymond Thimsen, Marcia Ann . . . . Minnetonka Gisselquist, Kathleen Margaret Kraft Minneapolis . Minneapolis Thompson, Judy M. . . . . . . Badger . . Siour City, In. Torrin, Darryl Douglas Amel Gisselquist, Rebecca Joan . . . . . Dawson ... Miles City, Moni Gjerde, Ruth Ann Torstenson, Beth Marie . . . .Z i m m e r m Goldenmaq Dennis Alan Torstenson, Sylvia Steinbeck . . Lake Pmk, la. I Gosewisch, Lorraine J. . . . . . . . . . Racine, Wis Gronberg, Sharon Merle Hendrickson . Clmkfield Groth, Frediic Ivan . . . .. . . . . . .. . . Edina Grover, John Robert . . . . . . Rochlle, Ill . . Sand Creek, Wis. Gundale, John David . Gunderson, Barry L. . . . . . . . Brooklyn Center Gundenon, Karen Mildred . . . Enumchw, Wmh. H a m n , Bruce Lyle . . . . . Minneapolis .. . . Willmm Hansen, Lee Anne . . . . Minneapolis Haugen, David Allen . . ... . . . Brainerd Hedquist, Willard A . South St. Paul Heitman, Sharon Kathleen . . . . Bumsuille Helgesen, Rebecca Lynn Helgeseq Sonja Jean Minnetonka .. . . . . Robbinsdale Helstrom, Gary K. Hetland, Duane Gordon . . . . Radcliffe, la. Rushford Highum, Gayle Elaine . . . Hirdman, Paul Thomas . . . . . . . Story City, l a Zumbrota Hoeft, Ardis Freda . . Minneapolis Hoffman, Sheldon R. . . . . Mound Hofteig, John Haldor . Hokansoq Dale H. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hosman, Robert Arthur Oak Lawn, Ill. .. . . St Paul Hoveland, Dawn Diane . . . . . . Montgomery Huber, Ronald R. . . . . . Emf Chain Hugoson, Eugene Leighton . Albert Lea Huseby, Rebecca Ann Jacobson, Carol Beske . . . . . . . . .. Atwater . . . Hawick Jacobson, Karen Lee . . . . St. Paul Jensen, Cheryl Marie . . . . Minneapolis Johnson, Bonita Phyllis , Rockford, 111. Johnson, Dale I. . . Johnsoq Kaylene Ruth New Richmond, Wis Johnson, Lance S . . , . St. Paul Johnson, Peter N. . . Tananmiue, Malagmy Rep. . Minnetonka Jorgensen, Michael Theodore . . .. Glencoe Kivi, Eileen Emch . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Klune, John Gradie . . St. Paul Knutson, David Walter . Wabasso Lamprecht, Gloria Dianne . . . . Lanes, Mary Lou . .. . . . ... . .. . . Monteuideo .. . . . Lamberion Lang, Donald George Larsen, Frederic Clinton Culbertson, Mont . . . . . Virginia Larson, Karen A. . . . . . Climar Larson, Linda Rae . . . . Minneapolis Lechnyr, Patricia Ann . . . Wells, Mich Lee, Robert Lloyd . . . . . , .. .. . Edina Leschensky, James E . . . . Coon Rapids Lewis, Janice Joan . . . .. Minneapolis Lewis. John Carl , . Coon Rapids Lewis, Richard John . . .. Wrmerly, la. Liebers, Myrna Gail . . .. Minneapolis Lier, Peter C Lillquist, George E , Jr Spring Lake Park , Lake Crsytal Lindekugel, Sandra Pleis . South St. Paul Lindell, Jamcs Gerald, J r . . . . . . . . Hayfield Lohn, Gary Howard . . . Dell Rapids, S Dak. Loken, Ruth Mae Lyons, Kenneth Russell Columbia Heights Cmla>Madsen, Janet Marie . Magnuson, Stanley Richard . ~lfin?a~.opcli.r Mattson, Carol Jayne . . . Lakeuille . . . Madison, Wis McKnight, Malilyn S. . .. . . . . . Osseo Menzel, Lawrence H. Zimmerman Meyer, Marlys Bertha . . . . ... Minneapolis Michaelsen, Jennifer Else . .. . Eden, S Dak Miller, Dennis D . . Viroqua, Wis Moe, Eleanor Solveig . . . . . Minneapolis Moore, Susan Diane Christianson . .. . . . . Willmm Mork. Carol J. . Owaionna Munderovski, Roy Vitauts . . Robbinsdale Munson, Diane Shirley . . . . . . . St. Paul Nelsen, Kay Eileen . Bmron, Wis. Nelson, Linda Louise . . . . Spicer Nelson, Paulette . . . . . . . Minneapolis Nelson, Philip John . Spooner, Wis Nelson, Susan Ann . . . . . . Stanley, Wis Nerdrum, Cam1 Joan . . Hopkins Niles, Richard Allen Nordin, Marion Eileen Rudser dolden Valley , . Cokdo Nyquist. Joel Victor . . . . . . . Columbia Heights Ocel, Roger Olseq Myron Lee . . . . Oconio, Wis .. . . Roseuille Omundson, L Jean . . Spring Valley Overholt, Suzanne . . . . . Orbolt Anthony C . . . . . Kansas City, Mo. Pedersoq Thomas Calvin . Stmbuck Persson, Maxine Marie Minneapolis Petersen, Cheryl Christine . . . . . . . Robbinsdale . . . ... Jackson Peterson, Daniel Lmn Peterson, Donovan David . . . . Minneapolis . Minneapolis Peterson, Gerald B. . . . . . . Minneapolis Peterson, Kenneth R . . . Peterson, Ronald Steven Vincent . . . Minneapolis Pittman, William V , Jr . .. . . . Anoka . . . Minneapolis Pudas, Grant Peter Minneapolis Rakow, Donn Edward . . . Ramnarine, David James Cameron Skeldon, Guyana . , , Hoffman Refsal, Harley J Reiff, James E .. . St. Paul . . . Minneapolis Reque, Frank Merwin . .. . . Robbinsdale Rice, Linda Jane Roe. Janice Elaine Fmno.> N. Dak. Ruona. Marlys Denise . . Minneapolis . . . . T r y Rupp, Patricia Emma . . LaCrosse, Wzs. Ruud, Charlotte Ann - . . . . . . . Milan Sackreiter. Dennis Arthur . Minneapolis Sahl, Thomas James . . Salo, Susan . . , . .. Milaca . Minneapolis Sandbo, Mark R Sather, Sylvia Carolyn .. Minneapolis Schlachtenhaufen, Salome Ann Des Moines, la. . Bird Island Scholla, Muriel Berg . . Forest Lake Schroeder, Marian Ethel Later Prairie Schultz, Michael Louis Schwartz, John Norman . Lester Prairie Selstad, John Leslie . Minneapolis Senner, Priscilla Ruth . . . Narhug N. Hamp. Setterholm, Richard Dale . Brooklyn Center . Minneapolis Sjerslee. Sallie Stephenson . . . . Hector Sjogren, David August . . . . Minneapolis Skottegaard, Robert Charles . . . . Minneapolis Slavik, Robert Alan . . Sletten, Jerilyn Kay Bmron, Wis Seattle, Warh. Smith, Paul D . . . . Minneapolis Snyder, Thomas Stanley . . Minneapolis Sorenson, John Arthur . . . Minneapolis Sparks, Carol1 . Minneapolis Stensvaag, Ruth Ingrid Glencoe Stradtmann, Phyllis Ann . . . Rockford, ill. Strommen, Mary Ellen . Stromsmoe, Gail Marie Thief Riuer Falls Sulzbach, Ann E . . . Minneapolis . . Minneapolis Suomela, Adele Joan Hermes , Minneapolis Swanson, Karen Dahlin . Minneapolis Swenson, Joan A Alden .. . Minneapolis Sylvester. David Ernest Teige, M Philip Tesdell, Darlene Joyce Thiesfeld, Susan Paulette Thompson, Robert Nathen Tibbits, Lorene Monson Tinseth, Phyllis Dianna Titrud, Mark . True, David Jon . Uigaard, Stuart Brady Wateruille, Maine . Slater, la. . , Glencoe Lake Lillian . . Canby . . Willmar . . . . Center City Columbia Heights Star Prairie, Wis Vaagenes, Bonnie Bicri . . . . Walen, Barbara E. Wall, Geraldine Neff Warner, Ronald Dean Wesley, Lynn Carol . Westermo, Mary Ellen White, Clyde Edward ... Wilfrid, Luther Jon Wilson, Carolyn Jean Woida, Karen Leslie Horton Wold, Philip Arlen Wood, Virginia Joanne . Wyckoff, Madeleine Jeanne . St Paul . .. Minneapolis Minneapolis Grandview, Wash. .. . . St. Paul . Minneapolis . Minneapolis . Minneapolis . . . Hayfield St. Paul Siom City, la. New Brighton Columbia Heights . . . Richfield Youngquist, Michael William Yue, Samuel Ka-Sheng . . . . . Hong Kong .. . Wood Lake Yuzer, Barbara Ann . . SUMMARY Graduates -- 1870-1965 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OF Graduates -- 1966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GRADUATES Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENROLLMENT SUMMARY 3496 247 3743 AUGSBURG COLLEGE. 1966-67 First Term Men Women Total Class 98 Senior ..... Junior .... 158 Sophomore 218 Freshman . 242 Special . . . . 31 Yurse (D. H.) Nurse (F H.) Nurse (M H.) Nurse ($. H.) Total . . . . . 747 . . 112 149 204 255 26 35 210 307 422 497 57 35 44 44 44 44 79 948 79 1695 Second Term Men Women Total 95 98 193 156 150 306 211 232 28 722 -199 254 25 34 410 486 53 34 $0 40 41 75 916 41 75 1638 Thii Term Men Women Total 91 154 205 254 28 92 150 198 259 24 34 732 35 41 75 908 183 304 403 513 52 34 35 41 75 1640 TOTAL ACADFMIC YEAR Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior ................................... Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman ................................ special ................................... Nurse (D H.) ............................. Nurse (F. H.) ............................. . .. . . Nurse (M. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Nurse (S. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total .................................... . Men Women 105 162 222 256 35 114 157 207 262 31 35 44 44 780 79 973 Total 219 319 429 518 66 35 44 44 79 1753 TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1966-1967 Men Students ......................................... 780 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .973 Total .................................................. 1753 INDEX Academic Administration . . . Accounts. Payment of . . . . . Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . Administration . . . . . . . . 41, Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced Placement . . . . . . . Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . 2, Aims and Obiectives . . . . . . American Studies . . . . 50, Archives, The . . . . . . . . . . . . Art, Department of . . . . 51, Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attendance, Class . . . . . . . . . Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 13 2 128 22 23 23 102 7 108 9 108 32 46 34 Biology. Department of . . 54. Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . . Board of Regents . . . . . . . . . Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Administration . 57, Business Education . . . . . 59, 109 12 126 8 110 111 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 5 Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . 24 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 111 Classical Languages . . . . . . . . 62 Classification of Students . . 45 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Coaching Endorsement . . . . . 72 Co-curricular Program . . . . . . 29 9 College Center . . . . . . . . . . . . Committees of the Faculty . . 130 Comprehensive Examinations 47 Computer Science . . . . . . . . . 77 43 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . . 97 Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Courses of Study . . . . . . . . 48 Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 American Studies . . . . . . . . 108 Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Business Administration . . 110 Business Education . . . . . . . 111 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Dentistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Elementary Education ... 112 Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 General Liberal Ark . . . . . 108 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Health and Physical Ed. . . 115 High School Teaching . . . . 113 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Medical Technology . . . . . . 118 Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Ministry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . 120 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Political Science . . . . . . . . . 121 Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Scandinavian . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Secretarial Work . . . . . . . 122 Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Social Science . . . . . . . . . 123 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses 111 Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Distinction. Degree with . . . . . 43 Divisional Organization . . . . 48 Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . 30. 100 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Education. Department of . . . Education. Elementary . . 65. Education. Secondary . . 66. Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eligibility Requirements . . . . . Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English. Department of . 68. Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Entrance Requirements . . . . . Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 58 112 113 42 34 20 114 114 146 22 47 12 Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Financial Assistance . . . . . . . 14 Financial Information . . . . . . . 12 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 85 Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78, 115 General Education Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . General Information . . . . . . . Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . German . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79. Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduates (1870-1 966). Summary of . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduation Requirements . . . Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62. Health and Physical Ed. . 72. Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . High School Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . . History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, Honors . . . . . . . . . . . 34. 43. Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Humanities. Division of the . . 41 7 68 115 43 133 146 41 115 Natural Sciences and Mathematics. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 North-South Student Exchange Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Numbering of Courses . . . . . . 48 Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 115 37 Objectives and Aims . . . . . . 7 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 113 7 116 103 102 38 48 Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Intercollegiate Athlmetics. Purpose and Philosophy of . . . . . . . 32 Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . . . 103 Laboratories. Natural Science 10 Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . 108 Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. 3 Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . 76. Uedical Technology . . . 103. Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses Membership in Educational 2 Associations . . . . . . . . . . . . Metropolitan Opportunities . 27 Ministry. Preparation fomr the 123 Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Modern Languages. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 77 Music. Department of . . 83. 119 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Musical Organizations . . . 31. 86 42 117 118 118 Pass/No Credit Grading System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . 13 Personnel Services. Student . . 35 Philosophy. Department of 87. 120 Physical Education . . . . . 32. 72 Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Physics. Department of . . 90. 120 Placement Service for Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 8 Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . . Political Science . . . . . . 92. 121 Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . 123 President's Board of Advisors 129 Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Psychology. Department of . . . . . . 94. 121 Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24. 32 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . 126 Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Registration. Change of . . . . . 45 Religion and Philosophy. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Religion, Department of . 95, 122 Religious Activities . . . . . . . . . 24 Repeating Courses . . . . . . . . . 43 Requirements, Graduation . . . 41 Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Scandinavian Studies . . . 80, Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretarial Courses . . . . 59, Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Social and Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Social Sciences, Division of the Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . Sociology, Department of 97, SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, Special Programs of Study . . 122 14 122 123 26 50 123 124 103 115 102 Speech, Department of . 100, 124 Student Activities, Coordination of . . . . . . . . . 39 Student Government . . . . . . . 27 Student Personnel Services . . 35 Studio Building . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Suspension of Students . . . 24, 45 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Teacher's Certificate . . 64, 113 Transfer and Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Tuition and Fees . . . . . . 12 University Courses . . . . . . . . . Upper Division Requirements . 47 41 1
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1974-1975
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4. THE COLLEGE Identification Objectives t h e Campus . . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature and A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . V i s i t i n g ... PAGE 7. ACADEMIC LIFE ... . .. ... . .. .. . . . . The 4-1-4 Calen...
Show more Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4. THE COLLEGE Identification Objectives t h e Campus . . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature and A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . V i s i t i n g ... PAGE 7. ACADEMIC LIFE ... . .. ... . .. .. . . . . The 4-1-4 Calendar Faculty General Education Majors Pre-Professional Training , Requirements I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study Honors Program Degrees .. . .. PAGE 12, STUDENT LIFE .. ... S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l . Recreation Intercollegiate Religious L i f e Student S e r v i c e s Athletics Housing Food S e r v i c e MUSIP ... ... ... . .. ... PAGE 15. ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE AND FINANCIAL AID . . . E a r l y Decision . . . . . . Advanced ... The A p p l i c a t i o n Process Transfer E a r l y Admission Advanced Placement Standing F i n a n c i a l Aid ... ... PAGE 17, CAMPUS MAP . I PAGE 19, EXPENSES . .. Expenses 1974- 75 Cost Summary S e t t l e m e n t of Accounts Refunds ... . . . Deposits . . . PAGE 22. ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION ... ... ... ... D i v i s i o n a l Organization Graduation Requirements Registration Probation and Dismissal Grading Graduation with D i s t i n c t i o n C r e d i t by Examination Classification Courses Numbering . . Symbol ... ... ... ... ... . PAGE 27, COURSE, OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS PAGE 82. ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES PAGE 83. FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES PAGE 89- PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 90. INDEX T h i s c a t a l o g h a s been w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o answer m o s t o f the q u e s t i o n s w h i c h m i g h t be a s k e d a b o u t Augsburg C o l l e g e and i t s c u r r i c u l u m . A l t h o u g h a l l c o p y was c o r r e c t a t the t i m e o f p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n the c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change w i t h o u t n o t i c e . Glossary of Terms T h i s Augsburg College c a t a l o g i s designed t o give you t h e i n f o r m a t i o n you need t o know a s a s t u d e n t o r p r o s p e c t i v e s t u d e n t . I n i t you w i l l f i n d most of t h e answers t o q u e s t i o n s you may have about Augsburg. I f you have o t h e r s , p l e a s e f e e l f r e e t o w r i t e o r phone t h e O f f i c e of Admissions a t t h e College. - - C e r t a i n terms used i n t h i s c a t a l o g may be u n f a m i l i a r t o you. hope t h e following b r i e f d e f i n i t i o n s w i l l be h e l p f u l . ACADEMIC.. COURSE.. MAJOR.. MINOR LOAN .. . . .The p r a c t i c e s , p r i n c i p l e s , r e g u l a t i o n s , and customs which c h a r a c t e r i z e school and c o l l e g e . ..... . . A s u b j e c t s t u d i e d during one semester o r i n t e r i m such a s "Community Development and Organization." Four courses a r e t a k e n each semester a t Augsburg and one i s s t u d i e d d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i n January. . .......A c o n c e n t r a t i o n o f s t u d y i n one a r e a . majors i n 18 departments. Augsburg o f f e r s ..........A c o n c e n t r a t i o n i n a f i e l d of s t u d y i n l e s s depth t h a n t h e major. ELECTIVE.. FEE.. We ... . . A course n o t r e q u i r e d f o r t h e major o r minor b u t taken by t h e s t u d e n t from any c o l l e g e department as h i s i n t e r e s t s dictate. ... .......Charges made by t h e College f o r s p e c i a l s e r v i c e s such a s l a b o r a t o r y equipment o r l o c k e r r e n t a l . ...........Money a s t u d e n t borrows f o r c o l l e g e expenses and l a t e r r e p a y s . See " F i n a n c i a l Aid." SCHOLARSHIP. SEMESTER ... F i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e r e c e i v e d by a s t u d e n t based on h i g h school performance i n and o u t o f t h e classroom, c o l l e g e s t a n d i n g , o r t h e r e s u l t o f s p e c i a l t e s t s such a s t h e SAT o r Am. S c h o l a r s h i p s vary i n amounts and l e n g t h of d u r a t i o n . The amount g e n e r a l l y depends upon t h e f i n a n c i a l need o f t h e s t u d e n t . There is no o b l i g a t i o n t o repay. The same c r i t e r i a a r e used f o r Grants-In-Aid. .......The College o p e r a t e s on a 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Each semester i s 15 weeks i n l e n g t h and t h e i n t e r i m i s 4 weeks. . PREREQUISITE. .A course which a s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete b e f o r e a n o t h e r one may be taken. The p r e r e q u i s i t e course may be e i t h e r i n t h e same o r a n o t h e r department. Vol. 37, No. 1, August 1973 AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW i s p u b l i s h e d semi-monthly i n January, March, August, September and December and monthly i n February, A p r i l , May, June, J u l y , October and November by Augsburg College, 731 2 1 s t Ave. S., Minneapolis, Minn. 55404. Second c l a s s p o s t a g e p a i d a t Minneapolis, Minnesota. Introduction There a r e few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and v i t a l i t y o f a m e t r o p o l i t a n c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy of t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one of t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l c o l l e g e s t h a t can o f f e r you both. The small c o l l e g e atmosphere e n a b l e s you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y o f e v e n t s and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s , c o n c e r t s , f i l m s , and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r i n t r a m u r a l a t h l e t i c programs you may choose participation i n athletics. Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t o f t h e campus. The R e l i g i o u s L i f e Commission a s s i s t s i n p l a n n i n g d a i l y chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s may a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y . Y o u , the s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. Y o u d e s i g n y o u r own l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e . While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and m a j o r r e q u i r e m e n t s a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , there i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o d e s i g n much o f y o u r own education. A t Augsburg, t h e i n n o v a t i v e and experimental a s w e l l a s t h e i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The College follows t h e c a l e n d a r known a s t h e "4-1-4.1' I n t h e s t u d y of t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l e n c o u n t e r i d e a s and e x p e r i e n c e s from t h e whole range of human knowledge. The l i b e r a l a r t s e d u c a t i o n , however, is more t h a n an accumulation o f knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg recognizes t h a t c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s necessary i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose from 33 majors f o r hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r of t h e Twin C i t i e s of Minneapolis and S t . Paul. I n t h i s m e t r o p o l i t a n s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope of r e s o u r c e s and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your e d u c a t i o n . You may choose an evening a t t h e Tyrone Guthrie T h e a t e r , t h e Brave New Workshop, o r a t any of t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r c o f f e e houses. You may choose a c o n c e r t by t h e Minnesota O r c h e s t r a a t nearby Northrop Auditorium o r one by t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, t h e North S t a r s , and t h e Fighting Saints. Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g academic program, a c a p a b l e and d e d i c a t e d s t a f f , a n e a g e r s t u d e n t b o d y , and a remarkable l o c a t i o n . The College Identification Augsburg i s a f o u r - y e a r l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e a f f i l i a t e d with t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 y e a r s ago, Augsburg c e l e b r a t e d i t s c e n t e n n i a l i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century o f Christian higher education. The c u r r e n t s t u d e n t body o f 1600 i s l a r g e l y o f Lutheran background though many denominations a r e r e p r e s e n t e d on campus. About 50% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan area. Location Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburg's l o c a t i o n i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . E x c e l l e n t a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of A r t s , t h e Walker A r t Center, and many o t h e r g a l l e r i e s . The Minnesota O r c h e s t r a and o t h e r a r e a performing o r g a n i z a t i o n s a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e enjoyment o f music o f many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing artists. A v a r i e t y o f d r a m a t i c and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such as t h e n a t i o n a l l y known Tyrone Guthrie T h e a t e r , Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log T h e a t e r , and t h e S t . Paul C i v i c Opera Company. R e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t p a r k s n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one of t h e many a r e a l a k e s . I n t h e w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around. Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s i s e a s y . S e v e r a l major a i r l i n e s p r o v i d e d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l A i r p o r t . Bus and t r a i n connections can be made from a l l a r e a s o f t h e United S t a t e s . The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t o f downtown Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e s o u t h e r n b o r d e r o f t h e campus. ( D i r e c t i o n s a r e given o p p o s i t e page 16.) History Augsburg was t h e f i r s t seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America. Minneapolis r e p l a c e d Marshall, Wisconsin, a s Augsburg's home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t c o l l e g e graduation w a s h e l d i n 1879. The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged w i t h t h e American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary j o i n e d with Luther T h e o l o g i c a l Seminary, S t . Paul, Minnesota, t h a t same y e a r . r Nature and Objectives Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open, h o n e s t , competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and humanities i n t h e c o n t e x t o f t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g primary o b j e c t i v e s : t o e x p o s e s t u d e n t s t o a w i d e v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and d i s c i p l i n e s , w h i l e a s s i s t i n g t h e m t o become p r o f i c i e n t i n one area o r major t o h e l p s t u d e n t s u n d e r s t a n d the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h i n r e l a t i o n t o the c o n t e m p o r a r y w o r l d t o d e v e l o p s t u d e n t s ' l o v e o f l e a r n i n g and their f a c u l t i e s o f r e a s o n , c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and i m a g i n a t i o n b y e n c o u r a g i n g and m a i n t a i n i n g academic e x c e l l e n c e t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s ' u n d e r s t a n J i n g o f the u r b a n e n v i r o n m e n t and c u l t u r e , and t o e n a b l e t h e m t o g a i n the s k i l l s n e e d e d t o r e s p o n d c r e a t i v e l y t o the p r o b l e m s and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f the modern city t o e n c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n their interests and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d t h e m i n d i s c o v e r i n g the occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which e x i s t f o r them t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n their i n t e l l e c t u a l , e m o t i o n a l , and s p i r i t u a l g r o w t h ; t o e n c o u r a g e t h e m t o d e v e l o p a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r c o m p a t i b l e w i t h the Christian f a i t h . I Accreditation Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t standards by which excellence i s judged. Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e : North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The National Council f o r t h e Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society The Campus Augsburg's compact campus i s l o c a t e d i n t h e h e a r t of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e f i r s t of t h e 155 parks i n t h e "City of Lakes." The College c u r r e n t l y has 14 major buildings with a number of cottage housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The University of Minnesota and two o f t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e adjacent t o t h e campus. Visiting the Campus The purpose of t h e campus v i s i t is t o permit s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n , first-hand, about t h e College program, f a c i l i t i e s , and admissions requirements. A personal interview a f f o r d s candidates, parents, and t h e admissions counselor t h e opportunity t o exchange information v i t a l i n t h e process o f s e l e c t i n g a college and i n making admissions decisions. A student-conducted campus t o u r and an interview with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended b u t a r e not mandatory. Students who wish t o arrange f o r a t o u r and an interview a r e asked Preferred t o w r i t e f o r an appointment o r c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181) times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may a l s o be made t o meet with a member of t h e f a c u l t y and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n s e s s i o n . . School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e College. Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e i s no s i n g l e mold. Here you w i l l d i s c o v e r t h e world while p r e p a r i n g f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d out who you a r e . Augsburgls goal and p r e p a r e a s a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly them f o r competency i n t h e modern world. The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg follows t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Two 15-week semesters a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; during t h e i n t e r i m t h e r e i s c o n c e n t r a t i o n on one s u b j e c t . The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole world becomes an a r e n a of l e a r n i n g . Creative e n e r g i e s and i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e general academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e s t u d y and p r e s e n t a t i o n of a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may f i n d form i n t h e study and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s o f a s o c i a l agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e opportunity t o experience and experiment while l e a r n i n g . Faculty Augsburgls f a c u l t y o f about 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o i s 17.8 t o one. In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r f i r s t name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l climate, r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having coffee. General Education Requirements Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g process, b u t as a guide through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e planned course of study (many of them would be chosen even i f t h e y weren't required) . In general, t h e s e courses, with choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t o f s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, and psychology. A few courses from economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , sociology, and f o r e i g n languages o r l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n English must b e demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t o f courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns i s r e q u i r e d as well a s p h y s i c a l education a c t i v i t i e s . (For details, see "Academic Administration" section. ) Majors Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments. American S t u d i e s Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Communications E a s t Asian S t u d i e s Economics Economics /Business Administration Elementary Education English French German History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro -Urban S t u d i e s Music N a t u r a l Science Philosophy Physics P o l i t i c a l Science Psychology P h y s i c a l Education Religion Scandinavian Area Studies S o c i a l Science S o c i a l Work Sociology Spanish 1 Speech Theater A r t s Other maj o r s a r e a v a i l a b l e through t h e Five College Cooperative s t u d e n t exchange program. The O f f i c e of t h e R e g i s t r a r should be consulted f o r f u r t h e r information. Pre-Professional Training Students who p l a n t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine, d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and engineering, can p r o f i t from a l i b e r a l a r t s education a t Augsburg. I t i s suggested t h a t requirements f o r admission t o graduate schools o r seminaries be reviewed and then t h e course o f s t u d y a t Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope of courses i n t h e n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e humanities, and i n r e l i g i o n and philosophy which w i 11 provide t h e n e c e s s a r y p r e p a r a t i o n f o r future professional study. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs. F I V E COLLEGE COOPERATIVE PROGRAM. S t u d e n t s a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul c o l l e g e s o f Hamline, Macalester, S t . Catherine and S t . Thomas may e l e c t one course each semester a t another campus without a d d i t i o n a l f e e . Students may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o gain new p e r s p e c t i v e s , t o g e t b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r s c h o o l s , o r because a s p e c i f i c course i s n o t o f f e r e d on t h e home campus. Because t h e s e f i v e c o l l e g e s have coordinated c a l e n d a r s , t h e i n t e r i m t e r m may a l s o be taken on a n o t h e r campus. A r e g u l a r l y scheduled bus s h u t t l e s s t u d e n t s f r e e between t h e campuses. Augsburg College a l s o cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s i n planning s t u d y o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m . For example, Augsburg and S t . Olaf j o i n t l y p l a n a number of f o r e i g n s t u d y o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e i n t e r i m . Since t h e i n t e r i m program i s new each y e a r , t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r should be consulted r e g a r d i n g planned programs. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group i s composed o f 12 c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e innovative c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r s t u d e n t s , interchange and s h a r i n g o f academic personnel and o t h e r college r e s o u r c e s , cooperative r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t s , f o r e i g n study, j o i n t sponsorship of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development o f programs c o n s i s t e n t with t h e needs and resources of t h e community o r g a n i z a t i o n s o f t h e Upper Midwest. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative e f f o r t between Augsburg College and Metropolitan S t a t e J u n i o r College i n downtown Minneapolis has r e s u l t e d i n t h e establishment o f a f o u r I y e a r program i n s o c i b l o g y o r psychology with a chemical dependency s p e c i a l i t y . The program i s designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o h e l p p r o f e s s i o n a l people i n d e a l i n g with chemical dependency problems. Courses a r e taken both on t h e Augsburg and t h e Metropolitan campuses. These co-learning c l a s s e s CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES (CHR). b r i n g t o g e t h e r Augsburg s t u d e n t s , p r i s o n inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s , guards, and s t u d e n t s a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r s . A l l t a k e courses f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. Classes a r e h e l d a t such p l a c e s as t h e S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r S t a t e P r i s o n , S t . P e t e r S e c u r i t y Hospital, and T r e v i l l a o f Robbinsdale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r . The courses o f f e r e d a r e from s e v e r a l c o l l e g e departments, and t h e response o f s t u d e n t s involved i n t h e courses, both from Augsburg and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s , has been extremely f a v o r a b l e . The purpose o f t h e course i s t o g e t a f i r s t - h a n d view o f t h e p r i s o n s and h o s p i t a l s and p e r s o n a l i z e t h e study by a c t u a l l y i n t e r a c t i n g with inmates and t h e i r problems. Each y e a r t h e Conservation of Human Resources o f f i c e a t Augsburg holds t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o h e l p pay fox inmates1 m a t r i c u l a t i o n i n t h e s e co-learning courses. SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburgfs summer school calendar i s coordinated with t h a t o f Concordia College i n S t . Paul. Students who e n r o l l may s e l e c t courses on e i t h e r campus. Two s e s s i o n s ( f i v e weeks each) a r e o f f e r e d t o permit s t u d e n t s t o complete courses toward t h e i r degrees. . Augsburg and COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL, DATA INSTITUTE. (CDI ) CDI have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r the e q u i v a l e n t of t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Aupsburg College. A F F I L I A T I O N WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e Schools o f Nursing a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools of Nursing should be made d i r e c t l y t o t h e h o s p i t a l s . MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s , Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t t h r e e y e a r s o f t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l twelve-month program i s completed a t one of t h e three hospitals. CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration H o s p i t a l , Fairview H o s p i t a l , and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with s p e c . i a l i z a t i o n i n C o r r e c t i v e Therapy. Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of P h y s i c a l Education. Application should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester o f t h e sophomore y e a r . Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed i n t h e major and a 2.0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l . A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses. International Study There a r e s e v e r a l types of i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s . STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN), Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN program. This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e u n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer i n informal s t u d y i n one of t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g of t h e sophomore y e a r . The SPAN program c o n s i s t s o f t h r e e s t a g e s : language s t u d y and group meetings during t h e school y e a r b e f o r e departure, independent study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and t h e w r i t i n g of a paper upon r e t u r n . - ~ SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg s t u d e n t s may spend t h e i r sophomore o r j u n i o r y e a r i n study a t a number o f European e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . These i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The U n i v e r s i t y o f Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r American U n i v e r s i t i e s a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. In a d d i t i o n t o t h e s e programs, t h e r e a r e many o t h e r o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r study a l l over t h e - w o r l d , and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg s t u d e n t s may arrange t o t a k e p a r t i n approved programs by making a p p l i c a t i o n through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. This type o f study must be approved b e f o r e d e p a r t u r e by one's f a c u l t y a d v i s e r f i r s t , and then by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. C r e d i t earned through f o r e i g n study may be a p p l i e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s graduation requirements as e l e c t i v e s , a s elements o f t h e major sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some o f t h e general education requirements. SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e i s a wide v a r i e t y of p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r t h o s e who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg s t u d e n t s have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n f u r t h e r information contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser. INTERIM. Study abroad during t h e i n t e r i m i s planned f o r each y e a r . See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg I n t e r i m Catalog. For information on programs a v a i l a b l e through o t h e r c o l l e g e s , contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser. Honors Program Some s p e c i a l accelerated sections are available t o freshman students with outstanding high school records. For superior students of a l l c l a s s years, i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars are offered each term. Several departments o f the College o f f e r programs through which the student can earn honors i n the major. The opportunity t o do independent study i n f i e l d s of i n t e r e s t i s available throughout t h e College. For students who apply f o r and receive s p e c i a l s t a t u s as Honors Scholars, general education requirements are modified as necessary t o meet the student's needs and i n t e r e s t s . Additional information on the honors program i s available upon request from t h e Honors Program Director a t Augsburg . Degrees Augsburg College o f f e r s the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree, and t h e degree of Bachelor of Music. ( S e e t h e Department o f Music f o r B.M. d e g r e e requirements) Student Life Your experiences i n t h e classroom a r e major i n f l u e n c e s i n your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether as a r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t o r commuter, y o u ' l l f i n d t h a t t h e climate f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t Augsburg adds dimension t o your education. Social and Cultural Throughout t h e year, a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus as well as i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l d i n n e r s , b i g name entertainment, and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n various f i e l d s . The College Center i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on campus. Offices f o r t h e College newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, and t h e t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many o f t h e clubs t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s meet i n t h e Center. There a r e s e v e r a l o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. In a d d i t i o n t o campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra t o u r annually. The S t r i n g Ensemble, t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l student-organized groups a l s o perform on and off campus. Recreation Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An i n t r a m u r a l program provides competition i n a v a r i e t y of team s p o r t s a s w e l l a s i n d i v i d u a l performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r intramural winners a t various c o l l e g e s . Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is a member of t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e annually competes i n t e n s p o r t s i n c l u d i n g f o o t b a l l , soccer, c r o s s country, b a s k e t b a l l , hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f . Religious Life An important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s a c t i v i t i e s . The Religious L i f e Commission, c h a i r e d by a s t u d e n t and composed o f s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through d i s c u s s i o n and s e r v i c e . The chapel s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d f o u r times a week a r e both experimental and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and staff attend voluntarily. Student Services The s t a f f of t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on q u e s t i o n s o f academic procedure, p e r s o n a l , academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, s t u d e n t l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s , residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r , p r o f e s s i o n a l and l i f e - s t y l e planning. A l l members o f t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e a s academic a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s o f academic i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h c l o s e working r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r a d v i s e r . The f a c u l t y t a k e s both a s c h o l a s t i c and p e r s o n a l i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s . Housing Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s l i v i n g c o n d i t i o n s , a v a r i e t y o f housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided. The residence h a l l program i s designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a n t i n group d e c i s i o n making. Each residence u n i t has one o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process o f group l i v i n g a s well as d i s c u s s t h e p e r s o n a l concerns of i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s . The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s Urness Tower. This elevens t o r y high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y areas. Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e : Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l houses about 60 upperclass men and women. The Center Ear Student Development i s l o c a t e d h e r e a s w e l l as some f a c u l t y and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e o f f i c e s . West H a l l houses 38 women. West Hall has been converted from an apartment b u i l d i n g ; each u n i t houses f o u r s t u d e n t s who s h a r e two rooms and b a t h . Mortensen Tower, t h e newest residence h a l l , i s an a l t e r n a t i v e t o t r a d i t i o n a l residence h a l l l i v i n g . I t contains 104 one-and two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass s t u d e n t s . A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex h o u s i n g u n i t s , i n t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r upperclass men o r women. The r e s i d e n t s function as a group t o s h a r e t h e l i v i n g space, house r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s , and cooking. Annex housing a l s o accommodates married s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members. A l l freshmen and sophomores not l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing. Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, a i r conditioned, and contains k i t c h e n u n i t s . I t i s otherwise unfurnished. In o t h e r residence h a l l s o r houses rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s , and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n each residence. An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s i n residence h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s . Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r t h e e n t i r e school y e a r . A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. Students who have n o t p a i d t h e room d e p o s i t by t h i s d a t e a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1. A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25 breakage and f i n e d e p o s i t a t r e g i s t r a t i o n . The f e e i s refunded upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g education program a t Augsburg i f t h e condition o f t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s returned. Food Service The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e top f l o o r of the College Center, is the main food s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This pleasant room features small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions a r e generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan l i v i n g i n residence h a l l s e a t t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground f l o o r of t h e Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and i n t h e evenings. Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y of board plan options f o r those l i v i n g i n College houses o r nearby apartments. The Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program (MUSIP) is Augsburgls new College-wide program. I t provides students i n a l l f i e l d s of study with the opportunity t o gain p r a c t i c a l on-the-job experience t h a t can be r e l a t e d t o t h e i r academic program o r personal i n t e r e s t s . Internships are available with a v a r i e t y of companies, agencies and community organizations. Admission to the College and Financial Aid Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s reviewed by t h e Admissions O f f i c e and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s o f high school performance, promise of success i n c o l l e g e as shown by c o l l e g e entrance examination s c o r e s , o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and personal recommendations. I t i s t h e p o l i c y of Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l persons equal o p p o r t u n i t y t o b e n e f i t from i t s e d u c a t i o n a l programs, s t u d e n t personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, s t u d e n t employment and o t h e r s e r v i c e s without regard t o race, c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , s e x o r e t h n i c background. A v i s i t t o t h e campus is h i g h l y recommended: admissions counselors a r e a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you, answer your q u e s t i o n s , and arrange f o r you t o s e e t h e campus. The Application Process 1. Secure from t h e Admissions Office, and complete, an o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. 2. Hand t h e completed a p p l i c a t i o n t o your high school counselor, along with t h e $10.00 a p p l i c a t i o n f e e , and ask t h a t t h e s e be s e n t with your o f f i c i a l high school t r a n s c r i p t through t h e l a s t complete semester t o : Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn 55404 . 3. Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The College recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t h e examination a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r year. Your high school counselor can t e l l you when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a . 4. Admissions t o t h e College a r e made on a " r o l l i n g " b a s i s : as soon a s an a p p l i c a t i o n f i l e i s complete, a d e c i s i o n w i l l be made and t h e s t u d e n t n o t i f i e d . A non-refundable $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t i s r e q u i r e d by A p r i l 1 a f t e r acceptance has been made and/or f i n a n c i a l a i d ( i f a p p l i e d f o r ) has been awarded. 5. A f t e r t h e d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete a medical h i s t o r y form, which w i l l be s e n t by t h e College. 6 . Room assignments f o r those who have requested t o l i v e on campus, and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed t o t h e s t u d e n t during t h e summer. Transfer Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s , and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s . The College r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t n o t t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses where i t considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken at unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s . The grade average f o r graduation i s based on work taken a t Augsburg, b u t t o determine graduation with d i s t i n c t i o n , a l l grades a r e averaged. T r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s with t h e A.A. degree a r e considered a s having met a l l g e n e r a l education requirements a t Augsburg except f o r two courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s . 1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. This should be s e n t t o t h e Admissions O f f i c e with a $10.00 a p p l i c a t i o n f e e . 2. Request o f f i c i a l t r a n s c r i p t s from any c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y a t t e n d e d t o be s e n t d i r e c t l y t o t h e A t h i s s i o n s O f f i c e Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55404 3 . Two p e r s o n a l recommendations w i l l be requested. Upon r e c e i v i n g t h e s e forms, give them t o two persons who can w r i t e i n your b e h a l f . Return d i r e c t l y t o t h e Admissions O f f i c e i n t h e postage p a i d envelopes which a r e provided. 4. Admissions t o t h e College a r e made on a " r o l l i n g " b a s i s : soon a f t e r an a p p l i c a t i o n f i l e i s complete, a d e c i s i o n w i l l be made and t h e s t u d e n t n o t i f i e d . A non-refundable $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t i s r e q u e s t e d w i t h i n one month a f t e r acceptance has been made and/or f i n a n c i a l a i d ( i f a p p l i e d f o r ) has been awarded. 5. A f t e r a d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete a medical h i s t o r y form, which w i l l be s e n t by t h e College. 6 . Room assignments f o r t h o s e who have r e q u e s t e d t o l i v e on campus and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer. Early Decision An E a r l y Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t Augsburg a s t h e i r f i r s t c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an o f f e r of admission i f it i s extended. An E a r l y Decision candidate must apply by November 15 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n i s based upon t h e academic r e c o r d through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t which i s non-refundable i s r e q u i r e d by January 1. Early Admission An E a r l y Admission Program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few high s c h o o l j u n i o r s . To apply f o r E a r l y Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a h i g h academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope with a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s j u n i o r y e a r i n high school. Also, i t i s recommended t h a t t h e s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t applying f o r E a r l y Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude T e s t i n January o r March of h i s j u n i o r y e a r . Advanced Placement Advanced placement i s g r a n t e d t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e b a s i s o f work t a k e n i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may be determined by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length of t h e s t u d y p r e v i o u s l y completed. Campus Guide West H a l l George Sverdrup Library Science H a l l Old Main Mortensen Tower and V i s i t o r s Parking (on 8 t h S t r e e t ) Urness Tower The College Center The Quadrangle Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l A r t S t u d i o and A r t Annex Murphy Square Organ S t u d i o The Music Building S i Melby H a l l Speech and Drama Building E a s t H a l l (Band Building) A. B. F a c u l t y - S t a f f Parking (Permit Required) S,tudent Parking (Permit Required) Offices Admissions (Science 156) Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd f l o o r ) Audio-Visual (Memorial ground f l o o r ) Augsburgian (College Center ground f l o o r ) A u x i l i a r y Programs (Memorial 128) Bookstore (College Center 1st f l o o r ) Business A f f a i r s (Science 139) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1 s t f l o o r ) Center f o r Student Development (Memorial 1 s t f l o o r ) College R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o o r ) CHR (Memori a1 ground f 1oor) Data P r o c e s s i n g (Science 32) Dean o f t h e College (Science 135) Development Office (Memorial 2nd f l o o r ) ECHO (College Center ground f l o o r ) Advanced Standing College cred't i s g r a n t e d t o high school s t u d e n t s who have s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have s c o r e d high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s o f s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level Examinations o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board. Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg. Financial Aid About 70% o f a l l Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s , loans, campus employment, o r a combination o f t h e s e . Assistance i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f f i n a n c i a l need and academic record. Application f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s t C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement (PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg Application f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid. For t h e academic y e a r 1972-73, 1080 of t h e 1600 s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g $784,000 from Augsburg and a l l o t h e r s o u r c e s , and f e d e r a l loans t o t a l i n g $335,000. Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o apply and t h e following f e d e r a l programs : Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, N a t i o n a l D i r e c t Student Loan (formerly National Defense Student Loan), College Work-Study, and F e d e r a l l y Insured Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e . The deadline f o r s u b m i t t i n g t h e PCS i s A p r i l 1. For information, c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aid O f f i c e a t Augsburg College. Expenses Expenses TUITION - $2,115.00 T h i s f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee plan) e n t e r i n g t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. S t u d e n t s a r e considered f u l l time when t h e y t a k e t h r e e o r more courses during t h e s e m e s t e r terms. Under t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r , t h e s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e s e m e s t e r p e r i o d s . Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner: T u i t i o n and Fees f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $1,175.00 T u i t i o n f o r t h e remaining s e m e s t e r i s $940.00 I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a r e f u n d i s n o t a u t h o r i z e d . A p a r t - t i m e r a t e of $280.00 a course i s charged t h e s t u d e n t t a k i n g l e s s t h a n t h r e e courses i n a s e m e s t e r o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an i n t e r i m course only. Full-time s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course without charge. s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $140.00 a course. SPECIAL FEES - NOT For p a r t - t i m e REFUNDABLE A p p l i c a t i o n f e e , $10.00 i s r e q u i r e d from a l l new s t u d e n t s . Graduation f e e i s $15.00. Regist r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s s t u d y i n g abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00. S e n i o r s e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one of t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. The charge w i l l be $170.00. Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s begin i s $5.00 p e r day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE Cinema A r t s , $10.00 Computer Science, $25 .OO Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00 Student Teaching, $35.00 Improvement of Reading, $30.00 Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $84.00 a s e m e s t e r (14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $6.00 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m . P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one hour a day: organ, $20.00 ($5.00 an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8.00 ($2.00 an i n t e r i m ) . Band-Orchestra instrument r e n t a l : $7.50 a term. OTHER COSTS Transcript fee: f i r s t copy free, additional copy, $1.00. Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter students: $2 .OO o r $3.00. Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations are made i n the R e g i s t r a r ' s Office, with charges according t o the schedule on f i l e . Books and supplies a r e available from the Bookstore on a cash o r charge account b a s i s . BOARD AND ROOM Full Board and Room $1,161.00 P a r t i a l Board and Room $1,125.00 Meal Coupons and Room (Limited Residences) $ 801.00 5 Day Lunch Plan $ 234.00 In the event of excessive increases i n t h e cost of operation, these board r a t e s may be increased a t any time before o r during the contract year. A f u l l board plan provides 21 meals p e r week. The p a r t i a l board plan provides 14 meals p e r week i n a combination of breakfasts and dinner o r noon lunch and dinners. The meal coupons are r e s t r i c t e d t o apartment s t y l e residences named by the college i n t h e "Housing and Food Services contractt'. A lunch contract i s available t o non-resident students and provides f i v e noon lunches p e r week. Linen service i s available i n residence h a l l s on a d i r e c t contract basis from a l o c a l linen supply company a t about $35.00 p e r year. 1974-75 Cost Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,115.00 Application Fee. Tuition ( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 paid on a c c e p t a n c e t o Augsburg and a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n c h a r g e s . ) . . . . . . . . . . $1,125.00-$1,161.00 Deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 25.00 Board and Room Breakage (Refunded on t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg) Deposits T U I T I O N DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50.00 (not refundable). Required o f s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission has been accepted; t o be p a i d by A p r i l 1, 1974 (payment is due January 1 under E a r l y Decision Program). The payment i s a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00 (not refundable). Required a t t h e time of s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term beginning September, and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge. - BREAKAGE AND F I N E DEPOSIT A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n , $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g education program a t Augsburg. Settlement of Account A statement o f estimated charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l be prepared and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment of t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second semester i s due January 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s schedule must be arranged with t h e Business Office p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a preceeding term has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l . Refunds I f a s t u d e n t decides t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , refunds o f t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed according t o t h e following schedule: 100% through t h e f i r s t Friday o f c l a s s e s . 80% during t h e balance o f f i r s t week of c l a s s e s . 70% during t h e second week o f c l a s s e s . 60% during t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s . 50% during t h e f o u r t h week of c l a s s e s . 40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s . No allowance i s given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. If a s t u d e n t i s f o r c e d t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s during t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e t e n , t h e charge i s reduced by 50%. Students r e q u i r e d t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l r e c e i v e a f u l l refund of t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e refund on room charges. In a l l cases, board refunds a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s . Academic Administration Students who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o p l a n t h e i r own course of s t u d y with t h e h e l p of f a c u l t y a d v i s e r s who a r e r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n and guidance. A w e l l planned program o f l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l i n c l u d e courses i n t h e humanities, t h e n a t u r a l s c i e n c e s , and t h e s o c i a l s c i e n c e s . Augsburg graduates a r e expected t o be a b l e t o w r i t e e f f e c t i v e l y ; they a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of c u l t u r e s o u t s i d e t h e United S t a t e s . The g e n e r a l p h y s i c a l a c t i v i t i e s courses a t Augsburg a r e designed t o equip s t u d e n t s f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s . Courses i n r e l i g i o n a r e i n t e n d e d t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r r e f l e c t i o n on t h e meaning o f t h e C h r i s t i a n Church through t h e s t u d y o f i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s mission. MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. 35 courses of which 11 must be upper d i v i s i o n (numbered i n t h e 300's and 400's) and n o t more than 13 i n one department. 2. Completion of a major. 3. A grade p o i n t average of 2 . 0 i n a l l courses taken and i n courses which apply toward t h e major. 4. The l a s t y e a r a t Augsburg College. 5. Three i n t e r i m c o u r s e s . 6. S a t i s f a c t o r y completion of d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as follows (One course may meet one requirement only) : a. A course i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated proficiency i n writing. b. A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e f o l l o w i n g f o u r groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e (from t h e Department of English) ; philosophy; speech o r drama. c. A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following departments: biology, chemistry, mathematics, p h y s i c s , psychology. d. A course from one o r two of t h e f o l l o w i n g departments: economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y ; and one o r two courses from t h e Department of Foreign Languages t o make a t o t a l of t h r e e courses i n t h e s e f i v e departments. e. Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , of which n o t more t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m course. A l l courses l i s t e d i n t h e Department of R e l i g i o n meet t h i s requirement except t h a t only one course of H i s t o r y of Religion may apply. f. A course r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns. g. Three r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s . S t u d e n t s with p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may meet t h i s requirement with one semester o f a c t i v i t i e s . Divisional Organization The c o l l e g e courses a r e organized i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and cooperative aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each d i v i s i o n i s appointed f o r a two-year term. Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n . NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Earl R. A l t o n Chairman : Department Department Department Department of of of of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairman : Norma C . Noonan Department o f Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department o f H i s t o r y Department of P o l i t i c a l Science Department o f Psychology Department of Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Chairman : E i n a r 0. J o h n s o n Department of Education : Elementary Education, Geography, L i b r a r y Science, Secondary Education Department of P h y s i c a l Education and Health Education Department of Music HUMANITIES Chairman : P h i l i p A. Quanbeck Department of A r t Department o f E n g l i s h Department of Foreign Languages : French, German, Greek, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish Department of Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r A r t s Department of Religion Department o f Philosophy Registration A s t u d e n t must be r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n o r d e r t o r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r it. A normal load i s f o u r courses p e r s e m e s t e r and one course i n t h e i n t e r i m . Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r f o u r courses p e r semester a r e defined as full-time students. Although a s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e s e m e s t e r begins, i t i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e r e g u l a r l y scheduled time. A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s a l s o charged f o r changing r e g i s t r a t i o n , i . e . , c a n c e l l i n g o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days of t h e semester. S t u d e n t s a r e urged n o t t o abandon courses f o r which t h e y a r e r e g i s t e r e d , Abandoned courses r e s u l t i n a f a i l i n g grade. C a n c e l l a t i o n of courses o r c a n c e l l a t i o n from c o l l e g e must be done i n t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s Office. S t u d e n t s who have completed a t l e a s t seven courses with a 2.0 average a r e c l a s s i f i e d as sophomores, 16 as j u n i o r s , and 25 as s e n i o r s . Probation and Dismissal A s t u d e n t may be p l a c e d on s c h o l a s t i c p r o b a t i o n a t t h e end of a term i f h i s achievement i s u n s a t i s f a c t o r y : FRESHMAN, SOPHOMORE, JUNIOR, SENIOR, below below below below 1.6 1.7 1.9 2.0 o r 2 z e r o grades having taken 6 o r fewer courses o r 3 z e r o grades having taken 7-15 courses having t a k e n 16-24 courses having t a k e n 25 o r more courses I f a s t u d e n t has been on p r o b a t i o n two o r more semesters c o n s e c u t i v e l y , he i s s u b j e c t t o d i s m i s s a l a t t h e end of t h e f o l l o w i n g s p r i n g term. A s t u d e n t who h a s a poor academic r e c o r d may be s t r o n g l y advised t o withdraw b e f o r e t h e end o f s p r i n g term, b u t i f he wishes t o do s o he may continue on p r o b a t i o n u n t i l t h e end of t h e s p r i n g term. Dismissal from t h e c o l l e g e a t t h e end o f t h e s p r i n g term w i l l n o t b e automatic. Each case w i l l be reviewed by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A s t u d e n t who h a s been on p r o b a t i o n f o r two terms and withdraws from t h e c o l l e g e v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l permission t o r e - e n r o l l . Grading Most courses a r e graded on a s c a l e of 4.0 t o 0 w i t h d e f i n i t i o n s as follows : 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0 .b Achieves h i g h e s t s t a n d a r d s o f e x c e l l e n c e Achieves above b a s i c course s t a n d a r d s . Meets b a s i c s t a n d a r d s f o r t h e course. Performance below b a s i c course s t a n d a r d s . Unacceptable performance (no c r e d i t f o r t h e course) . Most courses a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No C r e d i t system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0 o r b e t t e r and N meaning no c r e d i t and a grade of l e s s t h a n 2.0. On t h e P/N grading system t h e grade i s n o t computed i n t h e grade p o i n t average. A s t u d e n t may count a maximum of e i g h t courses of P toward g r a d u a t i o n . For t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s t h e maximum i s an average of two courses p e r y e a r . An incomplete grade ( I ) may be given only i n t h e case of an extreme emergency. To r e c e i v e an I grade, a s t u d e n t must f i l e a p e t i t i o n with t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r r e q u e s t i n g i t , t h e p l a n and d a t e f o r removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r of t h e course. I f permission t o r e c e i v e an I grade i s g r a n t e d , i t must be removed d u r i n g t h e f o l l o w i n g semester. A grade of X may b e given f o r an Independent Study o r D i r e c t e d Study course t h a t i s t o be s p r e a d o v e r more t h a n one s e m e s t e r . Such a course must be completed d u r i n g t h e second s e m e s t e r o r t h e grade of X w i l l remain on t h e r e c o r d . A course i n which a grade o f 0, 1.0, N, I , o r X has been r e c e i v e d may be repsated f o r c r e d i t . Only the c r e d i t s and grades earned t h e second time are counted toward g r a d u a t i o n and i n t h e grade p o i n t average. Courses i n wllich h i g h e r grades have been earned may n o t be r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t ; t h e y may, however, be a u d i t e d . Education c o u r s e s 371, 372, and 480-484 a r e graded only by P, 1.0, o r N. Sociology courses 231 and 383 a r e graded only on t h e P/N g r a d i n g system. S t u d e n t s must i n d i c a t e on t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n c a r d t h o s e courses which t h e y wish t o t a k e on t h e P/N g r a d i n g system. Any changes i n choice of grading system must b e made d u r i n g t h e f i r s t two weeks of t h e s e m e s t e r . A f e e i s charged a f t e r t h e first t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s . Graduation With Distinction Graduation with d i s t i n c t i o n i s determined as follows : Summa cum laude Magna cum laude Cum laude 3.9 3.6 3.3 - 4.0 grade average 3.89 grade average - 3.59 grade average - General Information Credit by Examination S t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n e a r n i n g c r e d i t by examinations should c o n s u l t with department chairmen o r with t h e R e g i s t r a r . C r e d i t may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program (CLEP) o r by comprehensive examinations. Classification ....... .......... ........ Sophomore Junior Senior.. ........14 grade p o i n t s ........32 grade p o i n t s 7 courses 16 courses 25 c o u r s e s . . ..... .50 grade p o i n t s To be considered f u l l time f o r t h e y e a r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e courses each of t h e two semesters and one course during t h e i n t e r i m ( f o r a t o t a l of seven c o u r s e s ) . To be considered f u l l time f o r a semester, a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e c o u r s e s . Courses A l l courses have e q u i v a l e n t v a l u e u n l e s s otherwise i n d i c a t e d . A course h a s t h e approximate v a l u e o f 4 s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35 courses i s r e q u i r e d f o r g r a d u a t i o n . Most courses meet f o r t h r e e sixty-minute p e r i o d s o r two ninety-minute p e r i o d s a week i n a d d i t i o n t o l a b o r a t o r i e s . Each s e m e s t e r i s approximately 15 weeks i n l e n g t h . Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making changes i n course o f f e r i n g s . Courses with inadequate r e g i s t r a t i o n may be c a n c e l l e d . Students should c o n s u l t t h e schedule of c l a s s e s t o determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e c u r r e n t course o f f e r i n g s . Numbering Courses numbered below 300 a r e lower d i v i s i o n courses; t h o s e numbered 300 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d a s upper d i v i s i o n . I n g e n e r a l , courses numbered i n t h e 1 0 0 ' s a r e p r i m a r i l y f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores; 300 ' s f o r j u n i o r s ; and 400's f o r s e n i o r s . The f i r s t number i n d i c a t e s t h e l e v e l of t h e course; t h e second i s t h e d i v i s i o n w i t h i n t h e department; and t h e t h i r d i d e n t i f i e s t h e course. Symbol Course may be taken w i t h t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r #. i r r e s p e c t i v e of p r e r e q u i s i t e s . Course Descriptions American Studies Descriptions of t h e courses o f f e r e d i n 1974-75 are given on t h e following pages. See preceding page f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c . Director: Grier Nicholl MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 499, p l u s 1 1 c o u r s e s i n U.S. H i s t o r y , L i t e r a t u r e and Fine A r t s i n t h e U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n t h e U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s i n one o f t h e s e areas and 3 i n each o f t h e o t h e r s ) . ELECTIW COURSES AND OPTIONS: H i s t o r y o f t h e United S t a t e s Amsrican S t u d i e s 231 H i s t o r y 221, 222, 331, 332, 495 R e l i g i o n 363, 352 L i t e r a t u r e and Fine A r t s i n t h e United S t a t e s A m r i c a n S t u d i e s 232 A r t 102 E n g l i s h 243 ( a l s o Speech 2 4 1 ) . 250, 351, 423, 490 S o c i a l s c i e n c e s i n t h e United S t a t e s Geography 1 14 Education 478, 488 P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 3 2 5 , 326, 342, 370, 371 S o c i o l o g y 1 1 1 , 231, 237, 351, 383, 463 Economics 120, 122, 251, 453 TEACHING MAJOR: 16 c o u r s e s . S a m as above, p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n foreign c i v i l i z a t i o n area t o be approved b y director. MINOR: 7 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 o r 495 p l u s under major. 2 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f above groupings 2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERI CAN HISTORY An examination of s e l e c t e d t o p i c s r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e.g., religion under slavery, churches as agents o f s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . (Fall) 2 3 2 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a limited period of t h e black experience i n America with an emphasis upon t h e contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g ) 2 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE Focuses on a s i g n i f i c a n t problem o r phenomenon i n American urban l i f e today., e r g . , c u l t u r a l pluralism, t h e urban Indian. A study o f t h e approaches of various m s c i p l i n e s t o t h e i s s u e . Use o f Twin C i t i e s a r e a resource persons t o speak first Ilfintnd t o t h e issue. One student p r o j e c t emphasizes t h e i n t e g r a t i o n of pri 111arysource materials, d i s c i p l i n a r y approaches and d i r e c t observation. Open t a fr'rsshmn, sophomores. all) 4 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERI CAN ISSUE For description, see 295. l e v e l of work. ( F a l l ) Open t o juniors and seniors who w i l l do a d i f f e r e n t 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY One p r o j e c t of an i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y nature. encouraged. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) F i e l d experience during i n t e r i m 3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING Seven weeks of d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions of perception, s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and transparent watercolor. ( P r e e q . : 107. Spring) 3 6 8 PRINTMAKING I 1 Advanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1 Three major works i n any of t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead, wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and o t h e r s . ( P r e r e q . : 221. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 6 HISTORY OF PAINTING Survey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s of non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e all) and a r c h i t e c t u r e . 4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, and Pre-Columbian, with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g ) 4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE Survey o f Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and O r i e n t a l s t y l e s , and with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and sculpture. 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors who have s p e c i a l concerns outside t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111. ( F a l l , Spring) Department of Biology Chairman : Ralph Sulerud MAJOR, O p t i o n I : 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and a t l e a s t one w u r s e from e a c h o f the f o l l o w i n g three groups: I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology, Comparative V e r t e b r a t e Zoology, P l a n t B i o l o g y (Group I); G e n e t i c s , P h y s i o l o g y , Developmental B i o l o g y (Group I I ) ;B i o c h e m i s t r y , C e l l u l a r B i o l o g y , Microbiology (Group r T I ) P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352; Mathematics 124 ( o r 1 2 1 ) ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 a l s o r e q u i m d . S t u d e n t s i n t e n d l n g t o enter medical s c h o o l o r graduate s c h o o l s h o u l d o r d i n a r i l y choose this major. . one c o u r s e from e a c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n g f i v e groups: I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology, Comparative V e r t e b r a t e Anatomy (Group I ) ; Genetics, D e v e l o p m n t a l B i o l o g y (Group rr];P l a n t BTology, Ecology (Group 1 1 1 ) ;B i o c h e m i s t r y , P h y s i o l o g y (Group I V ) I C e l l B i o l o g y , P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 [ o r Microbiology (Group V ) 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 223 ( o r 351, 352) a l s o r e q u i r e d . S t u d e n t s who plan t o t e a c h i n secondary s c h o o l s o f t e n select this major. MAJOR, O p t i o n XI: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and a t l e a s t . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and three upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1061 a l s o r e q u i r e d . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar; one c o u r s e o f approved i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y w i t h an o r a l d e f e n s e o f t h e r e s e a r c h r e p o r t . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r t h e h o n o r s m a j o r s h o u l d be made n o l a t e r t h a n the f i r s t t e r m o f the s e n i o r year. 101 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended f o r majors i n biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major o r minor. Students who receive a grade of B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 112 on consent of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function of t h e human body. and l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l f o r n u r s e s o n l y ; S p r i n g f o r o t h e r s t u d e n t s ) (Lecture 108 MICROBIOLOGY Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well a s applications of microbiology t o t h e f i e l d s of medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring) 110 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms. The impact man has made upon t h e ecosystem with h i s urbanization, p o l l u t i o n , and population explosion. Laboratory demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The present s i t u a t i o n i n t h e n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of t h e C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Does not apply toward t h e biology major. ( I n t e r i m ) 111, 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY 4\' For biology and o t h e r science majors. The course includes an introduction t o molecular biology, c e l l u l a r biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms. Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s A comprehensive introduction t o b i o l o g i c a l science. l e c t u r e ; 4 hours laboratory. 111, F a l l ; 1 1 2 , S p r i n g ) 3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY The major i n v e r t e b r a t e types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior, l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . 13 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 4 h o u r s laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) 3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, evolution, d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics o f t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . P r e r e q . : 112. I n t e r i m ) 3 5 5 GENETICS The p r i n c i p l e s of h e r e d i t y with emphasis on r e c e n t advances i n human genetics. Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of t h e major d i v i s i o n s of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study of anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : 112. Spring) 3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of t h e chemistry of p r o t e i n s , carbohydrates, l i p i d s and n u c l e i c acids including intermediary metabolism. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e . Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 o r 352 o r #. F a l l ) 4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e . Laboratory work includes micro-technique, cytological s t u d i e s , c e l l physiology and t i s s u e c u l t u r e . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112, 367 o r #; P h y s i c s 103 o r 122 o r #. I n t e r i m ) 4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY A study of t h e physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 o r 352 o r #; P h y s i c s 103 o r 122 or #. F a l l ) 4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY A considuration o f t h e physiological and morphological changes which occur d u r i n g the development of organisr~iswith amphnsis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e animals. Experimental as well as descril?tivc s t u d i c s are included i n t h e laboratory work. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Pxereg. : 112. S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY An introduction t o t h e study v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, pathogenicity a r e considered 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: of micro-organisms with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and morphology, physiology, genetics, and as well as c e r t a i n methods. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 112, 367 o r #. F a l l ) 4 8 1 ECOLOGY A survey of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e study o f r e c i p r o c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , some Saturday f i e l d t r i p s . Prereq.: 112, 361 o r #. S p r i n g ) 4 9 1 SEMINAR Discussions of t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and research. Topics may concern research performed by s t u d e n t s i n independent study p r o j e c t s . Course c r e d i t i s n o t given f o r seminar, but juniors and s e n i o r s who plan t o major i n biology o r n a t u r a l science ( f o r premedical students) a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. (Weekly meetings. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual laboratory, f i e l d , o r Library research under t h e d i r e c t i o n of an i n s t r u c t o r . Intended f o r biology majors who a r e juniors o r s e n i o r s . (Prereq. : 112, and previous arrangement w i t h I n s t r u c t o r . F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , Summer) Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Chairman: Edward M. Sabella Business Administration MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 261, 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 374, 3 8 1 , and either 483 or 484. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For t h o s e p l a n n i n g on c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e t w o r e m a i n i n g I n addition, c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 483, 484 i s recommended. c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e s t r o n g l y recommended. MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALTZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 262, 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 , and one other c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 382, 483. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . (392 i s s t r o n g l y recommended.) In a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e s t r o n g l y recommended. MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and one o f 2 6 1 , 373, 379, 478; and one o f 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 381; and Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e t h e C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c A c c o u n t a n t s (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e m e n t must h a v e completed t h e m a j o r i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n - A c c o u n t i n g , t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d the N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s or Mathematics g e n e r a l c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t not more t h a n 12 c o u r s e s o f r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, F i n a n c e , and Mathematics .) S t u d e n t s who h a v e completed t h e above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r the r u l e s o f t h e Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r t h e e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y a f t e r g r a d u a t i o n . 101 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals of accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, cost c o n t r o l , and performance measurement. (Fall, Interim) 102 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Formulation of general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from perspectives of various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 . Interim, S p r i n g ) 1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) 261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds within t h e firm: sources and uses of long and s h o r t term funds, cost of c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. Fall) 2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I An analysis of accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term a s s e t s . (Prereq.: 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l ) 2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1 An a n a l y s i s of accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and r e s e r v e s , a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s . Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes. ( P r e r e q . : 262. S p r i n g ) 3 7 3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings, ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g ) l e c t u r e s , and case material. 3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y , sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High S c h o o l A l g e b r a . Fall) 3 8 1 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and c o n t r o l of economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as o t h e r quantative and behavioral ( P r e r e q : 1 0 1 , 102. S p r i n g ) topics . . 3 8 2 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of f e d e r a l income t a x e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l s and various forms of business e n t e r p r i s e s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 3 9 9 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A s t u d e n t may receive course c r e d i t s through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l organization. In addition t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #. Fall, Interim, Spring, S m r ) 4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f various types of s e c u r i t i e s from t h e viewpoint of both i n d i v i d u a l and i n s t i t u t i o n a l i n v e s t o r s . Extensive coverage o f c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. ( ~ r e r e q:. 261. Economics 392 i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d . F a l l ) 4 8 3 AUDITING I n t e r n a l and e x t e r n a l a u d i t i n g procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and c o n t r o l s f o r accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. F a l l ) 4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING P a r t n e r s h i p accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent and s u b s i d i a r y accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 4 9 5 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members o f t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e areas of Accounting, Finance o r General Business. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On B m a n d ) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) Business Education MAJOR: 12-18 C o u r s e s . CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 , 364, 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t r e q u i r e d . I n a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e recommended. ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 108. ECONOMTCS SPECIALIZATION: Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and Core p l u s Economics 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 391 SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: OFFICE SPECIALTZATION: MTNOR: or 392. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 2 2 1 , 350, and 353. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 350, and E n g l i s h 219. Five courses i n Business Education. COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core p l u s 5 o t h e r c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 2 1 , 350 and 353. TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM I f a s t u d e n t d e s i r e s a t w o - y e a r s e c r e t a r i a l program, a c e r t i f i c a t e w i l l be awarded upon c o m p l e t i o n o f the f o l l a u i n g : B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 1 0 , 2 2 1 , 350, 353, 368, 460 and B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 131 and Economics 120. A s t u d e n t i n t h e two-year program must select s i x c o u r s e s from t h e g e n e r a l education r e q u i r e m n t s . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f concentration. 1 0 1 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No C r e d i t ) The fundamental s k i l l s of typewriter. Emphasis on personal use. Not a v a i l a b l e t o students who have had one year o f high school typewriting. (Interim) 1 0 8 CALCULATING MACHINES Operation of ten-key adding machine;. r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and e l e c t r o n i c calculators. ( F a l l ) 1 1 0 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY Operation of t r a n s c r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and records management, introduction t o data processing, and e f f i c i e n t handling of o f f i c e d u t i e s . ( I n t e r i m ) 221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond J u b i l e e ) with emphasis on theory, reading, and w r i t i n g shorthand. Introduction t o t r a n s c r i p t i o n . Development o f speed i n t r a n s c r i b i n g m a t e r i a l d i c t a t e d a t minimum speed o f 80 words a minute. (Not open t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e h a d one y e a r o f s h o r t h a n d i n h i g h school. Fall) 3 5 0 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING Development of typewriting technique i n business l e t t e r arrangement, b i l l i n g , tabulating, manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. ( P r e r e q . : High school t y p e w r i t i n g o r equivalent. Spring) 3 5 3 ADVANCED SHORTHAND Advanced study of Gregg Shorthand with rapid d i c t a t i o n and t r a n s c r i p t i o n of material d i c t a t e d a t speeds of 80-120 words a minute. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 or e q u i v a l ent Spring) . 3 6 4 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS Communication i n t h e o f f i c e through use of telephone, telegram, and w r i t i n g o f business l e t t e r s , memorandums, manuals and reports. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course c r e d i t s through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend some time working with some organization. In addition, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , Summr) 4 6 0 OFFICE MANAGEMENT Problems r e l a t i n g t o supervision and management i n t h e business o f f i c e , s e l e c t i o n and t r a i n i n g o f employees; and human r e l a t i o n s within t h e o f f i c e . (Spring) 4 6 5 BUSINESS SEMINAR--MARKETING Principles o f marketing with emphasis on d i s t r i b u t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e consumer i n t h e marketing process. Materials and methods i n teaching of b a s i c business s u b j e c t s and p r o j e c t s i n marketing. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1 9 74-75) Economics MAJOR : ECONOMICS Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 454 and three other c o u r s e s o f economics o f f e r i n g s . Business Administration 101, 102, 379, a l s o required. T h e complete c a l c u l u s sequence i s v e r y s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d f o r t h o s e planning graduate s t u d y i n economics. Mathematics 373 may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 379. In a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer p r o g r a n d n g a r e s t r o n g l y recommended. COMBINED MAJOR: ECONObECS-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258 and me other course from economics o f f e r i n g s . B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 3 , 379 and one other c o m e from business a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f f e r i n g s a l s o r e q u i r e d . In a d d i t i o n , courses i n , d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer p r o g r a m i n g a r e h i g h l y r e c o m n d e d . MINOR: Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258 and o n e other c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER CERTIFICATION S t u d e n t s who c o m p l e t e t h e m a j o r i n economics may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s a secondary s c h o o l s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r i f i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e m a j o r , t h e y c o m p l e t e c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : geography, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and s o c i o l o g y . They m u s t a l s o c o m p l e t e t h e r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s . For d e t a i l s , c o n s u l t w i t h t h e Department o f E d u c a t i o n . E m n o m i c s 1 2 0 , 122 and 1 2 3 w i l l s a t i s f y g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s . Economics 120 w i l l s a t i s f y t h e urban c o n c e r n s r e q u i r e m e n t . 1 2 0 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of t h e economic implications of t h e many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of t h e t o p i c s t o be discussed are: Population llCrisisl'; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n ; D i s t r i b u t i n g Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c . Note: Economics 120 i s a b a s i c course designed f o r those s t u d e n t s who do not plan t o major i n e i t h e r Economics, Business Administration o r Business Education. Students who plan t o major i n t h e above t h r e e areas should e n r o l l i n 122 and 123 r a t h e r than 120. 122 and 123 a r e a l s o open t o non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 1 2 2 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income analysis, monetary and f i s c a l policy, i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 o r 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n e i t h e r order, o r may be taken i n t h e same term i n o r d e r f o r t h e s t u d e n t t o progress more r a p i d l y t o o t h e r courses. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) 1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) An introduction t o micro-economics, t h e theory of t h e household, firm, market s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . Application of elementary economic theory t o market p o l i c y . May be taken independently of Economics 122 o r 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n e i t h e r order, o r may be taken i n t h e same term i n order f o r t h e s t u d e n t t o progress more r a p i d l y t o o t h e r courses. ( F a l l , Interim, Spring) 2 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMI CS Theory of resource a l l o c a t i o n , a n a l y s i s of consumer behavior, firm and i n d u s t r y ; t h e p r i c i n g of f a c t o r s of production and income d i s t r i b u t i o n ; i n t r o d u c t i o n t o welfare economics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 3 . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 5 8 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMI CS Determinants of n a t i o n a l income, employment and p r i c e l e v e l analyzed v i a macro-models. Attention p a i d t o areas of monetary-fiscal p o l i c y , growth and t h e business cycle. (Prereq.: 1 2 2 . F a l l ) 3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS See under Department o f Business Administration. 3 9 1 PUBLIC FINANCE Analysis of t h e p r i n c i p l e s o f t a x a t i o n and p u b l i c expenditures; t h e impact of f i s c a l p o l i c y on economic a c t i v i t y ; debt p o l i c y and i t s economic i m p l i c a t i o n s . (Prereq.: 123. F a l l ) 392 MONEY AND BANKING Functioning o f t h e monetary and banking systems, p a r t i c u l a r l y commercial banks, t h e Federal Reserve System and i t s r o l e i n r e l a t i o n t o aggregate economic a c t i v i t y . Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. ( ~ r e r e q . : 1 2 2 . Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A s t u d e n t may receive course c r e d i t s through an inte'rnship program which i s applicab ,LC t o but n o t required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e studcnr t h e opportunity t o spend some time working with some organization. In udditi,on, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, S m r ) 453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY Analysis o f l a b o r markets; determination of wages, c o l l e c t i v e bargaining. P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n p a i d t o t h e economic problems o f minority groups and poverty areas. ( P r e r e q . : 251 or #. S p r i n g ) 4 5 4 WELFARE ECONOMI CS Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic e f f i c i e n c y o f a l t e r n a t i v e market s t r u c t u r e s ; s o c i a l welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. ( P r e r e q . : 251 or #. S p r i n g , a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members o f t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and current n a t i o n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l economic problems and p o l i c i e s . ( ~ r e r e q . : #. all, m t e r i m , S p r i n g , on Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o afford him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. (Prereq.: #. all, m t e r i m , S p r i n g ) Department of Chemistry Chairman: E a r l Alton GHAUUAl'IGV kMJOR IN CIIBMISYTY: 1 1 5 , 116 (OZ 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 1 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 361 and one advanmd course which n a y i n c l u d e B i o c h e m i s t r y . P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125 a l s o r e q u i r e d . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n s e m i n a r . AMERICAN CIIEFIICAL SOCIETY APPROWD MWOR: 11 m u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , and a l l chemistry c o u r s e s above 350. C h e m i s t r y s e m i n a r p a r t i c i p a t i o n ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. R e a d i n g a b i l i t y i n German e q u i v a l e n t t o 2 s e m e s t e r s a l s o r e q u i r e d . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s w h i c h must i n c l u d e 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s i n c h e m i s t r y . 2 2 3 , 353, and 3 6 1 a r e recommended; b i o c h e m i s t r y may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 361. TEACHING MAJOR: The same a s the g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r e x c e p t t h a t it i s s u g g e s t e d t h a t Advanced I n o r g a n i c be t a k e n a s the advanced c o u r s e . T h e same as the g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r . In a d d i t i o n , n e d i c a l s d w 2 s exp& a t l e a s t two c o u r s e s (and u s u a l l y more) i n b i o l o g y . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d consult mmbers o f the c h e m i s t r y department f o r assistance i n p l a n n i n g a course program e a r l y i n t.l:r+ir c o l l e g e c a r e e r . P ~ - M E L X L ' A L Ctil?MISITW!d&JDf<: DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: F u l l ACS major; a v e r a g e o f 3.50 i n c h e m i s t r y , m a t h e m a t i c s , and p h y s i c s ; 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; o n e summer or c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. C r e d i t w i l l not be g r a n t e d f o r b o t h 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 3 5 1 , 352. 1 0 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed f o r nurses a t Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview Hospitals. Selected elements of general, organic, and b i o l o g i c a l chemistry around t h e theme: t h e molecular b a s i s of l i f e . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 two-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : h i g h school chemistry. Fall) 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Somewhat l e s s rigorous than 115, 116; designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r students who w i l l not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 i n t o 351, 353, o r 223. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 hours o f laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS First semester devoted t o fundamental p r i n c i p l e s ; and second t o inorganic chemistry, q u a l i t a t i v e analysis, and a b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry. An i n t e n s i v e course f o r pre-medical students and f u t u r e chemists. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 h o u r s o f l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: a l g e b r a , p l a n e geometry. 1 1 5 , F a l l ; 1 1 6 , S p r i n g ) h i g h school chemistry, 2 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGAN IC CHEMISTRY Designed f o r medical technology students and others i n a paramedical science area whose professional goals require l e s s than t h e more i n t e n s i v e two-semester organic course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference t o biochemistry. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 t h r e e - h o u r l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 0 5 or 115. Spring) 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with s p e c i a l emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material i s c o r r e l a t e d by means of modern t h e o r i e s of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and r e a c t i o n mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l and environmental sciences. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , o n e 4.5-hour 351, F a l l ; 352, S p r i n g ) laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116. 3 5 3 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers volumetric analysis and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves q u a n t i t a t i v e analysis of a v a r i e t y of samples, and includes t r a c e analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. O f f e r e d Interim f o r m a j o r s a s p e r I n t e r i m s c h e d u l e . O f f e r e d S p r i n g , e s p e c i a l l y f o r Medical T e c h n o l o g y m a j o r s : 3 l e c t u r e s , one 4.5 h o u r l a b o r a t o r y ) 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, k i n e t i c s , quantum theory, and s t a t e s of matter. Applications of t h e s e concepts t o areas of molecular s t r u c t u r e , e q u i l i b r i a and electrochemistry i n t h e second semester. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , o n e 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 . 361, F a l l ; 362, S p r i n g ) 353; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 4 6 4 ADVANCED ORGAN IC CHEMISTRY Organized around t h e problems of i d e n t i f y i n g organic compountis i n t h e laboratory. Lecture t o p i c s include s t r u c t u r e - s p e c t r a c o r r e l a t i o n s for I R , UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of t h e l i t e r a t u r e (including Rei lstein) ; and f u r t h e r study of r e a c t i o n mechanisms. I n f r a r e d and u l t r a v i o l e t spectra r o u t i n e l y used. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 6 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some r e a d i n g knowledge o f German. S p r i n g ) 4 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY P r i n c i p l e s of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied t o a n a l y t i c a l methods as well as chromatographic and e l e c t r o - a n a l y t i c a l techniques of analysis. t 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 353, 362, o r #. F a l l ) 4 8 2 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic r e a c t i o n s using t h e e l e c t r o s t a t i c , valence bond, and molecular o r b i t a l models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of ligand f i e l d theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a v a r i e t y of techniques. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 three-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereg.: 362 or #. S p r i n g ) 4 8 3 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory i n terms o f Schrodinger's wa.ve equation and uses t h e equation t o solve t h e problems o f thc harmonic o s c j . l l a t o r and t h e hydrogen atom. Approximate s o l u t i o n s a r e introduced and uscd t o develop molecular o r b i t a l theory f o r molecules. Includes commutators, e l e c t r o n spin, angular momentum and group theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 361 o r #. F a l l ) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course c r e d i t , i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and s e n i o r s a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. Outside v i s i t o r s a r e occasionally i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e . 4 9 7 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Clwn~i.strymajors planning research careers need research experience before grilduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research p r o j e c t i n t h e department (not counted as a course) o r by research p a r t i c i p a t i o n d u r i n g t h e academic year. East Asian Studies T h i s major, o f f e r e d b y t h e f i v e c o l l e g e s i n the Cooperative Program, c o n s i s t s o f 12 t o 16 c o u r s e s d i s t r i b u t e d a s f o l l o w s : Four c o u r s e s i n Chinese and/or Japanese language Four c o u r s e s i n c u l t u r a l s p e c i a l i z a t i o n Four c o u r s e s i n comparative emphases Confer w i t h Donald G u s t a f s o n o f the h i s t o r y department, o r Donald S t e i n m e t z o f the f o r e i g n languages department , f o r i n f o r m a t i o n on s p e c i f i c c o u r s e s t h a t may a p p l y toward t h i s major. Department of Education Acting Chairman: Lauretta E . Pelton The c o u r s e s , O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n , a r e open t o a l l s t u d e n t s o f sophomore s t a n d i n g or above. T o enroll i n other e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s , a s t u d e n t m u s t h a v e the a p p r o v a l o f the d e p a r t m e n t or be a d m i t t e d t o the t e a c h e r e d u c a t i o n c u r r i c u l u m . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a d m i s s i o n s h o u l d be made i n the S p r i n g s e m e s t e r o f the sophomore y e a r . Elementary Education ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 2 5 5 , 361, 362, 371, 372, o n e i n t e r i m , and t w o o f 481, 4 8 2 , 483, 484, H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 111, and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 358 a l s o r e q u i r e d . An academic minor i s r e q u i r e d ; and an academic m a j o r i s recommended. 2 5 5 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION I N URBAN SETTING ( E l e m e n t a r y ) Investigation of various aspects of t h e teaching profession and opportunity f o r in-s chool work. Open t o a l l students. ( P r e r e q . : sophomore s t a n d i n g . Fall, Spring) 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 TEACHER COMPETENCIES I d e n t i f i c a t i o n and mastery of competencies necessary f o r teaching i n t h e elementary school. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q . : Admission t o elementary educatian. F a l l , Spring) 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: METHODS AND MATERIALS Examination and preparation of materials and resources f o r each of t h e subject areas taught a t t h e elementary l e v e l . Application of teacher competencies t o each of t h e subject areas. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q . : Concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 361, 362. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 7 8 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY See under Secondary Education. 481, 4 8 2 STUDENT TEACHING I Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g learning experiences i n elementary school under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: 361, 362, 3 7 1 , 372. Fall, Spring) 4 8 3 STUDENT TEACHING I 1 Refinement of teaching s k i 11s a t elementary l e v e l . Additional teaching experience i n t h e classroom. ( P r e r e q . : 481 or 482. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 4 STUDENT TEACHING I 1 Refinement of teaching s k i l l s a t elementary level. Additional teaching experience i n t h e classroom. (Pxereq.: 481 or 482 and 483. O f f e r e d on demand) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on a t o p i c of i n t e r e s t i n t h e f i e l d of education, worked out i n consultation with a f a c u l t y member. (Open t o j u n i o r s and seniors. F a l l , S p r i n g ) Department of English Acting chairman: Ronald Palosaari MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 3 c o u r s e s i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e ( 1 c o u r s e from l i t e r a t u r e b e f o r e 1 6 6 0 ) , 1 c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , 1 c o u r s e i n world l i t e r a t u r e ( a c o u r s e o u t s i d e t h e Anglo-American t r a d i t i o n ) , and c o u r s e 219. MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g those l i s t e d f o r t h e m a j o r and 320. A c o u r s e i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g ( 2 1 9 ) i s r e q u i r e d . C o u r s e s 250 and 438 recommended. S p e e c h 111 or 352 or 355, and 360 or 366; and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 475 a r e r e q u i r e d . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; s u b m i t program t o department chairman e a r l y i n s e n i o r y e a r ; d e f e n d h o n o r s t h e s i s b e f o r e f a c u l t y committee i n s e n i o r y e a r . Honors t h e s i s may be an i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y program. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g o n e c o u r s e i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , and either 219 or 320. T e a c h i n g m i n o r s m u s t i n c l u d e b o t h 219 and 320. E n g l i s h 111 i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d b u t n o t a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e c o u r s e . P r e r e q u i s i t e f o r an upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e i s successful completion o f a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course. 1 11 EFFECTIVE WRITING The study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing. Attention t o correct usage, l o g i c a l organization and t h e research paper. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 219 ADVANCED WRITING A course designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n a v a r i e t y of w r i t i n g s p e c i a l i z a t i o n s . The focus of each course w i l l s h i f t from term t o term, e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART An i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e a r t i s t i c value and t h e h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e f i l m medium. See a l s o d e s c r i p t i o n under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts (Spring) . 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920 Works of s e l e c t e d American w r i t e r s from Colonial times through t h e emergence o f naturalism; reading and a n a l y s i s of s i g n i f i c a n t works; a t t e n t i o n i s a l s o given t o t h e contribution of t h e w r i t e r t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development and l i t e r a r y movements of American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 261 MODERN FICTION S i g n i f i c a n t works of s e l e c t e d prose w r i t e r s , c h i e f l y European, of t h e twentieth century. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 271 GREEK AND ROMAN LITERATURE Study of t h e works of s e l e c t e d c l a s s i c a l Greek and Roman w r i t e r s i n t h e various genre, and t h e influence of t h e c l a s s i c a l t r a d i t i o n on l a t e r Western l i t e r a t u r e . (Fall, Spring) 272 LITERARY CLASS1CS Reading, analysis, discussion of s e l e c t e d European c l a s s i c s from t h e Renaissance t o t h e Modern Age, c h i e f l y non-English w r i t e r s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 43 II n 2 8 8 LITERARY C R I T I C I S M A course designed t o introduce students t o t h e various ways i n which modern l i t e r a r y c r i t i c s have approached t h e problem of analyzing and evaluating l i t e r a t u r e . Students w i l l study t h e works of h i s t o r i c a l , psychological, t e x t u a l , and archetypal c r i t i c s , and then attempt t o apply such approaches t o s e l e c t e d works of l i t e r a t u r e . 3 2 0 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE A study of modern English viewed from a h i s t o r i c a l perspective, with reading i n recent l i n g u i s t i c s t u d i e s . Designed t o give t h e student an introduction t o s t r u c t u r a l l i n g u i s t i c s and a view of t h e development of t h e English 1anguage (Spring) . 3 3 1 CHAUCER AND H I S AGE While t h e primary study of t h e course w i l l be t h e writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable a t t e n t i o n w i l l be given t o t h e medieval l i t e r a r y milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama w i l l be examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l ) 3 3 2 MILTON AND H I S AGE A study of Milton's major poems and s e l e c t e d prose. In addition t h e Renaissance l i t e r a r y t r a d i t i o n out of which Milton created h i s works w i l l be examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) 3 3 6 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO BLAKE Reading, analysis, and discussion o f works of s e l e c t e d w r i t e r s from t h e metaphysical poets through Blake, with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , and s o c i a l influences and t h e major l i t e r a r y movements. ( F a l l ) 3 3 7 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS Study of t h e works of s i g n i f i c a n t Romantic and Victorian poets, c r i t i c s , e s s a y i s t s and n o v e l i s t s and of t h e major l i t e r a r y movements of t h e century. (Spring) 3 5 1 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1 9 2 0 A study of some recent and contemporary w r i t e r s and l i t e r a r y movements. Attention i s given t o t h e dynamics of American s o c i e t y and i t s i n t r i c a t e r e l a t i o n s h i p t o t h e l i t e r a t u r e . Special emphasis i s given t o t h e c i t y as s e t t i n g and symbol i n modern American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 6 7 MODERN POETRY Study of t h e work of s e l e c t e d twentieth century poets, c h i e f l y B r i t i s h and American, with a t t e n t i o n t o recent c r i t i c i s m . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, Fall) 3 6 8 MODERN DRAMA S i g n i f i c a n t works of American, B r i t i s h , and continental dramatists of t h e twentieth century. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l ) 3 7 5 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL See description under Scandinavian Studies 3 5 1 . 3 7 6 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA See description under Scandinavian Studies 352. 3 9 9 INTERNSHIP I n t e r e s t e d students should consult t h e Department Chairman o r t h e Internship Director. 4 2 3 STUDIES I N THE NOVEL A survey of t h e development of t h e novel through study of t h e s e l e c t e d B r i t i s h , American, and Continental novels. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l ) 4 3 8 SHAKESPEARE Study of t e n o r twelve major plays--comedies, h i s t o r i e s , tragedies--with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e development of Shakespeare's dramatic and p o e t i c a r t . Additional plays assigned f o r reading a n a l y s i s . ( S p r i n g ) 4 9 0 , 4 9 1 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme o r movement; course 491, a major w r i t e r o r a major work. Enrollment open t o juniors and s e n i o r s . ( F a l l , Spring) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Open t o junior o r s e n i o r English majors with a grade of B o r consent of department chairman. Provides d i r e c t e d independent study i n t h e a r e a of t h e all, S p r i n g ) s t u d e n t ' s choice. Department of Foreign Language Chairman: Donald Steinmetz Students with previous foreign language study should r e g i s t e r i n courses s u i t e d f o r t h e i r p a r t i c u l a r l e v e l of preparation. Basically, placement i n foreign language courses follows t h e formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 term of college foreign language. To allow f o r i n d i v i d u a l differences, however, f i n a l placement i s made according t o t h e r e s u l t s of a placement t e s t which may be taken a t t h e beginning of any term and a f t e r consultation with t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Students placed i n a p a r t i c u l a r course wishing t o r e g i s t e r f o r a more elementary course may do so, but only f o r a grade of P/N. French MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 212, i n c l u d i n g two i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , one i n c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h r e e i n l i t e r a t u r e , o f which one should b e c o u r s e 352. One i n t e r i m p l u s one s e m e s t e r , o r one s e m e s t e r p l u s one summer o f s t u d y i n France s t r o n g l y recommended. MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s above 212, i n c l u d i n g one i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , one i n c i v i l i z a t i o n , and one i n l i t e r a t u r e . One i n t e r i m o r summer o f s t u d y i n France s t r o n g l y recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ; European H i s t o r y , a second language, l i n g u i s t i c s , English l i t e r a t u r e . 0 1 1 DIRECTED STUDY Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No c r e d i t . Offered on demand. 1 1 1 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed language and verb speaking advanced t o introduce t h e student with no previous background i n French t o t h e and t o French c u l t u r e . The pronunciation system, b a s i c noun groups forms, and sentence s t r u c t u r e s a r e taught t o enable understanding and on a rudimentary l e v e l . Two hours laboratory work. See above on all , Spring) placement. 1 1 2 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 111 o r equivalent. Through conversations, sentence p r a c t i c e , and readings, t h e study of t e n s e s and forms i s completed t o make possible b a s i c communication, beginning reading s k i l l s , and acquaintance with French c u l t u r e and way of l i f e . Two hours laboratory work. See above on (Spring) advanced placement . 2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Those who have s t u d i e d most of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s may h e r e review a l l t e n s e s and some o t h e r s t r u c t u r e s through a core of twentieth-century French l i t e r a r y readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and g r e a t e r ease i n reading. Two hours laboratory work. ( F a l l ) 2 1 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Completes t h e review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s and more complex forms. Several twentieth-century l i t e r a r y works a r e explored with t h e goals of communicating ideas and b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t reading s k i l l t o pursue general reading and (Spring) l i t e r a r y study i n French. 2 4 3 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of French l i t e r a t u r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through i n d i v i d u a l i z e d background reading and c l a s s discussion, s t u d e n t s become acquainted with a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e s e works. Sophomore standing. Does n o t count toward a French major o r minor. (Fall) 3 1 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION Post-intermediate l e v e l . Explores t o p i c s of current i n t e r e s t i n both o r a l and w r i t t e n form t o b u i l d fluency, accuracy, and f a c i l i t y of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, e f f e c t i v e organization of i d e a s . Laboratory assignments. A p r e r e q u i s i t e t o o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n (Fall) courses. 3 1 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach t o coherent and c o r r e c t expression. Attention t o grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , French t u r n s of phrase and elementary s t y l i s t i c s French phonology and speech groups p r a c t i c e d t o overcome inadequacies and ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. O f f e r e d I n t e r i m 1 9 7 5 , and i n c o r r e c t speech h a b i t s . y e a r l y on demand) . 3 3 1 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N : HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of t h e d i v e r s i f i e d development of t h e French from t h e i r beginnings t o t h e modern period. S p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o c u l t u r a l manifestations of t h e i r Readings, r e p o r t s , i n t e l l e c t u a l , p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and a r t i s t i c self-awareness. extensive use of audio-visual m a t e r i a l s . In French. (Prereq.: 311 o r c o n s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g 1976) 3 3 2 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N TODAY Topics i n twentieth-century problems, i d e a s , c u l t u r a l manifestations t h a t ' promote understanding t h e French people and t h e i r c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e contemporary scene. Readings, r e p o r t s , extensive use of audio-visual m a t e r i a l s and p e r i o d i c a l s . In French. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. A l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g 19 7 5 ) 3 5 1 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE A survey o f t h e major l i t e r a r y works from t h e twelfth century renaissance through t h e s i x t e e n t h century. These include t h e epic, c o u r t l y romance, e a r l y h i s t o r i a n s , e a r l y t h e a t r e , l y r i c poetry, f i c t i o n , and t h e essay. Oral and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n French, some laboratory t e x t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1974-75; o f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r ) - 352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY A survey o f t h e major l i t e r a r y contributors t o t h e c l a s s i c a l age i n France and t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , and e t h i c a l currents r e f l e c t e d i n t h e i r works. Theatre, poetry, e a r l y novel, l e t t e r s and o t h e r prose forms. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory work i n French. Required of a l l majors. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1974-75. Offered a l t e r n a t e years) 3 5 3 1700 THROUGH ROMANTICISM A survey of t h e major works contributing t o t h e enlightenment o r age of reason and t h e romantic movement t h a t followed. Primarily prose w r i t e r s , poets and dramatists. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( S p r i n g 1976-77. Offered every t h i r d year) 3 5 4 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I g, etc.) , Haudclaire nnd h i s successors i n poetry, and t h e l i t e r a t u r e of i d e a s t h a t l e d t* new forrlls and l i t e r a r y emphases with t h e t u r n o f t h e century (Proust, Gide, Apol l i n a j re, e t c . ) Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n Frer~cli. ( P x e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1975-76. O f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r ) A survey of t h e nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert, 3 5 5 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of t h e major French l i t e r a r y movements s i n c e World War I , including t h e novel, t h e t h e a t r e , poetry, t h e essay, and c r i t i c i s m . Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. Spring 1975-76. Offered every t h i r d year) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and w r i t i n g on t o p i c s of i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , o r p o l i t i c a l i n t e r e s t t h e student acquires extensive t r a i n i n g i n t h e four s k i l l s a t an advanced l e v e l . Attention t o accuracy and e f f e c t i v e n e s s , c h a r a c t e r i s t i c l e v e l s of expression, refinements i n s t y l e and organization as individual needs i n d i c a t e . Provides f o r s e l f -improvement and s e l f -evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required f o r a l l majors. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #, j u n i o r s t a n d i n g . Spring) 4 5 1 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL Malraux, S t . Exupery, S a r t r e , Camus, Rubbe-Gri l l e t . Duras, etc.) shows t h e evolution of this gonre i n theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. ( P r c ~ a g . :311 o r #. 332, 354, or 345 recommended. S p r i n g 1977. Every ,third year) A s t u d y o f major authors (Proust, Mauriac, 452 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA A study of modern French plays t h a t shows t h e evolution of t h i s genre from c l a s s i c a l forms t o Theatre of t h e Absurd and a n t i - t h e a t r e . Group and i n d i v i d u a l i z e d study o f major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. Recommended 332, 3 5 2 , o r 353. Spring 1974-75. Offered e v e r y t h i r d year) 495 FRENCH SEMINAR Study i n depth of an author, t o p i c , o r genre i n French l i t e r a t u r e . Student presentations i n French. For advanced s t u d e n t s . (See Interim suggestions) ( P r e r e q . : 311 and one s u r v e y ( 3 5 1 , 352, 353, 354, 355) O f f e r e d upon demand) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual p u r s u i t of a t o p i c , movement, o r genre a t an advanced l e v e l . Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, o r meet i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s . I n l i t e r a t u r e a major paper and i t s defense a r e included. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. C o n s u l t a t i o n s w i t h French t e a c h e r s r e q u i r e d . Junior s t a n d i n g . F a l l , I n t e r i m , Spring. S u b j e c t and plan t o b e c l a r i f i e d e a r l y w i t h study adviser) German MAJOR: 8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411, I n t e r i m a n d / o r s u m r i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended. MINOR: 4 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411. i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended. I n t e r i m a n d / o r summer RECOMMENaLTD SUPI'ORTING COURSEES: Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ; Euro@an History, a second l m g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , English l i t e r a t u r e . 111, 112 BEGINNING GERMAN For students with l e s s than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) o f previous German. A i m s a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s . Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding and reading b a s i c German. Laboratory materials a v a i l a b l e . (111 F a l l , S p r i n g . 112 F a l l , Spring) 21 1, 212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For s t u d e n t s with 2 terms (or 2 years high school) o f previous German. A i m s a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s i n t o working knowledge of German. Review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of m a t e r i a l s representing contemporary German l i f e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( 2 1 1 , F a l l . 212, S p r i n g ) 2 4 4 GERMAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION P r i n c i p l e works o f German l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements a r e read and discussed i n English. The readings a r e considered not only i n t h e p a r t i c u l a r context of German c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y , but a l s o i n t h e more u n i v e r s a l perspective of world l i t e r a t u r e . Credit f o r t h i s course does n o t apply t o a major o r minor i n German. ( F a l l ) 31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION A i m s a t developing f a c i l i t y i n t h e use o f grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common i n c o l l o q u i a l German. I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n speaking is supplemented with exercises i n w r i t t e n composition. ( F a l l ) 331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE Survey of s i g n i f i c a n t c u r r e n t s of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene i s considered i n view of i t s r o o t s i n t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , g e o p o l i t i c a l , a r t i s t i c and s c i e n t i f i c h i s t o r y of t h e German-speaking people. Classroom language is German, supplemented by English when helpful. ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g , 1975, 19771 3 5 1 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL - 1780 Selected readings from t h e h e r o i c and c o u r t l y l i t e r a t u r e of t h e middle ages, t h e Reformation e r a , Baroque and t h e p r e - c l a s s i c period, including Sturm und Drang, supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e h i s t o r y of German l i t e r a t u r e and i t s c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l backgrounds. ( F a l l 1 9 7 4 , 1976) 3 5 2 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 1 7 8 0 - 1890 Representative works of Classicism, Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, P o e t i c Realism and Naturalism. Lectures t r e a t l i t e r a r y h i s t o r y and i t s r e l a t i o n t o s o c i a l , p o l i t i c a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l questions. ( S p r i n g 1975, 1977) 3 5 3 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: IMPRESSIONISM AND 2 0 t h CENTURY P r i n c i p l e works of Impressionism and 20th century a r e read: Hofmannsthal, Mann, Yesse , Kafka, Brecht, Expressionism and post-war l i t e r a t u r e . S t r e s s on l i t e r a t u r e as i t r e f l e c t s t h e concerns and c r i s e s of our times. ( F a l l 1975, 1977) 4 1 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION A i m s a t developing and r e f i n i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s use of German as a vehicle f o r expressing h i s own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on w r i t t e n composition including c o n t r o l o f s t y l e . Oral p r a c t i c e through use of German as classroom language. ( F a l l 1 9 7 5 , 1977) 4 5 1 GERMAN PROSE Reading and discussion. o f German prose masterpieces from Goethe t o t h e present. Lectures t r e a t t h e development of t h e e p i c genre as a mirror of c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y . ( S p r i n g 1975) 4 5 2 GERMAN DRAMA Representative dramatic works from l a t e 18th century t o t h e present a r e discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures t r e a t t h e h i s t o r i c a l development o f t h e drama. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 6 , 1978) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Greek 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study o f Greek grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and i n t o Greek. (111 F a l l , 112 S p r i n g ) 2 1 1 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK Selection from t h e New Testament with s p e c i a l emphasis given t o p a r s i n g and syntax of t h e Greek t e x t . ( F a l l 1976, t h e n c e f o r t h y e a r l y ) Linguistics 31 1 THEORIES OF GRAMMAR Con~parntiveanalysis of various views o f language represented i n current 1i11guist.i~-research:t a g ~ ~ ~ c m i csst ,r u t i f i c a t i o n a l grammar, transformationalgenerative gmmmar, case grmnar, generative semantics, with t h e aim of i 1l w i n n t i n g the u n d e r l y i ~ ~pgl ~ i l o s o p h i c a lassumptions, t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n a l criteria and t h e explanatory goals which d i s t i n g u i s h them. The t h e o r i e s w i l l also be c a r t r n s t e d w i t h respect tu t h e i r a f f i l i a t i o n s with adjacent d i s c i p l i n e s sucli as anthropology, psychology, l o g i c and communication theory and t h e way i n which each theory seeks t o overcome the inadequacies of t r a d i t i o n a l grammar. ( S p r i n g ) 411 PSYCHOLINGUISTICS Inquiry i n t o t h e psychological foundations of language and t h e contribution o f modern l i n g u i s t i c s t o psychology. Relevant findings of recent l i n g u i s t i c research a r e examined f o r t h e i r implications f o r various psychological t o p i c s : t h e a c q u i s i t i o n and pragmatic use of language, cognitive processes, i n n a t e i d e a s and psychological universals. ( F a l l ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Scandinavian Area Studies Coordinators: Carl Chrislock, Leif Hansen and Einar Johnson MAJOR: 8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . MINOR: 4 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . A l l programs must contain 4 courses l i s t e d i n the Augsburfi College catalog o r t r a n s f e r r e d t o Augsburg as upper d i v i s i o n Scend,inavian Language courses, i . e . , courses taught by a Scandinavian Language depmtment o r sub-department regardless of t h e i r content which may be l i n g u i s t i c , l i t e r a r y o r c u l t u r a l . Students graduating with a major o r minor jrlust a l s o present .the equivalent of intermediate l e v e l study of a Scandinavian language. 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction of t h e f o u r b a s i c language s k i l l s : speaking, l i s t e n i n g , reading and writing. S t r e s s on spoken r a t h e r than l i t e r a r y Norwegian. Laboratory work 1 112, S p r i n g ) expected. 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and f a c i l i t y i n expression. Selected readings i n Norwegian used as b a s i s f o r c l a s s discussion and e x e r c i s e s . Brief l i t e r a t u r e survey. Laboratory work expected. ( P r e r e q . : 112 o r e q u i v a l e n t . Fall) ,311 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and o r i g i n a l composition. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o regional v a r i a t i o n s i n spoken Norwegian and t o differences between t h e two o f f i c i a l languages of Norway. ( P r e r e q . : 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t . Fall) 3 3 1 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA A broad survey of Scandinavian c u l t u r e with s p e c i a l emphasis on conditions and developments i n t h e twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language d e s i r a b l e b u t not required. ( F a l l 1974, t h e n c e f o r t h when f e a s i b l e ) 3 5 1 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectr~rcsp r o v i d e a survcy of t h u Scatdinavian novel. Class d i s c u s s i o i ~ ed on assigned raading of s c l c c t e d novels by .Ion= Lic, S i g r l d U~zdset, Sel Lagerlof, Par Lagorkvlst, Knut Ilamwl, llnlldor Laxness md others. howlcdge j m d miltors w i l l bc of n Scandinavian language desitxhlc. I,at~guage m i ~ ors required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language. (Spring) 3 5 2 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, M s and o t h e r twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language d e s i r a b l e . Language majors and minors w i l l be required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavim language. ( S p r i n g 1975) 4 1 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Further i n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n spoken and w r i t t e n Norwegian. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o t h e o t h e r Scandinavian languages and t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or e q u i v a l e n t . O f f e r e d o n demand.) 4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC See description under Department of Music. 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Spanish MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 2 1 4 , i n c l u d i n g 315, 456 or 4 5 7 , 416, 352-353 or 354. ( S t u d y i n S p a i n or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y rewmmended) MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s above 2 1 4 , i n c l u d i n g 315, 3 3 1 , and one c o u r s e i n l i t e r a t u r e . ( S t u d y i n S p a i n or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y recommended) 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims t o develop t h e f o u r b a s i c s k i l l s : understanding, speaking, reading, and w r i t i n g of elementary Spanish. Introduction t o c u l t u r e of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e course. ( 1 1 1 , F a l l , Spring; 112, Spring) 2 1 3 , 2 1 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on a c t i v e use of t h e language, supplemented by readings i n c u l t u r e and l i t e r a t u r e . (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or 2 y e a r s o f h i g h school S p a n i s h . 213, F a l l ; 2 1 4 , S p r i n g ) 2 4 9 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major works o f Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements a r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through background reading and c l a s s discussion i n English t h e student is acquainted with t h e s a l i e n t a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l significance of t h e readings. Credit i n t h i s course does not count toward a major o r minor i n Spanish. Sophomore standing p r e f e r r e d . ( F a l l ) 31 5 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Thorough o r a l and w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e i n correct expression with t h e aims of fluency and f a c i l i t y . Enrichment o f vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq.: 112 or e q u i v a l e n t . T h i s c o u r s e i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a l l u p p e r - d i v i s i o n courses. Fall) 3 3 1 SPANISH C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE Study o f t h e Spanish c h a r a c t e r and of Spanish contribution t o world c i v i l i z a t i o n through i t s h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , l i t e r a r y , and a r t i s t i c movements. In Spanish. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 6 , 1978) 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE I, I 1 A study of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors i n Spanish l i t e r a t u r e , supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e l i t e r a r y movements and development o f Spanish l i t e r a t u r e . Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( 3 5 2 , F a l l 1974, 1976. 353, F a l l 1 9 7 5 , 1977) 3 5 4 REPRESENTATIVE H I S P A N I C AMERICAN AUTHORS Lectures, discussions, w r i t t e n An introduction t o Spanish American l i t e r a t u r e . and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 5 , 1977) 4 1 6 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Emphasis on increasing f a c i l i t y and correctness of w r i t t e n and o r a l expression through conversations, discussions, r e p o r t s , debates, and w r i t t e n compositions and grammatical exercises. ( S p r i n g ) 4 1 7 ADVANCED GRAMMAR Systematic study o f t h e refinements of grammatical usage. ( O f f e r e d o n demand) 456 SPANISH DRAMA Study of t h e masterpieces of dramatic l i t e r a t u r e i n Spain. Oral and written r e p o r t s i n t h e language. Emphasis on t h e Golden Age and t h e Modern Period. (Prereq.: O n e s u r v e y c o u r s e . F a l l 1975, 1977) 4 5 7 SPANISH NOVEL Study of t h e outstanding n o v e l i s t s of t h e nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n reports i n t h e language. (Prereq.: One s u r v e y c o u r s e . F a l l 1974, 1976) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department of History Chairman: MAJOR: Donald Gustafson 8 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 seminar. A t l e a s t f o u r o f these c o u r s e s must be upper d i v i s i o n . A m a j o r must h a v e a t l e a s t one c o u r s e ( e i t h e r s u r v e y o r upper l e v e l ) from e a c h o f t h e f o u r a r e a s : A n c i e n t and Medieval: Modern Europe: U.S. ; and non-Western. MAJOR FOR TEACHING: The h i s t o r y m a j o r , w i t h c e r t a i n s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s , q u a l i f i e s a s t u d e n t f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s a s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r o n the secondary level. S e e M r . G i s s e l q u i s t , S o c i a l S t u d i e s Education A d v i s e r , f o r d e t a i l s . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f end o f the f i r s t t e r m c o l l e g e level ( o r i t s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e MINOR: 3.6 i n t h e major and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a p p l i c a t i o n b e f o r e t h e o f the j u n i o r year; two y e a r s o f a f o r e i g n language a t the e q u i v a l e n t ) ; an h o n o r s thesis ( e q u a l t o one c o u r s e c r e d i t ) a f a c u l t y conwittee. 5 c o u r s e s , a t l e a s t three o f which must be upper d i v i s i o n . S t u d e n t s a r e r e q u i r e d t o t a k e a t l e a s t one s u r v e y c o u r s e (numbered b e l o w 300) b e f o r e r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an upper level c o u r s e . Lower level c o u r s e s need not be t a k e n i n sequence. 101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN MAN A look a t man's f i r s t c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n The Near East through t h e high middle ages of Europe i n t h e 1200s. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 2 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN MAN A consideration of European i n s t i t u t i o n s and values from t h e waning of t h e middle ages through t h e remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 3 THE MODERN WORLD A study of t h e main currents i n western c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e time of Napoleon t o t h e present. ( F a l l , s p r i n g ) 1 0 4 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction t o various c e n t e r s of c u l t u r a l and p o l i t i c a l power i n Asia and Africa o f t h e l a s t 200 years. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 1 U.S. HISTORY TO 1 8 7 7 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through t h e e f f o r t s t o reconstruct a n a t i o n t o r n a p a r t by The C i v i l War. ( F a l l ) 2 2 2 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1 8 7 7 An assessment of t h e century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 3 3 1 20TH CENTURY U.S. : CHALLENGE OF URBANIZATION Exploration i n depth of such t o p i c s as t h e Progressive Movement, t h e New Deal, and t h e post-New Deal e r a . ( F a l l ) 3 3 2 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY The r e l a t i o n s h i p of foreign p o l i c y t o general American development i s s t r e s s e d through t h e period of t h e Cold War. (Spring) 3 5 3 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA HISTORY A survcy of t o p i c s r e l a t i n g t o t h e emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and e t h n i c adjustments; r i s e of t h e Twin C i t i e s ; economic l i f e and c u l t u r e . Primary emphasis w i l l be on t h e l a t e 19th and e a r l y 20th Centuries. 3 6 0 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 3 3 8 B.C. The development of c i v i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Near East from e a r l i e s t times through i t s extension and elaboration by t h e Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on achievement i n t h e a r t s , sciences and p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . ( F a l l , 1974-75) 3 6 1 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 3 3 0 A.D. A study of t h e development of Alexander I s Empire, t h e H e l l e n i s t i c kingdoms and t h e r i s e of Rome as t h e world's g r e a t e s t power. Emphasis i s placed on p e r s o n a l i t i e s , t h e a r t s and scierlces and Rome's contributions i n law and t h e p o l i t i c a l process. ( S p r i n g , 1974-75) 3 7 0 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1 5 6 0 A study of t h e s c h o l a s t i c t r a d i t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e Church and s t a t e through t h e changes forced on t h e s e i n s t i t u t i o n s by t h e I t a l i a n Renaissance and t h e e a r l y years of t h e Reformation. ( F a l l , 1975-76) 4 1 2 ENGLAND TO 1 7 1 4 A study of English h i s t o r y from Roman B r i t a i n through t h e S t u a r t period. An attempt i s made t o s t r u c t u r e t h e course s o t h a t it may s e r v e t h e needs o f those majoring i n a pre-law program, i n English l i t e r a t u r e o r i n h i s t o r y . (Fall) 4 1 6 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study o f t h i s century as t h e most c r i t i c a l period i n t h e r i s e of t h e modern s t a t e . Emphasis is a l s o placed on t h e emergence of modern science and i t s e f f e c t on i n t e l l e c t u a l h i s t o r y . The chronological boundaries may be l i s t e d as 1560-1714. (Spring) 4 4 0 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY This course consists of u n i t s on such topics as H i t l e r t s fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the r i s e of t h e t h i r d world. The emphasis w i l l be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa i n the l a s t f i f t y years. ( S p r i n g ) 4 6 3 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA A study of the major h i s t o r i c a l events and developments i n the area due t o c o n f r o ~ t a t i o nwith and subjugation by the West. A comparative analysis of the n a t i o n a l i s t movements w i l l especially focus on Vietnam, Philippines, Burma and Indonesia. ( F a l l ) 4 6 4 MODERN CHINA The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of t h e imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1974-75) A s e l e c t i v e treatment of Chinese h i s t o r y since t h e Opium war of 1839. 4 6 5 MODERN JAPAN An examination of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e features of t h e Tokugawa Shogunate, the opening of Japan, t h e Meiji r e s t o r a t i o n , modernization, and Japan's emergence a s a major world power i n t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1975-76) 4 7 4 THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE A s e l e c t i v e study of t h e encounters between Europeans and the peoples outside Europe from Columbus t o Cecil Rhodes (Fall) . 4 9 5 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . ( F a l l , Spring) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Majors with an average of 3.5 o r above i n h i s t o r y courses a r e encouraged t o apply t o individual i n s t r u c t o r s f o r permission t o r e g i s t e r f o r d i r e c t e d independent study. A maximum of one course i n independent study may be applied toward the major. Department of Mathematics Chairman: Dean Gulden MAJOR: - 9 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 125, 224, 314, 324, and 315 o r 325. M s : 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3 . 5 i n mathematics; 3 . 1 o v e r - a l l . Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be s u b m i t t e d t o department during f i r s t t e r m o f j u n i o r year, and must i n c l u d e advanced s t u d y i n a r e a s o f Real A n a l y s i s , Complex A n a l y s i s , Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education. 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 CALCULUS I, I 1 Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane a n a l y t i c geometry i n t e g r a t e d with d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus of a s i n g l e variable with applications from t h e non-physical sciences. Primarily f o r students i n t h e s o c i a l sciences. ( 1 2 1 , F a l l ; 1 2 2 , Spring) 124, 125, 2 2 4 CALCULUS I,11, I11 Topics of t h e elements o f plane and s o l i d IWI&$@~A w m e t r y i n t e g r a t e d with of several variables d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus i n c l u d i w ~1cid.w and s e r i e s with applications primarily from *$Peal sciences. Primarily f o r s t u d e n t s i n t h e n a t u r a l sciences. (124 F a ; m, Spring; 224, F a l l ) 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS An introduction t o mathematical models and s t r u c t u r e . Primarily f o r students not intending f u r t h e r study of mathematics. No course c r e d i t w i l l be given t o mathematics majors o r minors. ( F a l l ) 21 1 NUMBER THEORY A t r a n s i t i o n a l course from computational t o a b s t r a c t mathematics. A study of t h e i n t e g e r s and t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . Spring 1975, alternate years) 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Ordinary d i f f e r e n t i a l equations with applications; s e r i e s s o l u t i o n s ; systems of d i f f e r e n t i a l equations; s o l u t i o n by s p e c i a l transforms; numerical methods; and an introduction t o p a r t i a l d i f f e r e n t i a l equations. ( P r e r e q . : 224. S p r i n g ) 2 4 2 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS The s t r u c t u r e mif -tics underlying a r i t h m e t i c and geometry. Emphasis i s placed on t h e kductiw Pfechniques of discovery. Includes t h e i d e a s of modern elementary s c h & -tics c u r r i c u l a . Does not apply toward a major o r minor i n mathematics. ( S p r i n g ) 351 MODERN GEOMETRY A study of Euclidean and o t h e r geometries by s y n t h e t i c , coordinate, v e c t o r and transformation methods. ( P r e r e q . : 122 or 1 2 5 . S p r i n g 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 3 7 3 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS A n a n a l y t i c study of p r o b a b i l i t y and s t a t i s t i c s , i n c l e w m a b i l i t y d i s t r i b u t i o n s and d e n s i t i e s , expectation, sampling diat$%~tt%.csles, c e n t r a l limit theorem, estimation, regression and t e s t s of h y p o t h e s e , 224. F a l l ) e.: 3 1 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA A rigorous i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s of algebra including groups, rings, i n t e g r a l domains and f i e l d s . (Pxereq.: 224. 211 i s recommended. F a l l ) 315 LINEAR ALGEBRA A study o f v e c t o r spaces, l i n e a r transformations, t h e algebra of matrices and canonical forms. ( P r e r e q . : 314. S p r i n g ] 324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I,I 1 A study o f t h e fundamental concepts of calculus f o r functions of s e v e r a l v a r i a b l e s , including transformations, sequences and s e r i e s of functions, improper i n t e g r a l s , d i f f e r e n t i a l forms and manifolds, and v e c t o r a n a l y s i s . ( P r e r e q . : 224. 324, Spring; 325, F a l l ) 3 9 9 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman o r Internship Director t o determine p r o j e c t . 4 1 6 TOPICS I N ALGEBRA An i n depth study of t o p i c s introduced i n Introduction t o Modern Algebra, including extension f i e l d s and an introduction t o Galois Theory. (Prereq.: 314. Spring 1975, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 4 2 7 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES Complex numbers, complex functions, i n t e g r a t i o n and d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n of complex functions, Taylor and Laurent s e r i e s , residues. ( P x e r e q . : 324. S p r i n g 1 9 7 5 , o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 4 4 1 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. ( P r e r e q . : 3 1 5 , 324. Spring 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 4 5 4 TOPOLOGY Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness, connectedness, separation and countabi l i t y axioms. ( P r e r e q . : 324 or c o n c u r r e n t registration. Spring 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science 2 4 5 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING An introduction t o computer methods and languages with the primary language being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a major o r minor i n mathematics. ( I n t e r i m ) Medical Technology This major involves tile completion of three years of academic work a t Augsburg College and twelve ntonths of i n t e r n s h i p at Ilenncpin Generel Ilospital, Metropolitan Medical Center o r Northwes t e n llospit a1 . Spccif i c rccom~nendcd courses vary t o solno e.xtent depending on the ilospital with w h i h the s t u d e n t plans t o a f f i l i a t e . I t i s important t o work closely w i t h the Medical Technology adviser. Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two a d d i t i o n a l upper division (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 116), 223 (or 351, 352), 353. Metro-Urban Studies Director: J o e l S. Torstenson 1 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g the f o l l o w i n g core r e q u i r e m e n t s : Economics 120; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 122; P s y c h o l o g y 373; S o c i o l o g y 111, 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 8 1 , and 383; p l u s a t r a n s - d i s c i p l i n a r y seminar i n metro-urban p l a n n i n g * ) a minimum o f one course i n i n t e r n s h i p and/or independent study. MAJOR: The f o l l o w i n g electives are s u g g e s t e d f o r c o m p l e t i n g the major: A r t 102; B i o l o g y 110; B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 101; Computer S c i e n c e 245; E d u c a t i o n 478; E n g l i s h 351; P s y c h o l o g y 351 and 352; R e l i g i o n 360; S p e e c h 342; o t h e r s , i n c l u d i n g i n t e r i m s , i n t e r n s h i p s , and i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d i e s , b y a p p r o v a l o f t h e D i r e c t o r and the A d v i s o r y C o u n c i l . To be l i n k e d w i t h a p p r o p r i a t e m a j o r s ( s u c h s s e d u c a t i o n , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , psychology, r e l i g i o n , s o c i o l o g y , s p e e c h ) . T h e f o l l o w i n g core c o u r s e s a r e r e q u i r e d f o r the C o n c e n t r a t i o n : Economics 120; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 122; S o c i o l o g y 111; a transd i s c i p l i n a r y seminar i n metro-urban planning*; an approved S o c i a l S c i e n c e Research c o u r s e ; an approved i n t e r n s h i p and/or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y . * The c o u r s e i n metro-urban p l a n n i n g i s n o t a s y e t a r e g u l a r p a r t o f the c o u r s e o f f e r i n g s . The i n t e r i m , i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y , and i n t e r n s h i p can p r o v i d e o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r s u c h a course. For p l a n n i n g either the Major o r the C o n c e n t r a t i o n , c o n s u l t t h e D i r e c t o r o f the program. C r e a t i v e a l t e r n a t i v e s t o t h e above s u g g e s t e d progranti w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d . Department of Music Chairman: Robert Karl& MAJOR: 1 2 c o u r s e s : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 354 o r 355, 365 o r 375, 457, 458, 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s , 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y , and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . TEACHING MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s . 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 o r 476, 457, 458, two o f 354, 355, 365, 375; 3 years o f Performance S t u d i e s ; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y ; and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . A l s o see r e q u i r e m e n t s o f the Dspartment o f Education. . . . . . . 1 3 c o u r s e s p l u s 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s w i t h d o u b l e t 2 years; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y ; and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r g r a d u a t i o n honors i n m u s i c i f t h e y (1) p r o v i d e l e a d e r s h i p i n : t h e promotion o f h i g h e r m u s i c performance s t a n d a r d s w i t h i n the Department o f Music; b r e a d t h o f m u s i c a l interests b y a t t e n d a n c e a t c o n c e r t s b o t h on and o f f campus; the performing o r g a n i z a t i o n s ; the c r e a t i o n and/or promotion o f s m a l l e r performing ensembles; ( 2 ) h a v e earned a GPA o f a t l e a s t 3.0 i n m u s i c c o u r s e s ; and ( 3 ) a p p l y f o r the Honors Program a t the b e g i n n i n g o f the second t e r m o f the j u n i o r year. Honors may be a c h i e v e d b y any one o f the f o l l o w i n g ways: ( 1 ) two s o l o r e c i t a l s o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 2 ) a m u s i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n f o r v o c a l and/or i n s t r u m e n t a l ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 1 5 m i n u t e s d u r a t i o n and either a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee o r a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 3 ) a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m n i t t e e and a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 year o f Performance S t u d i e s and 1 year i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y . Attendance a t Performance Workshop and a l l campus f a c d t y and s t u d e n t r e c i t a l s i s r e q u i r e d o f sophomores, j u n i o r s , s e n i o r s . A r e c i t a l i n their a r e a o f Performance S t u d i e s c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d o f majors d u r i n g e i t h e r t h e j u n i o r or s e n i o r year. A r e c i t a l i n their a r e a o f Performance S t u d i e s c o n e n t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d o f Bachelors o f Music i n b o t h t h e i r j u n i o r and s e n i o r y e a r s . A l l majors and Bachelors o f M u s i c are r e q u i r e d t o p a s s the annual Music R e p e r t o i r e tests. Minors must p a s s two Music R e p e r t o i r e tests. A l l m a j o r s , m i n o r s , and Bachelors o f Music a r e r e q u i r e d t o pass a piano proficiw@# ' o n b y t h e end o f the year. I t i n c l u d e s : i n v e r s i o n s , played two (a) majw. minor s c a l e s w i t h r er and w i t h correct a t moderate s p e e d and o c t a v e s d 'Twm?3 from memory; ( b ) a Bach two-part inventi* qd.+sical sonata; ( c ) a Romantic o r modern p i e c e ; and ( d ) s i g h t r e a d i n g p i e c e s o f h y m t u n e grade. One o f t h e p i e c e s ( b o r c ) must be played from memory. &ece*, During his j u n i o r and s e n i o r y e a r s , a s t u d e n t who h a s been c e r t i f i e d b y the Department o f M u s i c as a major o r Bachelor o f Music i s g i v e n r e q u i r e d l e s s o n s i n the a r e a o f his c o n c e n t r a t i o n w i t h o u t e x t r a cost provided s u c h s t u d y i s w i t h a member o f the Augsburg C o l l e g e m u s i c f a c u l t y . The t o t a l o f Performance S t u d i e s credits earned under this p r o v i s i o n may not exceed f o u r t e r m s o f weekly h a l f - h o u r l e s s o n s . TRANSFER STUDENTS I N MUSIC: & sew$& b'da m* a A s t u d e n t t r a n s f e r r i n g t o Augsburg C o l l e g e a s a mt, b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and acceptance i n t o t h e , #a r c e d s t a n d i n g test i n m u s i c t h e o r y , and ( 2 ) s i n g o r p l a y r e p r e s e n t a t i v e p i e c e s r e c e n t l y s t u d i e d i n his area o f a p p l i e d m u s i c c o n c e n t r a t i o n . T h i s may be done i m m e d i a t e l y b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n o r earlier when convenient. 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 2 2 4 THEORY Music Theory i s an i n t e g r a t e d course extending over f o u r terms. Taught by a team o f i n s t r u c t o r s , t h e various aspects of musical theory ( i . e . , e a r t r a i n i n g , harmony, counter-point, and analysis) a r e presented i n p a r a l l e l , r a t h e r than sequentially. ( 1 0 1 , 223, F a l l , 1 0 2 , 224, S p r i n g ) 2 3 0 INTRODUCTION TO THE F I N E ARTS The development o f music through t h e study o f selected, works o f g r e a t composers from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon r e l a t i o n s h i p s between music and t h e o t h e r f i n e a r t s . For t h e non-music major. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 6 0 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of t h e Baroque and C l a s s i c a l e r a s . (Fall) 2 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of t h e Romantic and Modern e r a s . (Spring) 3 5 0 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING Fundamentals o f voice c u l t u r e as r e l a t e d t o choral ensemble; methods, m a t e r i a l s , techniques, and arranging. ( S p r i n g ) 3 5 4 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching b r a s s and percussion instruments. (Fall) 3 5 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching woodwind and percussion instruments. (Spring) 3 6 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments. (Fall) 3 7 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Advanced technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments. (Spring) 3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH Development and influence of t h e music of t h e C h r i s t i a n church. Designed f o r t h e general student as well a s f o r o r g a n i s t s , choir d i r e c t o r s , and pretheological students. (Fall) 4 5 7 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. ( F a l l ) 4 5 8 CONDUCTING Preparation o f and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. ( S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 ORCHESTRATION The c r a f t of o r c h e s t r a t i n g and arranging music f o r instrumental ensembles of varying s i z e s and types. ( F a l l ) 4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC The music of Scandinavia s i n c e 1700. ( S p r i n g 1974-75, a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 488, 4 8 9 PIANO TEACHING METHODS I n s t r u c t i o n i n t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods, and techniques f o r teaching piano. Students w i l l give i n d i v i d u a l lessons t o children under t h e supervision of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Permits advanced and s p e c i a l i z e d s t u d i e s and p r o j e c t s n o t otherwise provided f o r i n t h e departmental curriculum. Open only t o advanced s t u d e n t s upon approval of a member of t h e f a c u l t y . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student r e c i t a l s a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r p u b l i c performance. Acquaints s t u d e n t s with a r e p e r t o i r e of musical excellence. No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , Spring) PERFORMANCE STUDIES Vocal and instrumental i n s t r u c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e t o a l l s t u d e n t s . For statement of f e e s , s e e under Financial Information. No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Piano Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, accompanying. Only those lessons i n piano taken a f t e r t h e piano p r o f i c i e n c y examination has been passed may be applied toward t h e music major o r minor. Organ Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct h a b i t s of pronunciation and a r t i c u l a t i o n , b r e a t h control, f l e x i b i l i t y , e a r t r a i n i n g as needed, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of songs. Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, S t r i n g Instruments Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations e x i s t not only f o r t h e b e n e f i t of t h e music student, but f o r any student of t h e college who wishes t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n groups affording opportunity f o r musical expression. Membership f o r t h e f u l l year required of p a r t i c i p a n t s . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Choir Membership by audition and r e s t r i c t e d t o 65 s i n g e r s . Concert Band ~ e m b e r s h i p yaudition. Orchestra Membership by audition. Clrora 1 Club, Jazz Ensemble, String Orthestrn, Instrumental Ensembles Men~bershi p by audit i o t ~o r consent of d i r e c t o r . Natural Science NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r t e a c h i n g i n Secondary S c h o o l s . MAJOR: A t o t a l o f 1 2 c o u r s e s i n s c i e n c e and mathematics w i t h a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f t w o o f the a r e a s o f b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y o r p h y s i c s . I n b i o l o g y , the r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s a r e 111, 112. be chosen from the upper d i v i s i o n o f f e r i n g s . The a d d i t i o n a l 3 c o u r s e s a r e t o I n c h e m i s t r y , 105, 1 0 6 , o r ( 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , and 353 a r e r e q u i r e d . In o r d e r t o complete t h e t o t a l o f 5 c o u r s e s , two c o u r s e s may be chosen a s f o l l o w s : 223 and 361; o r 351 and 352; o r 351 and 361. - In mathematics, C a l c u l u s I and C a l c u l u s 11 a r e r e q u i r e d ; and any 3 a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s may be s e l e c t e d . In p h y s i c s , c o u r s e s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 245 a r e r e q u i r e d ; t w o a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s t o b e chosen a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h a member o f the P h y s i c s Department. NATURAI; SCIENCE MAJOR f o r Premedical S t u d e n t s T h i s major i s p r e s e n t e d a s an o p t i o n f o r premedical s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e a major which p r o v i d e s the s c i e n c e c o u r s e s n e c e s s a r y and recommended f o r a d m i s s i o n t o most m e d i c a l s c h o o l s ( i n c l u d i n g the U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota Medical S c h o o l ) , and a l s o p e r m i t s a number o f electives. T h e s t u d e n t s h o u l d choose electives c a r e f u l l y k e e p i n g i n mind the s p e c i f i c r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e medical s c h o o l s t o which he or she i n t e n d s t o a p p l y . MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B i o l o g y 111, 1 1 2 , 491 o r 492, and 2 upper d i v i s i o n b i o l o g y c o u r s e s ; Chemistry 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 , o r ( 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352, and Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 1 2 2 , o r 124 and 125; and P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122. Department of Philosophy Chairman: Bruce Reichenbach MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 3 0 , 241, 242, 3 4 3 , and 344. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g two c o u r s e s from 241, 242, 3 4 3 , and 344. HONORS MAJOR: A d m i s s i o n t o t h e P h i l o s o p h y HONORS PROGRAM i s b y recommendation S u c h recommendations w i l l be made a t the end o f the o f t h e philosophy faculty. j u n i o r y e a r . The program w i l l c o n s i s t o f an h o n o r s t h e s i s on an approved t o p i c o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s c h o i c e , i n v o l v i n g r e s e a r c h above t h e c o u r s e l e v e l , and a d e f e n s e o f t h i s thesis b e f o r e t h e f a c u l t y o f t h e d e p a r t m e n t . C o u r s e s 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , and 130 a r e recommended f o r f u l f i l l i n g t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n requirement. 1 1 0 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS Introduction t o philosophy through t h e study of t h e teachings of Socrates, P l a t o and A r i s t o t l e . Concern w i l l be shown f o r t h e r o l e t h a t t h e s e men played i n developing ideas b a s i c t o Western c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h e i r l a s t i n g contributions on t o p i c s such as t h e n a t u r e of t h e r e a l , t h e good l i f e , search f o r knowledge, e t c . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 2 0 ETHICS Search f o r an adequate e t h i c a l p r i n c i p l e through an evaluation of those presented by philosophers; i n q u i r y i n t o p o s s i b l e j u s t i f i c a t i o n s f o r e t h i c a l values; and application of t h e s e p r i n c i p l e s t o human conduct. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 3 0 LOGIC The study of p r a c t i c a l argumentation. Emphasis i s placed on developing s k i l l s i n constructing and analyzing arguments. The r o l e o f d e f i n i t i o n , premises, and r u l e s of inference i n an argument a r e investig'ated. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 4 1 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE For d e s c r i p t i o n see under course 110. 2 4 2 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY 11: (Fall, Spring) MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY An a n a l y s i s of t h e major themes of Medieval philosophy, such as t h e r e l a t i o n of f a i t h and reason, problem of u n i v e r s a l s , existence of God, mysticism, e t c . , and t h e reaction of such R a t i o n a l i s t s as Descartes and Leibniz t o and t h e i r development of t h e s e ideas. ( s u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 241. S p r i n g ) 3 4 3 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY 11I: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Studies i n t h e major e m p i r i c i s t s i n t h e 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume); Kant's s y n t h e s i s of philosophy; 19th century Idealism; and t h e r e a c t i o n t o Idealism i n men such a s Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r course: 241, 242. Fall) 3 4 4 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I V : CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY Studies i n t h e major 20th century r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s of a n a l y t i c philosophy, pragmatism, e x i s t e n t i a l i s m and phenomenology. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 241, 242, 343. S p r i n g ) 3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e bases of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f , with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o t h e t h e i s t i c arguments, t h e nature of r e l i g i o u s language, and t h e problems of e v i l , miracles, and immortality. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n P h i l o s o p h y . S p r i n g , 1974-75) 3 5 5 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY A study of t h e b a s i c concepts and philosophical c o n t r i b u t i o n s of Chinese, Japanese, Indian and Southeast Asian thought. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n P h i l o s o p h y . S p r i n g 1975-76) 3 6 0 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE A philosophical i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of symbolic expression t o t h e world of t h e mind and t h e world of r e a l i t y , including a study of t h e forms of language, semantics, and pragmatics. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 130 or 344. F a l l , 1974-75) 3 6 5 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE A systematic i n q u i r y i n t o t h e philosophical presuppositions of law and theory-construction i n t h e empirical s c i e n c e s . Students a l s o will'work with p r o f e s s o r i n researching and developing philosophical problems i n t h e s p e c i a l sciences (biology, physics, s o c i a l sciences, e t c . ) ( S u g g e s t e d : P r i o r c o u r s e i n science. F a l l , 1975-76) 3 7 0 EXISTENTIALISM Studies i n t h e w r i t i n g s -- both philosophical and l i t e r a r y -- of prominent E x i s t e n t i a l i s t authors. Attempt w i l l be made t o deal i n depth with such themes a s absurdity, freedom, g u i l t , despair, paradox, and t h e leap of f a i t h . ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n p h i l o s o p h y . F a l l , 1974-75) 3 7 5 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS Studies i n such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, e t c . ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 344. F a l l , 1975-76) 4 3 0 STUDIES I N I N D I V I D U A L PHILOSOPHERS Advanced s t u d i e s i n t h e philosophy of p a r t i c u l a r philosophers, e . g., P l a t o , Des c a r t e s , Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 2 4 1 , 242, 343, or #. 1975-76) 4 5 0 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies i n such areas a s t h e philosophy of a r t , philosophy of l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy of h i s t o r y , p h i l o s o p h i c a l psychology, philosophy of c u l t u r e , p o l i t i c a l and l e g a l philosophy, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d : one p r i o r 1974-75) course i n philosophy. 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual study and research on some philosophical t o p i c of i n t e r e s t t o t h e student, worked out i n c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e f a c u l t y a d v i s e r . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Department of Physical Education and Health Education Chairman: E . W. Anderson PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 courses. PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 3 5 2 , 369, 4 7 1 , 472. 223, 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 243, 351, 3 5 2 , 471, 572. 10 courses. 111, 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 351, PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: 8 c o u r s e s i n p l ~ y s i c l n l e d u c u t i o n s e q u e n c e . 111, 232, 232, 2 4 3 , 351, 352, 471, 472, 485, 491, 495. P s y c h o l o g y 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 355; and one a d d i t i o n a l Human P h y s i o l o g y course are a l s o required. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: 5 courses. 5 courses. 111, 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 232 or 472, and 243. 1 1 0 , 111, 351, 3 6 0 , and S o c i o l o g y 231. 5 c o u r s e s . 111, 243, 351, 482 and p r a c t i c u m i n (PEBrdiaum r e q u i r e s r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r 499 Independent Study) C@lWENG EN-PIT: m&hg. - Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t head-coaching a s s i g n m e n t i n Minnesota p u b l i c schools a r e r e q u i r e d t o h a v e a t l e a s t a c o a c h i n g endorsement i n t h e f i e l d o f p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n and a t h l e t i c s . Physical Education 102, 1 0 3 LIFETIME SPORTS Two hours p e r week. Meets t h e general education requirement. During t h e Interim, r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be offered on an e l e c t i v e b a s i s . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 2 3 TEAM SPORTS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching and o f f i c i a t i n g team s p o r t s . f o r men and women. (Women, F a l l ; Men, S p r i n g ) Separate s e c t i o n s 231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching individual and dual s p o r t s . f o r men and women. (Men, F a l l ; Women, S p r i n g ) Separate s e c t i o n s 2 3 2 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s , modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dating. ( I n t e r i m ) 2 4 3 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION History, p r i n c i p l e s , and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 351 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE Mechanics of movement with s p e c i a l emphasis upon t h e action of t h e muscular system. The major e f f e c t s of exercises upon t h e systems of t h e body. (Prereq.: B i o l o g y 1 0 3 , C h e m i s t r y 105. Spring) 352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION Physical education f o r t h e exceptional c h i l d with s p e c i a l reference t o t h e analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and t h e r o l e of physical education. Survey of b a s i c s t a t i s t i c a l procedures and evaluation o f t e s t s i n physical education. ( S p r i n g ) 365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Also includes American Red Cross I n s t r u c t o r s Course i n F i r s t Aid. C u r r e n t l y v a l i d Standard F i r s t Aid c a r d . (Prereq.: Fall) 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Fa11 ) 472 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES--SWIMMING AND AQUATICS Theory and techniques of teaching s t u n t s , tumbling, and s p e c i a l f i t n e s s a c t i v i t i e s , Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching swimming, l i f e - s a v i n g and water safety. Open only t o majors and minors. Men and women meet separately. (Fall) 482 COACHING OF SPORTS Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s . (Interim) 4 8 5 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course includes consideration of ambulation, s e l f care, adapted s p o r t s and games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. ( P r e r e q . : 351, 352. Summer School only) 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE A study of t h e treatment of disease and i n j u r y . and administration of neuromuscular re-education. Includes general p r i n c i p l e s ( P r e r e q . : 351, 352. Summer School on1 y) 495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Four hundred hours of h o s p i t a l a f f i l i a t i o n a t VA Hospital, Pairview Hospital, and Cambridge S t a t e Hospital. Includes a c t u a l h o s p i t a l experience i n t h e following f o u r areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. ( P r e r e q . : 485, 491, and approval o f department) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed intensive study i n t h e area of Physical Education. majors. ( J u n i o r o r s e n i o r o n l y ) Open only t o Health Education 1 1 0 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s of h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e individual and t h e community. ( F a l l ) 111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done f o r t h e abuses. American Red Cross F i r s t Aid course. ( F a l l , Spring) Also includes ( F a l l , Spring) 3 6 0 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Curriculum, organization and administration of t h e school h e a l t h program. (Fall) Department of Physics Chairman: Theodore Hanwick MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 245, 351, 362, and 395. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and t h r e e c o u r s e s above 1 2 2 . 1 0 1 ASTRONOMY A d e s c r i p t i v e course requiring elementary algebra. Our s o l a r system, s t a r s a r ~ dgalaxies. The necessary o p t i c a l i n s t r u n ~ e n t sa r e explained and use i s made of n 12-inch r e f l e c t i n g telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, a s well as a Occasional n i g h t viewing. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . F a l l , 3-inch Quostar. Spring1 1 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS A survey of physics introducing t h e b a s i c aspects o f mechanics, thermodynamics, wave motion, e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and s e l e c t e d modern t o p i c s . Applications of physics t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l sciences. The course i s designed as a n a t u r a l science e l e c t i v e and a l s o as a p a r t of t h e Medical Technology program. (3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Fall) 121, 1 2 2 GENERAL PHYSICS I,I 1 A rigorous study of t h e concepts of mechanics, f l u i d s , h e a t , sound, o p t i c s , e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors i n physics and other s p e c i f i e d majors. Must be taken i n sequence. ( 4 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : Mathematics 124 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n . 121, F a l l ; 1 2 2 , Spring) 245 MODERN PHYSICS An introduction t o modern physics from an h i s t o r i c a l and experimental b a s i s . R e l a t i v i t y , quantum e f f e c t s , atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and s o l i d s t a t e physics. This course i n d i c a t e s t h e need f o r , and develops t h e experimental b a s i s of quantum mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 122, F a l l ) 2 6 1 ELECTRONICS A review of D.C. and A.C. c i r c u i t s before introducing t h e e l e c t r o n tube and some c i r c u i t applications. The study o f s o l i d s t a t e diodes and t r a n s i s t o r s with c i r c u i t applications. ( L e c t u r e s and l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 224. Fall) 2 7 0 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis i s on physical o p t i c s , using t h e complex expression f o r a wave throughout. I n t e r f e r e n c e , d i f f r a c t i o n , p o l a r i z a t i o n , and an introduction t o t h e electromagnetic theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 122. Spring) 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 MECHANICS I, I 1 A c a r e f u l study of c l a s s i c a l mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and t h e Lagrangian and Hami l t o n i a n formalisms. Topics include conservation p r i n c i p l e s , s i n g l e p a r t i c l e motion, systems of p a r t i c l e s , o s c i l l a t o r y systems, c e n t r a l - f o r c e motion, dynamics of r i g i d bodies, g r a v i t a t i o n , kinematics of two-particle systems and n o n i n e r t i a l reference frames. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 351, F a l l ; 3 5 2 , S p r i n g ) 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, I 1 The c l a s s i c a l electromagnetic f i e l d theory i s developed using t h e v e c t o r calculus throughout. E l e c t r o s t a t i c s , magnetostatics , s o l u t i o n of Laplace s and Poisson's equations, e l e c t r i c and magnetic p r o p e r t i e s o f m a t e r i a l s , and t h e theory of electromagnetic r a d i a t i o n based on Maxwell's equations. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 362, F a l l ; 363, S p r i n g ) 3 9 5 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY An emphasis on independent laboratory i n v e s t i g a t i o n s , including p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n physics seminars. Experiments i n t h e areas of mechanics, thermodynamics, e l e c t r i c i t y , magnetism, and modern physics. ( 2 three-hour l a b o r a t o r y and 1 seminar hour p e r week. Prereq.: Junior standing. Spring) 4 8 1 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of p r o p e r t i e s of systems and processes f o r which temperature i s an important v a r i a b l e . The s u b j e c t i s developed from two independent y e t complementary viewpoints: t h e experimental, macroscopic c l a s s i c a l thermodynamics and t h e t h e o r e t i c a l , microscopic s t a t i s t i c a l mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 351. S p r i n g ) 4 8 6 QUANTUM MECHANICS A development from first p r i n c i p l e s , including de Broglie s p o s t u l a t e s , t h e Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. S p e c i f i c problems s t u d i e d include p o t e n t i a l wells and p o t e n t i a l b a r r i e r s , t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r , and t h e hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. F a l l ) 4 8 8 TOPICS I N MODERN PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics t o s p e c i f i c t o p i c s chosen from t h e areas o f s o l i d s t a t e physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and p a r t i c l e physics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , three-hour l a b o r a t o r u . P r e r e q . : 486. Spring) Department of Political Science Chairman: Norma Noonan MAJOR: The m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 9 c o u r s e s , p l u s S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ( S o c i o l o g y 3 6 5 ) , 121 o r 122; 158; 384; and a t l e a s t 5 o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 4 o u t o f 5 a r e a s * . A s e m i n a r i n one o f t h e f i v e a r e a s may be c o u n t e d f o r t h a t a r e a . MINOR: The m i n o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 1 2 1 o r 122; 158; and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 3 o u t o f 5 a r e a s * . HONORS MAJOR: The Honors m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e i n c l u d e s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s l i s t e d a b o v e , p l u s t h e f o l l o w i n g : T h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d e - p o i n t a v e r a g e must b e 3.5 i n t h e m a j o r and 2.75 o v e r - a l l . The s t u d e n t must t a k e an Honors I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y and a s e m i n a r , and must s u b m i t , n o t l a t e r t h a n A p r i l 1 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r , an Honors T h e s i s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m m i t t e e . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Major n o l a t e r t h a n t h e f i r s t t e r m o f the j u n i o r y e a r . For s p e c i f i c i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n s u l t the Honors A d v i s e r i n t h e department. * The f i v e a r e a s a r e American Government and P o l i t i c s , Comparative P o l i t i c s and A n a l y s i s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l P o l i t i c s , P u b l i c Law, and P o l i t i c a l Theory and Analysis. (Any c o u r s e l i s t e d i n more t h a n o n e a r e a may be c o u n t e d i n o n l y one a r e a toward m a j o r o r minor r e q u i r e m e n t s . ) - Any c o u r s e may be t a k e n t o f u l f i l l t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s b u t e s p e c i a l l y a p p r o p r i a t e a r e P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 158 o r 1 6 0 . The Urban Requirement may be f i l l e d b y P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 2 , 342 o r b y an I n t e r n s h i p , I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y , o r Seminar on an u r b a n - r e l a t e d t o p i c . S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n may t a k e one o f t h e t h r e e broad social science options with a concentration i n P o l i t i c a l Science. See t h e Department Chairman f o r more i n f o r m a t i o n . For p r e c i s e l i s t i n g o f t e r m s i n which c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d , s e e t h e C l a s s Schedule. I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND P O L I T I C S 1 2 1 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS P r e s i d e n t i a l , congressional and j u d i c i a l policy-making i n t h e American n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c a l system; contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s impinging upon and affected by t h e Presidency, Congress and t h e Supreme Court. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 2 2 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX P o l i t i c s i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , including important i s s u e s , a c t o r s , and s t r u c t u r e s influencing p u b l i c p o l i c y i n t h e modern urban complex. Discussionl e c t u r e , simulation, and meetings with p o l i t i c a l e x p e r t s and a c t i v i s t s . (Fall, Spring) 3 2 5 AMERICAN P O S I T I V E STATE The p o l i t i c s of p u b l i c administration and b u r e a u c r a t i c policy-making i n t h e American welfare-warfare s t a t e ; governmental r e g u l a t i o n , promotion and management, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l and economic i n t e r a c t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 1 c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #) 3 2 6 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS The e l e c t o r a l process, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s : t h e i r development, s t r u c t u r e , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o other f a c t o r s i n t h e process. F i e l d work with p a r t i e s , pressure groups and o t h e r relevant organizations. (students may not take both 326 and 356 except by special permission. Offered Fall term of election years. No prerequisite) 3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY E f f e c t s of mass communications on individual behavior; t h e uses and control of mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes including p u b l i c opinion research and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s . (Spring) 3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR (Offered i n non-election years. description) See note under 326. See Section 11 for 3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I (Offered alternate years. See Section I V for description) 3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1 (Offered alternate years. 11. See Section I V for description) COMPARATIVE P O L I T I C S AND ANALYSIS 15 8 P O L I T I C A L PATTERNS AND PROCESSES An a n a l y s i s of b a s i c p a t t e r n s i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system and decision-making process with some comparison of major p o l i t i c a l systems and discussion of contemporary i s s u e s . 3 5 0 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES The emergence, maintenance and decline of s e l e c t e d democracies, focusing on p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , and processes. (Prereq. : One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) 3 5 1 COMMUNIST P O L I T I C A L SYSTEMS A comparative analysis of t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s i n terms o f p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , processes and p o l i c i e s . course i n Political Science or #) (Prereq.: One 3 5 3 P O L I T I C A L DEVELOPMENT The modernization process i n developing areas with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e creation, maintenance, and administration of p o l i t i c a l s t r u c t u r e s . (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered on demand) 3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR The flow and influence of p u b l i c opinion and t h e determinants of v o t e r choice, including study of a t t i t u d e s , values and p e r s o n a l i t y f a c t o r s i n p o l i t i c a l behavior. (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326. Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 3 5 9 TOPICS I N E L I T E AND MASS BEHAVIOR In-depth study of e l i t e and/or mass p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system. (Offered on demand. Prereq. : #) I 1I. INTERNAJjU&&L POLITICS 160 ISSUES I N WORLD POLITICS Contemporary i s s u e s and problems i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s i n t h e context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign (Spring) policy . 361 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS General t h e o r i e s of i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s , t h e b a s i c f a c t o r s involved i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s , and t h e formulation of foreign policy as background f o r study and simulation o f contemporary i n t e r n a t i o n a l problems. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) 3 6 3 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES Analysis of t h e motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign p o l i c i e s of Communist nations, with emphasis upon t h e Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) IV. PUBLIC LAW 3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I The legal-political-philosophical r o l e of t h e j u d i c i a r y i n t h e American c o n s t i t u t i o n a l system, emphasizing s i g n i f i c a n t Supreme Court cases involving t h e United S t a t e s government and t h e f e d e r a l system. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered a1ternate years) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1 Constitutional l i m i t a t i o n s of t h e B i l l of Rights and of t h e Fourteenth Amendment as applied by t h e Supreme Court t o t h e p r o t e c t i o n of human r i g h t s and c i v i l l i b e r t i e s of i n d i v i d u a l s . (Prereq.: One course or #. Offered alternate years. ) V. P O L I T I M L THEORY AND ANALYSIS 1 5 8 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES (See Section 11 for description) 3 8 0 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I Analysis of s e l e c t e d readings from outstanding p o l i t i c a l philosophers from P l a t o through t h e eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of t h e i r thought having continuing s i g n i f i c a n c e f o r an understanding o f contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s and t h e problems of human s o c i e t y . (Offered alternate years.) 381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT 11 Recent p o l i t i c a l philosophy and ideology, including readings from i n d i v i d u a l i s t , anarchist, s o c i a l i s t , e l i t i s t , Christian, democratic, conservative and l i b e r a l authors. The contemporary search f o r p o l i t i c a l processes and s t r u c t u r e s (Offered alternate years .) appropriate t o human p o t e n t i a l s and l i m i t a t i o n s . 3 8 2 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST POLITICS An examination of Marxist-Leninist t h e o r i e s , t h e development and uses of ideology i n contemporary Communism, and t h e impact of h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s i n t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s . (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years. ) 3 8 4 POLITICAL ANALYSIS Theory and methods of empirical p o l i t i c a l analysis, including communications theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts, psychological and economic approaches t o p o l i t i c a l study, and a survey of t h e methods common t o empirical s o c i a l science. (Prereq.: S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 158 o r 356; o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years.) VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS 2 9 5 LOWER D I V I S I O N SEMINAR Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. ( O f f e r e d on demand) 2 9 9 DIRECTED STUDY Independent study f o r Interim, Spring) lower division students. (Prereq. : #. Fall, 3 9 9 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman o r Internship Director t o determine p r o j e c t . Fall, Interim, Spring) (Prereq.: #. 4 9 5 SEMINAR Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between i n s t r u c t o r and student. (Prereq. : # Fall, Interim, Spring) . Department of Psychology Chairman: Duane Johnson MAJOR: 1 0 c o u r s e s . O n e or two s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s from o t h e r departments may a l s o b e r e q u i r e d . The major program i s planned i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h an a d v i s e r i n the psychology department and approved b y the department chairman. Required c o u r s e s w i l l i n c l u d e 1 0 5 , 364, 493, and 498. B a s i c c o u r s e s t o i n c l u d e i n p r e p a r a t i o n f o r graduate s t u d y a r e 1 0 5 , 355, 357, 359, 364, 481, 498, and a t l e a s t one c o u r s e i n P e r s o n a l i t y o r Developmental Psychology. T h e major program w i l l u s u a l l y i n c l u d e 105 i n t h e freshman y e a r , 364 and o f t e n 355 and 357 i n t h e sophomore y e a r , and 493 and 498 i n the s e n i o r year. T h e o v e r - a l l p l a n w i l l be d i r e c t e d toward a b a s i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e d i s c i p l i n e o f psychology and toward the p a r t i c u l a r e d u c a t i o n a l , v o c a t i o n a l , and p r o f e s s i o n a l interests and g o a l s o f the i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . A w r i t t e n p l a n f o r t h e major s h o u l d be completed and approved b y the b e g i n n i n g o f t h e j u n i o r year. The p l a n , which may i n d i c a t e one o r more e l e c t i v e s i n p s y c h o l o g y , should be completed e a r l y i n t h e sequence o f psychology c o u r s e s . Completion o f a w r i t t e n p l a n l a t e r t h a n the b e g i n n i n g o f t h e j u n i o r year may d e l a y graduation; e a r l y p l a n n i n g i s recommended. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 105. HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r honors i n psychology w i t h a 3.5 grade p o i n t average i n the m a j o r , a 3.0 grade p o i n t average o v e r - a l l , and c o m p l e t i o n o f a h i g h q u a l i t y r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t c u l m i n a t i n g the m a j o r program. A p p l i c a t i o n f o r honors c o n s i d e r a t i o n i s t o be made d u r i n g t h e j u n i o r year. 1 0 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r t h e purpose of understanding behavior. Research procedures associated with t h e study of behavior. A s t r u c t u r e of t h e f i e l d of psychology including psychological p r i n c i p l e s i n ( F a l l , Spring) major sub-areas. 3 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal c h i l d development and behavior. Consideration of t h e o r e t i c a l systems used f o r viewing t h e developmental sequence and process. Active i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l implications and applications of d a t a and theory i n respect t o t h e development of children. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . F a l l ) 3 5 2 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY : ADOLESCENT AND ADULT Emphasis on nonnal develq~mcntand behavior of t h e adolescent and adult. Tl~eoreticu'tbascs used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation f o r t h e developmental process. Active coilsideration of t h e meaning t h a t d a t a and t l ~ e i l r y Iaavc for the development of persons i n t h e adolescent and a d u l t periods of l i f e . (Preraq. : 3 5 1 . Spring),, 3 5 5 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY .. .. I A survey of t h e physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible f o r behavior i n animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding t h e fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods. Emphasis w i l l be given t o i n t e r a c t i o n s of t h e c e n t r a l nervous system with environmental events including t h e e f f e c t s of drugs on behavior. ( P r e r e q . : 105. Fall) 3 5 6 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR A broad-based approach t o t h e study of behavior emphasizing t h e comparison of a wide v a r i e t y of s p e c i e s from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans. S t r e s s w i l l be placed upon studying animals i n t h e i r n a t u r a l h a b i t a t and t h e adaptive behavior p a t t e r n s which have ~ v o l v c dthrough i n t e r a c t i n g with t h e environment. Major t o p i c s w i l l include bahavioral evolution, behavioral development, and s o c i a l behavior i n both mimills and humans. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . Spring) 3 5 7 LEARNING Analysis o f behavior and behavioral change including objectives, evaluation, and environmental f a c t o r s i n t h e learning process. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . S p r i n g ) 3 5 9 MEASUREMENT Theory and p r i n c i p l e s of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, i n t e r e s t , p e r s o n a l i t y , and i n t e l l i g e n c e t e s t s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . F a l l ) 3 6 1 PERSONALITY Dynamics of p e r s o n a l i t y with emphasis on behavior t h a t customarily i s included i n t h e normal range. Includes consideration of t h e o r i e s of p e r s o n a l i t y . ( P r e r e q . : 105. F a l l ) 3 6 2 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS Sociological, b i o l o g i c a l , and psychological f a c t o r s involved i n behavior disorders. Consideration of d i a g n o s t i c categories, treatment, and research. ( P r e r e q . : 3 c o u r s e s o r 361. S p r i n g ) 3 6 4 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Methodology i n major areas of psychological research including s t a t i s t i c a l methodology. Designing, conducting, and analyzing experiments. (Prereq.: 105. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 7 3 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Dynamics of organizing l a r g e groups of individuals i n t o e f f i c i e n t goal-oriented teams. Study o f p o l i c i e s and procedures aimed a t u t i l i z i n g and p e r p e t r a t i n g i n d i v i d u a l i t y ; exploration of approaches t o s e l e c t i n g and developing t h e human resource. (Prereq. : 105. S p r i n g ) 3 7 5 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. General Education requirement. ) (Does n o t c o u n t toward N a t u r a l S c i e n c e 481 HISTORY AND THEORY History of psychological viewpoints and t h e o r e t i c a l p o s i t i o n s . Concentration on t h e development of American psychology. (Prereg.: 4 c o u r s e s . F a l l ) 4 8 5 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY P r i n c i p l e s , methods, and a t t i t u d e s involved i n t h e counseling process. Consideration given t o goals and e t h i c a l guidelines f o r a counseling r e l a t i o n s h i p . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s and s e n i o r s t a n d i n g . S p r i n g ) 4 9 3 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Points of view within behavioral science on contemporary p r o f e s s i o n a l and s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . Consideration of t h e approaches and methods of behavioral science t o t h e study of such i s s u e s . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s . F a l l ) 4 9 8 SEMINAR: RESEARCH PROBLEMS Individual research i n which students s e l e c t an a r e a of i n v e s t i g a t i o n , plan t h e appropriate design, c o l l e c t data, and w r i t e a research report according t o t h e standards e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e American Psychological Association. C r i t i c a l review and discussion of i n d i v i d u a l research p r o j e c t s . (Prereq.: S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and #. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Registration by s p e c i a l permission f o r advanced students i n psychology. Student must present c a r e f u l l y considered r a t i o n a l e and purpose f o r t h e proposed study. Department of Religion Chairman: P h i l i p A. Quanbeck MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s , two o f which may be upper d i v i s i o n New T e s t a m e n t Greek. The major. s h a l l i n c l u d e one i n t e r i m c o u r s e ; and a t l e a s t three o u t o f the f o l l o w i n g f o u r a r e a s s h a l l b e r e p r e s e n t e d b y a t l e a s t o n e c o u r s e : 352-355, 360-363, 471-475, 481-484. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.25 i n the m a j o r and 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t approved b y the department and a c o l l o q u i u m w i t h the department. MINOR: 5 courses. R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e t o a l l o t h e r c o u r s e s . Only one c o u r s e i n H i s t o r y o f R e l i g i o n s may be counted toward f u l f i l l i n g the g r a d u a t i o n requirements. 111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY An introduction t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e of theology and t o t h e dialogue between t h e church and t h e world which concerns C h r i s t i a n doctrine. ( F a l l , Spring) 221 B I B L I C A L STUDIES The o r i g i n , l i t e r a r y character, and transmission of t h e b i b l i c a l documents. The task of b i b l i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . The h i s t o r y of I s r a e l and t h e emergence of t h e ,church. ( F a l l , Spring) 3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION See under Department of Philosophy. 3 5 2 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP A study of t h e o r i g i n of Christian worship, t h e development of t h e various l i t u r g i c a l t r a d i t i o n s and t h e recent l i t u r g i c a l innovations. Attention w i l l be given t o both t h e theology and t h e form of worship. Visits w i l l be made t o a v a r i e t y of worship s e r v i c e s . all) 3 5 5 THE STUDY OF RELIGION I N THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS The h i s t o r y of studying r e l i g i o n i n p u b l i c schools, t h e problems associated with such e f f o r t s , t h e resources a v a i l a b l e t o t h e t e a c h e r and t h e a c t u a l teaching i t s e l f w i l l be examined. The theological, as well as t h e l e g a l and educational implications w i l l be analyzed and discussed. ( S p r i n g ) 3 5 6 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I The r e l i g i o n s of India and Persia: Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, and Zoroastrianism, emphasizing t h e study of t h e primary w r i t i n g s of t h e s e f a i t h s together with an analysis of t h e i r r e l i g i o u s p r a c t i c e s i n t h e context of t h e i r respective c u l t u r e s . (1974-75) 3 5 7 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I 1 The r e l i g i o n s of China, Japan and t h e Arabian Near East: Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, Shinto, and Islam, emphasizing study of t h e primary w r i t i n g s of these f a i t h s t o g e t h e r with an a n a l y s i s o f t h e i r r e l i g i o u s p r a c t i c e s i n t h e context of t h e i r respective c u l t u r e s . (1975-76) 3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY An examination of t h e s o c i a l sources and p r a c t i c e s . P a r t i c u l a r emphasis i s given r e l a t i o n t o r e l i g i o u s systems, and t o an of s o c i e t y and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of t h e s e s t r u c t u r e of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f s and t o t h e study of burcaucracy and i t s exploration o f t h e c h a r ~ g t n gp a t t e r n s changes t o t h e insti.tuti.ona1 church. (Fall) 3 6 1 CHURCH FATHERS The development of some fundamental d o c t r i n e s from t h e time of t h e Apostolic Fathers through Augustine . 3 6 2 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS An introduction t o t h e t h e o l o g i c a l thought of t h e P r o t e s t a n t reformers of t h e s i x t e e n t h century. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e writings o f Martin Luther and o t h e r representative figures. (Fall) 3 6 3 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM The P r o t e s t a n t ethos i n t h e United S t a t e s . Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e r i s e of r e l i g i o u s l i b e r t y , revivalism, t h e American denominational s t r u c t u r e , and t h e responses of American Protestantism t o t h e challenges of i t s environing culture. (Fall) 3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH (See under Department of Music) 4 7 1 JESUS AND H I S INTERPRETERS Consideration of t h e New Testament Documents, p a r t i c u l a r l y t h e Gospels, dealing with t h e i r content, l i t e r a r y s t r u c t u r e and r e l a t i o n s h i p s . Attention t o t h e v a r i e t y o f i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s given t h e person of Jesus, including t h e "quest f o r t h e h i s t o r i c a l Jesus . I t ( F a l l ) 4 7 2 THEOLOGY OF PAUL A study of t h e Apostle Paul including h i s h i s t o r i c a l background, h i s r e l a t i o n s h i p t o t h e e a r l y church, and some of t h e themes t o be found i n h i s writings. ( S p r i n g ) 4 7 3 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT The various types of Old Testament l i t e r a t u r e . The d i s t i n c t i v e ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on t h e message of t h e prophets. ( S p r i n g ) 4 7 5 JUDAISM A survey of t h e h i s t o r y o f Judaism from t h e end of t h e Old Testament period t o modern times, with emphasis placed upon t h e r e l i g i o u s development. A s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n such modern Jewish t h i n k e r s as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant t o Augsburg College i n support o f t h i s course i n Judaism offered i n t h e r e l i g i o n department. ( F a l l ) 4 8 1 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY An introduction t o some r e p r e s e n t a t i v e t r e n d s i n C h r i s t i a n theological thought today, a s seen from t h e systematic perspective, i n t h e l i g h t o f t h e continuing t h e o l o g i c a l t a s k of t h e C h r i s t i a n Church. ( S p r i n g ) 4 8 2 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY New t r e n d s of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n t h e writings of some of i t s representatives. Relation of new t h e o l o g i c a l and b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s o f t h e church. (Spring) 4 8 3 CHRISTIAN ETHICS The bases of Christian s o c i a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y , i n terms of t h e o l o g i c a l and s o c i o l o g i c a l dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective f o r c r i t i c a l r e f l e c t i o n upon moral a c t i o n . ( S p r i n g ) Social Science Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist T h i s major i s designed f o r t h o s e preparing f o r secondary school t e a c h i n g i n s o c i a l s t u d i e s and f o r o t h e r s who d e s i r e a broad major i n t h i s a r e a . A major c o n s i s t s o f 14 c o u r s e s , which may be earned i n any one o f f o u r d i s t r i b u t i o n s . A s t u d e n t may n o t l i s t a double major i n S o c i a l Science and one o f t h e four component d i s c i p l i n e s u n l e s s t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n s e l e c t e d i n t h e S o c i a l Science major i s s i g n i f i c a n t l y d i f f e r e n t from t h e o t h e r major. A. HISTORY EMPHASIS 7 courses i n h i s t o r y : a d i s t r i b u t i o n of these courses among the f i e l d s o f American, European, and Non-Western i s encouraged -- a t l e a s t 4 of t h e s e courses must be upper d i v i s i o n and one a seminar; 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science; 4 courses: 1 each i n geography, anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1 course i n t h e methodology of t h e s o c i a l sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363; Economics 379 o r 495). B . BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS 1 course i n geography; 1 course i n anthropology; 2 courses i n h i s t o r y ; 2 courses i n t h e methodology of t h e Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363, Economics 379 o r 495); 7 other courses i n economics, p o l i t i c a l science, and sociology, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 3 upper division courses; 1 additional upper d i v i s i o n course i n economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, psychology o r sociology. C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS 8 courses i n Non-Western 2 courses i n h i s t o r y and 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Religion 353; Philosophy s t u d i e s , s e l e c t e d from t h e following, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science: History 104, 440, P o l i t i c a l Science 351, 353, 361, 363, 382, 495, 499; 355. 6 other courses including: History 103; one course i n the methodology of t h e s o c i a l sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384; Economics 379 o r 495; Sociology 362, 363 o r 365); and 4 additional e l e c t i v e s ; one each i n geography, anthropology, sociology, and economics. For a S o c i a l Science major with a Non-Western emphasis t o meet t h e requirements of t h e S t a t e of Minnesota f o r a high school teacher of t h e s o c i a l s t u d i e s , t h e r e must be among t h e courses taken a t l e a s t 7 courses i n h i s t o r y o r i n p o l i t i c a l science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined. D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS 1 course i n each of geography, anthropology, s t a t i s t i c s ; 11 courses i n h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, and economics, with a t l e a s t 3 i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 5 upper d i v i s i o n courses, t o be s e l e c t e d from t h e following: P o l i t i c a l Science 158, 160, 350, 351, 353, 361, 363, 381, 382, 495, 499; History 103, 104, 332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499. Department of Sociology and Social Work Sociology Chairman: J o e l Torstenson MAJOR I N SOCIOLOGY: 10 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 362, 3 6 3 , 3 7 5 , 485, 487, and an upper d i v i s i o n i n t e r i m c o u r s e or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , and t w o u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s (i.e., 300 and above) 111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS The c u l t u r a l and s t r u c t u r a l dynamics of t h e modern world viewed from t h e perspective of t h e metropolitan s i t u a t i o n , with a focus on t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s of human community i n t h e context of urban i n s t i t u t i o n s and processes. ( F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) 1 2 1 P R I N C I P L E S OF SOCIOLOGY The development of s o c i o l o g i c a l consciousness; i t s motifs, perspectives, and l i n g u i s t i c forms; s o c i o l o g i c a l models f o r analyzing t h e s t r u c t u r e s and dynamics of s o c i e t y , community, groups, and p e r s o n a l i t y ; t h e r o l e of sociology a s an academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . Basic background f o r advanced work i n sociology. ( S p r i n g ) 2 3 1 FAMILY PROCESS: COMMUNICATION AND STRUCTURE Designed t o heighten awareness of communication p a t t e r n s i n i n t i m a t e r e l a t i o n s h i p s and t o provide perspective and s k i 11s f o r c r e a t i n g v i a b l e r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n pre-marital, m a r i t a l , and family systems. The impact of h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary urban contexts on t h e s t r u c t u r e of t h e family i s examined. P/N only. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 3 2 SOCIOLOGY OF S O C I A L PROBLEMS The dynamic processes a t t h e r o o t of contemporary s o c i a l problems i n t h e context of h i s t o r i c a l , s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l change. One s e c t i o n i n t h e f a l l term gives s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o delinquency and deviance. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of t h e i d e a of c u l t u r e ; t h e person's r e l a t i o n t o c u l t u r e ; language and i t s r e l a t i o n t o m u l t i p l e ways of seeing t h e world. A comparison of "primitive1' and " c i v i l i z e d " world views, values, and systems of thought, magic, r e l i g i o n , work, and play. ( F a l l ) 3 6 0 R E L I G I O N AND SOCIETY See under Department of Religion 362, 3 6 3 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11 An i n t e g r a t e d two-course sequence i n s o c i o l o g i c a l research: problems and procedures of t h e research process; methods of i n v e s t i g a t i o n and s t a t i s t i c a l analysis; evaluation and empirical t e s t i n g of s o c i o l o g i c a l data; s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g ; research techniques and d a t a - g e t t i n g t o o l s . S t r e s s on p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of what i s learned a s i t i s learned. Sociology majors a r e s t r o n g l y encouraged t o t a k e t h i s sequence t h e i r j u n i o r year. (Prereq.: 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y i n c l u d i n g 121 or p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r ; h i g h s c h o o l a 1 gebra. Fall, Spring) 3 6 5 SOCIAL S T A T I S T I C S S c i e n t i f i c methods of organizing, comparing and i n t e r p r e t i n g socio-psychological d a t a . Constructing graphs and t a b l e s , c a l c u l a t i n g measures of c e n t r a l tendency, v a r i a b i l i t y and a s s o c i a t i o n , s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g . Not open t o sociology majors. Spring term i s designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r S o c i a l Welfare majors. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 7 3 DILEMMAS I N CRIMINAL JUSTICE Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gangdelinquency, w h i t e - c o l l a r crime, organized crime. The t h e o r i e s of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 , 232; s e c t i o n o n d e l i n q u e n c y and d e v i a t i o n . Spring) Society and t h e i n d i v i d u a l , t h e s o c i a l i z a t i o n process, t h e development of p e r s o n a l i t y , t h e impact of group norms. The various t h e o r e t i c a l schools of s o c i a l psychology. Special a t t e n t i o n i s p a i d t o t h e s o c i a l and s i t u a t i o n a l components of phenomena commonly seen as i n d i v i d u a l problems, phenomena such a s mental r e t a r d a t i o n , mental i l l n e s s , I.Q. t e s t performance. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 o r Psychology 1 0 5 . Spring) 3 8 1 SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES AND URBANIZATION - A- review of h i s t o r i c works by such s c h o l a r s as ~G n n i e s , Weber, Park and Wirth; and an examination o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e contemporary s o c i o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s of urban and suburban l i f e . ( P r e r e q . : 111, 121. S,?ring) 3 8 3 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The h i s t o r i c a l , c u l t u r a l , s t r u c t u r a l and psychological dimensions of minority group r e l a t i o n s . Plaj o r a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon prejudice, racism, and all, S p r i n g . P / N o n l y ) c i v i l r i g h t s i n t h e American urban s e t t i n g . 3 8 4 HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND S O C I A L I Z A T I O N The process of becoming a member of s o c i e t y and groups. S o c i a l i z a t i o n w i l l be examined as a l i f e - l o n g process with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o p e r s o n a l i t y change, e f f e c t s of deprivation, problems of t h e l i f e cycle, and crossc u l t u r a l differences i n growing up, l i v i n g and dying. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 o r Psychology 105. Fall) Consult t h e Department Chairman o r Internship D i r e c t o r f o r d e t a i l s . ( P r e r e q . : #) 4 8 5 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY An examination of t h e major t h e o r e t i c a l t r a d i t i o n s within sociology, t r a c i n g t h e course of t h e i r development i n t h e nineteenth and t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r i e s . ( P r e r e q . : 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 o r #. F a l l ) 4 8 7 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION The phenomena of s o c i a l s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and s o c i a l organization; t h e i r s t r u c t u r a l and dynamic dimensions. Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and large-scale organization i n an urban world. (Prereq.: 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y , i n c l u d i n g 121. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation with i n s t r u c t o r . of instructor. (Prereq. : 121, permission Fall, Interim, Spring) Social Work Director: Paul T. Steen MAJOR: The core program o f S o c i a l Work c o u r s e s b e g i n s i n the j u n i o r y e a r , b u t freshmen and sophomores a r e a d v i s e d t o t a k e S o c i a l Work 257 or t o h a v e other s i g n i f i c a n t v o l u n t e e r experience b e f o r e majoring. CORE PROGRAM REQUIRED: P s y c h o l o g y 105; S o c i o l o g y 1 2 1 , 365, 3 8 3 , and 384; S o c i a l Work 351, 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 861 8 6 3 , and 467. One c o u r s e i n t h e C o n s e r v a t i o n o f Human R e s o u r c e s (CHR) program s h o u l d be t a k e n ( s e e t h e i n d e x i n t h i s c a t a l o g t o f i n d where t o r e a d a b o u t CHR c o u r s e s ) . (one The f o l l o w i n g a r e h i g h l y recommended: Economics 122; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o f the f o l l o w i n g ) 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 325 326; Psychology 351 352 (may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r S o c i o l o g y 3 8 4 ) , 362 375 (same as S o c i o l o g y 3 7 5 ) ; S o c i a l Work 257 357 ( t o be taken as freshman or sophomore); and S o o i o l o g y 231 and 232. - or and 2 5 7 VOLUNTEER SERVICE AND INDEPENDENT STUDY With f a c u l t y approval, student s e l e c t s a placement as a f u l l - t i m e volunteer i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . Opportunity t o know s o c i a l work professional, s o c i a l s e r v i c e delivery systems, and career aspects i n t h e helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper r e p o r t and review conferences. E s p e c i a l l y recommended f o r freshmen and sophomores. ( I n t e r i m ) 3 5 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SERVICES Basic f e a t u r e s of t h e helping process; s o c i a l work as a profession; b r i e f d e s c r i p t i v e a t t e n t i o n t o t h e p r i n c i p a l methods o f s o c i a l work, of casework, group work, and community organization. The p u b l i c and p r i v a t e welfare systems i n urbanized America. Two l e c t u r e periods and s i x hours f i e l d experience p e r week. ( P r e r e q . : j u n i o r s t a n d i n g or #. F a l l ) 3 5 2 SELECTED PROGRAMS I N SOCIAL WELFARE A p a i r o f seminars c o n s i s t i n g of s o c i a l s e c u r i t y (required), and one a d d i t i o n a l seminar i n such t o p i c s as mental r e t a r d a t i o n , p u b l i c housing, o r aging. F i e l d experience extended from S o c i a l Work 351 a t 16 hours p e r week t o l e a r n by p r a c t i c e t h e s k i l l s of casework and/or group work. (Prereq.: 351. I n t e r i m ) 3 5 3 THEORY OF CASEWORK AND GROUP WORK Delineation and a p p l i c a t i o n o f p r i n c i p l e s and techniques o f casework and group work. Reflective seminar use o f p r i o r and concurrent experiences i n f i e l d work. Two l e c t u r e s p e r week p l u s s i x hours f i e l d p r a c t i c e s e l e c t e d s o t h a t student completes s k i l l development i n both casework and group work. (Prereq. : 352. S p r i n g ) 3 5 7 SUMMER WORK-STUDY * A summer work experience of t e n weeks o r longer i n a service-giving r o l e through assignment as an employed s t a f f o r full-time volunteer member i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . Special opportunity t o consider career aspects of s o c i a l work. Reflective, a n a l y t i c a l reports and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminars required. Sophomores and juniors. Social Work 358 may be taken concurrently but not required. (summer) 3 5 8 INDEPENDENT STUDY WITH SUMMER WORK-STUDY I N SOCIAL SERVICES To be taken concurrently with 357. With f a c u l t y approval a t o p i c i s s e l e c t e d f o r independent study r e l a t i n g t o t h e work experience. Study t o be reported i n a major paper of high q u a l i t y . (Sunrmer) 4 6 1 LINKAGE AND LABORATORY I N SPECIAL AREAS Students placed f o r refinement of p r a c t i c e s k i l l s i n programs serving s p e c i a l groups such as aging, mental r e t a r d a t i o n , t h e chemically dependent, o r youth subculture. Twice a week linkage seminars with 6-8 hours f i e l d p r a c t i c e . Not open t o students taking 463. (Prereq.: 353. F a l l ) 4 6 3 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION Locality development and s o c i a l change through community organization, s o c i a l planning, and s o c i a l action. F i e l d experience o f s i x hours with two l e c t u r e s p e r week. Two l e c t u r e periods p e r week, plus e i t h e r (a) f o r majors, 8 hours r e l a t e d f i e l d experience; o r (b) f o r non-majors, 8 hours r e l a t e d f i e l d experience o r an approved plan f o r independent work i n community study o r planning. Not open t o students taking 461. (Prereq.: #. F a l l ) 4 6 7 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP I N SOCIAL WORK Responsibilities assigned as a professional s o c i a l worker i n some s o c i a l welfare agency with arranged linkage seminars. Some students s e l e c t e d f o r stipended positions. 12 t o 20 hours p e r week. (Prereq.: 461 or 463 and major Spring) . Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts Chairman: Raymond Anderson COMMUNICATIQN MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 342, 351 o r 352, 354, 487 and E n g l i s h 219. S u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s r e q u i r e d b u t n o t c o u n t i n g toward t h e major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; S o c i o l o g y 111, 375. T y p i n g a b i l i t y required. The communication m a j o r i s a f l e x i b l e i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y program which g l l o w s f o r d i f f e r e n t emphases -- j o u r n a l i s m , a d v e r t i s i n g and p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s , r a d i o t e l e v i s i o n - f i l m , human r e l a t i o n s , and s u p e r v i s o r y management. Program g u i d e s f o r e a c h a r e a a r e a v a i l a b l e from the Department Chairman o r the O f f i c e o f Admissions. P r o s p e c t i v e m a j o r s s h o u l d c o n t a c t the department a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e t o work o u t a plan f o r the major and a personal c a r e e r a c t i o n p l a n . Freshmen s h o u l d t a k e Speech 111, Psychology 1 0 5 , S o c i o l o g y 111, and Philosophy 130. COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses SPEECH MAJOR: 10 courses SPEECH MAJOR FOR-TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 232, 2 4 1 , 351 o r 352, 3 5 5 , 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , 476. A s p e e c h e d u c a t i o n m a j o r s h o u l d be combined w i t h a m a j o r i n ~ n b l i s hi f p o s s i b l e . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n drama or f o r e n s i c s required. SPEECH.MINOR FOR TEACHING: 5 c o u r s e s . For s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 232, 351 orL352, 3 T , ' - - 3 L 0 ; 3 6 6 ; c o u r s e 476 i s recommended. For e l e m e n t a r y e d u c a t i o n , THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 1 1 6 , 2 2 8 , 232, 360, 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , 467. A c o u r s e i n cinema a r t s and 2 c o u r s e s i n d r a m a t i c l i t e r a t u r e may be counted toward a t h e a t e r a r t s m a j o r . T h i s m a j o r s h o u l d be s u p p o r t e d b y a n E n g l i s h m i n o r or a t l e a s t b y s e v e r a l c o u r s e s i n l i t e r a t u r e i n c l u d i n g S h a k e s p e a r e and Modern Drama or S c a n d i n a v i a n Drama. Freshmen p l a n n i n g t o m a j o r i n t h e a t e r a r t s s h o u l d t a k e c o u r s e s 111, 1 1 6 , and 228. Experience requirement f o r t h e a t e r a r t s majors: Experience i s required i n f o u r o u t o f the f i v e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : a c t i n g , set c o n s t r u c t i o n and p a i n t i n g , l i g h t and s o u n d , c o s t u m e , h o u s e management. Majors s h o u l d t a k e p a r t i n dramatic productions during a l l four years. THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including: 2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 360, 3 6 1 , 366. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA o f 3.25 i n t h e m a j o r , 3.00 o v e r - a l l , t h r e e i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y p r o j e c t s o f h o n o r s q u a l i t y , d i s t i n g u i s h e d performance i n a t l e a s t one o f the communication a r t s , comprehensive e x a m i n a t i o n i n f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . A p p l i c a t i o n t o be made e a r l y i n the s e n i o r y e a r . Courses 116 and 476 a r e s t r o n g l y recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s i n e l e m e n t a r y education. 1 11 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of e f f e c t i v e speaking and c r i t i c a l l i s t e n i n g . (Fall, Spring) 116 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS Selection of s t o r i e s f o r various age groups. Techniques, observation, and p r a c t i c e i n s t o r y t e l l i n g and c r e a t i v e dramatics. Recommended f o r p a r i s h workers and elementary school teachers. ( F a l l ) Construction, painting, and o t h e r aspects of scenery preparation. students. ( F a l l ) Open t o a l l 2 3 2 ACTING An introduction t o t h e a r t of acting. P r a c t i c a l work i n pantomime and improvisation; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n dramatic presentations. (Spring) 2 4 1 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART A study of f i l m as an a r t form; major developments i n f i l m h i s t o r y ; analysis of s i g n i f i c a n t films, with emphasis on a e s t h e t i c r a t h e r than t e c h n i c a l elements. (Spring) 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY A study o f t h e d i s t i n c t i v e character of each of t h e major mass media, with emphasis on t h e i r r o l e i n s o c i e t y . of P o l i t i c a l Science. ( S p r i n g ) See a l s o description under Department 351 ARGUMENTATION Application of l o g i c i n p u b l i c speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 PERSUASION Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of g r e a t speeches; p r a c t i c a l work i n speech w r i t i n g . ( S p r i n g ) 354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION Introduction t o communication dynamics embracing s c i e n t i f i c as well as humanistic perspectives on human communication. ( S p r i n g ) 355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION Theories of group leadership; p r i n c i p l e s and types of discussion; p r a c t i c e i n .discussion techniques. ( F a l l ) 3 6 0 INTERPRETATIVE READING Basic p r i n c i p l e s of o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of l i t e r a t u r e . prose, poetry, and drama. ( F a l l ) P r a c t i c e i n reading 361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS An introduction t o h i s t o r y of t h e t h e a t e r and t o t h e o r i e s of drama and dramatic production. ( F a l l ) 366 STAGE DIRECTION Theory and p r a c t i c e of s t a g e d i r e c t i o n with laboratory exercises i n planning productions and conducting rehearsals. Open t o upper d i v i s i o n students on 1y (Spring) . 467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN History, theory, and p r a c t i c e of s t a g e l i g h t i n g and scene design. 228 or #. Spring) (Prereq. : 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological f a c t o r s underlying normal and abnormal speech. introduction t o p r i n c i p l e s and methods of speech c o r r e c t i o n . ( S p r i n g ) An 480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION Cooperative i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t o p i c s i n speech and communication theory. (Fall) 487 FIELD EXPERIENCE I N COMMUNICATION Students a r e assigned t o work i n radio s t a t i o n s , t e l e v i s i o n s t a t i o n s , newspaper o r o t h e r publishing firms, e t c . , f o r p r a c t i c a l o r i e n t a t i o n t o communication occupations. ( P r e r e q . : 480 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 480. F a l l , Spring) 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION Selected t o p i c s i n speech and communication, with emphasis on t h e use of primary sources and methodology of research. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA Individual p r o j e c t s i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and t h e a t e r . * ( F a l l , Spring) Total Student Enrollment . . .. .. ,. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ...... 1,773 359 Academic Year, 1972-1973, Summer Session, 1973 Summary of Graduates ................ Graduates, 1870-1972 Graduates, 1973 (September 1, 1972 - May 20, 1973) . 5,434 260 Faculty RUTH AASKOV, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Language, Ph. D . 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (French) COURTLAND AGRE, P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Organic Chemistry) *WARREN A N , A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music (Lower Brass) EARL ALTON, P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y of Michigan (Physical Chemistry and I n o r g a n i c Chemistry), Department Chairman LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Education and Psychology, M.A. 1947, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Psychology) . BARBARA ANDERSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (English Education) ERNEST ANDERSON, P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman *MARGARET J . ANDERSON, L i b r a r i a n , I n s t r u c t o r , M.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota OSCAR A. ANDERSON, P r e s i d e n t of t h e College, B . D . 1942, Luther Theological Seminary, L. L . D . 1963, Concordia College RAYMOND E . ANDERSON, P r o f e s s o r of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman *MICHAEL J . ARNDT, I n s t r u c t o r of S p e e c h / ~ r a m a , B.A. 1968, Augsburg College, (Theater Arts D i r e c t o r ) KENNETH C . BAILEY, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Academic A f f a i r s and Dean of t h e College, Ph. D. 1960, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Philosophy) *VALERIA B . BALTINA, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, M.A. 1933, U n i v e r s i t y of L a t v i a (German and Russian) JOHN E . BENSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of R e l i g i o n , Ph.D. 1967, Columbia U n i v e r s i t y (Philosophy o f Religion) *ROBERT E . BEVERLEY, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.M. 1948, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Woodwind) *JAMES BILLINGS, I n s t r u c t o r of Business Administration, M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Health Economics) VERN BLOOM, D i r e c t o r of t h e Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Urban and Criminal J u s t i c e Studies) WILLIAM CARIS, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa (Head F o o t b a l l Coach) JAMES CARLSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, Ph.D. 1972, I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg Concert Band) *NELSON CARR, A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music (Brass) CARL H . CHRISLOCK, P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , Ph.D. 1955, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (American History) BERNHARD M . CHRISTENSEN, P r e s i d e n t Emeritus, Ph D. 1929, H a r t f o r d Seminary Foundation *L. GRACIA CHRISTENSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1935, R a d c l i f f e College (Chaucer) ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate P r o f e s s o r , Ph.D. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa ( D i r e c t o r of t h e S o c i a l Science Research Center) AILENE COLE, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Speech, M.A. 1949, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Theater Arts) (Has a dog t h a t o f t e n v i s i t s t h e campus) . K . BERNER DAHLEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1940, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota ( B r i t i s h L i t e r a t u r e ) F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of t h e F a c u l t y and D i r e c t o r of S p e c i a l Programs, Ph.D. 1966, Duke U n i v e r s i t y JOHN C . DAWSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program) (Enjoys music, summer s p o r t s and p o l i t i c s ) BEVERLY C. DURKEE, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, Ph. D . 1972, Arizona S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Teaching of Mathematics) GRACE B . DYRUD, P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Learning) *EDGAR E . EKLOF, A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music, M . M . 1956, Manhattan School of Music (Voice) *ROBERT ENGELSON, D i r e c t o r o f t h e Choral Club, B . A . 1972, Augsburg College *KENNETH N . ERICKSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Space Physics) *ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach SHELDON FARDIG, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Human R e l a t i o n s i n Education) NORMAN B . L . FERGUSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin ( P h y s i o l o g i c a l Psychology) HENRY G . FOLLINGSTAD, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Complex Analysis) (Enjoys w r i t i n g n o n - f i c t i o n ) BURTON P . FOSSE, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Finance and Management, B . B . A . and B . M . E . 1949, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota *ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, I n s t r u c t o r i n A r t , M.A. 1970, Penn S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Visual Communications) MARK FUEHRER, I n s t r u c t o r of Philosophy, M.A. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy) (Enj oys f e n c i n g , c l a s s i c a l s t u d i e s and Renaissance a r t ) *WALTER FUNMAKER, I n s t r u c t o r of Indian S t u d i e s , B.A. 1967, C a l i f o r n i a S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y a t Los Angeles STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.A. 1966, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Organ) JERRY GERASIMO, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph . D . 1966, U n i v e r s i t y o f Chicago (Human Development) BRUCE L . GILDSETH, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Student A f f a i r s and Dean of Admissions, Ph. D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f H i s t o r y , Ph D . 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Modern European H i s t o r y ) ( C o l l e c t s books and r a i s e s roses) *ROBERT GRAMS, I n s t r u c t o r of Sociology, B . A . 1969, Augsburg College DEAN B. GULDEN, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, M.S. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Algebra), Department Chairman (Spends weekends p l u s t h e e n t i r e summer i n t h e North Woods) DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , Ph. D. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Modern World H i s t o r y ) , Department Chairman ARLIN E . GYBERG, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota ( A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry) (Enjoys b a s k e t b a l l , f i s h i n g , p a d d l e b a l l and s o f t b a l l . Active i n p r o f e s s i o n a l education and p r o f e s s i o n a l chemistry) . LEIF E . HANSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , M.A. 1950, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Norwegian) (Sometimes a s s o c i a t e s w i t h Swedes. Spends summers as language camp d i r e c t o r ) THEODORE J . HANWICK, P r o f e s s o r of P h y s i c s , Ph.D. 1950, New York U n i v e r s i t y (Astronomy and O p t i c a l Physics) Department Chairman MILDA HEDBLOM, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of P o l i t i c a l Science, M.A. 1966, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Mass P a r t i c i p a t i o n and P o l i t i c a l Communication) *DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r , L. L . B . 1961, W i l l i a m M i t c h e l l College of Law (Business Law) MELVIN HELLAND, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph. D. 1930, H a r t f o r d Seminary Foundation *KATHERINE A . HENNIG, Artist i n Residence i n Music, M.A. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Voice) DAINA HERFORTH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , B.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Economics) ROBERT S. HERFORTH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f Nebraska (Microbiology and Developmental Biology) NORMAN D. HOLEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f A r t , M.F.A. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa ( S c u l p t u r e ) HOLGER HOLMEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Education, Ed. D . 1969, U n i v e r s i t y of Missouri (School and S o c i e t y ) JOHN R. HOLUM, P r o f e s s o r o f Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Organic Chemistry) ERVIN INNIGER, I n s t r u c t o r o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education, B .S. 1967, I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y ( B a s k e t b a l l Coach) VALIJA JAUNLININS, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (German) * I . KHIN KHIN JENSEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f H i s t o r y , Ph.D. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Asian H i s t o r y ) MILDRED V. J O E L , P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Registrar) DUANE E . JOHNSON, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Development a 1 Psychology) Department Chairman EINAR 0 . JOHNSON, P r o f e s s o r o f Education, Ph.D. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y o f Washington, Chairman o f t h e Department o f Education GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Development, B.S. E . 1952, U n i v e r s i t y o f Nebraska and B . D. 1959, Luther T h e o l o g i c a l Seminary JAMES D. JOHNSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.S. 1958, J u i l l i a r d School o f Music (Piano) MARY E . JOHNSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Languages, M.A. 1950, Columbia U n i v e r s i t y , M.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (French) ROBERT KARLEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.A. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Scandinavian Music, D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg O r c h e s t r a ) , Department Chairman *SYLVIA KERR, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, Ph.D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Zoology) *JAMES KINCANNON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Psychology, Ph .D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, A s s i s t a n t Prcifessor o f Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury C o l l e g e (Spanish) BERNHARDT J . KLEVEN, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph. D. 1941, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota BOYD KOEHLER, L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r . M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota *ROY H. LAFAYETTE, I n s t r u c t o r o f Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , B. S. B . 1965, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Auditing) *LORA LINDGREN, I n s t r u c t o r o f H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l Education, M. S. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Wyoming LORRAINE K . LIVINGSTON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1932, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota ( E n g l i s h L i t e r a t u r e and C r e a t i v e Writing) GERTRUDE S . LUND, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Business Education, M.A. 1951, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Enjoys t r a v e l i n g ) ORLIN L. MANDSAGER, College P a s t o r and L e c t u r e r i n Religion, B . D . 1961, Luther Theological Seminary "KEISHIRO MATSUMOTO, I n s t r u c t o r of Business Administration, M . B . A . 1965, U n i v e r s i t y o f Michigan ( S t a t i s t i c a l Methods i n Finance) MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1932, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota *MARIE 0. McNEFF, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r Education, Ed.D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Nebraska (Elementary Education) (Enjoys bargain-hunting) DIANA LEE METZKER, I n s t r u c t o r i n Music, M.A. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Organ, Piano, Theory) ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota ( F i e l d Biology and Human Biology) (Spends h i s Sundays preaching) *SHEROD MILLER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Sociology, Ph.D. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota ( I n t e r p e r s o n a l communication) (Enjoys s a i l b o a t i n g and gardening) JOHN R . MITCHELL, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of E n g l i s h , M.A. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y o f Tennessee (Modern Poetry and Cinema) (Chief academic and p e r s o n a l i n t e r e s t s i n c l u d e f i l m s t u d i e s and film-making, p o e t r y and c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g , p a i n t i n g , Jungian psychology and dream a n a l y s i s , African l i t e r a t u r e , e l e c t r o n i c music, t e n n i s , c r o s s country s k i i n g , archaeology) *AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n A r t , LL.D. 1944, U n i v e r s i t y of T a r t u , E s t o n i a ( S t a i n e d Glass) GERDA MORTENSEN, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1928, Columbia U n i v e r s i t y (Commissioner and Executive S e c r e t a r y f o r t h e Norsemen's F e d e r a t i o n ; S e c r e t a r y of t h e Executive Committee o f t h e Norwegian-American 19 75 S e s q u i c e n t e n n i a l A s s o c i a t i o n f o r t h e Midwest) *KATSUYOSHI NAKAMURA, I n s t r u c t o r o f Foreign Languages, M. A. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Greek) (Enjoys e x e r c i s e s i n a l l a s p e c t s - p h y s i c a l , mental and s p i r i t u a l ) ARTHUR NASH, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph.D. 1938, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota EDOR C . NELSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach) GORDON L. NELSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y of Chicago ( E t h i c s and S o c i e t y ) RICHARD C . NELSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Ancient History) "CATHERINE NICHOLL, Adjunct A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , Ph.D. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota GRIER NICHOLL, Associate P r o f e s s o r of E n g l i s h , Ph.D. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (American S t u d i e s ) NORMA C . NOONAN, Associate P r o f e s s o r of P o l i t i c a l Science, Ph.D. 1965, I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y (Comparative P o l i t i c s , S o v i e t P o l i t i c s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l R e l a t i o n s ) Department Chairman (Has t r a v e l e d e x t e n s i v e l y through t h e U.S. S. R . , E a s t e r n and Western Europe. Enjoys music, r e a d i n g and gardening; a c t i v e i n p o l i t i c s . DOUGLAS J . OLLILA, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f R e l i g i o n , Th.D. 1963, Boston U n i v e r s i t y ( R e l i g i o n i n America) ESTHER J . OLSON, P r o f e s s o r of Speech, Ph.D. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Theater Arts) JOHN T. O'MALLEY, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1971, Mankato S t a t e College (Accounting) *WILLIAM OYLER, I n s t r u c t o r of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (German) "VALERIE PACE, I n s t r u c t o r o f Sociology, B.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y o f Iowa (American C i v i l i z a t i o n ) RONALD G . PALOSAARI, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f English, Ph.D. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (American S t u d i e s ) Acting Department Chairman. (Likes r a c k e t b a l l , t e n n i s , conversation and f i l m s ) "PATRICIA PARKER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Library Science, M.A. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y o f Michigan KERMIT E . PAULSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Physics, M.S. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin-Madison (Nuclear Radiation Physics) ANNE PEDERSON, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1945, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota LAU&TTA PELTON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette U n i v e r s i t y (Teacher Competencies) (Likes a r t c r a f t s , music, out door camping with s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n water s p o r t s and t r a v e l ) WAR&N L . PERSONS, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Mathematics, M.A. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Point S e t Topology) LaVONNE PETERSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.A. 1953, Montana S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Cross country s k i i n g , camping, mus i c) JOYCE PFAFF, I n s t r u c t o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota. (Works with t h e mentally r e t a r d e d ; spends weekends s k i i n g . ) MARTIN QUANBECK, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota PHILIP A . QUANBECK, P r o f e s s o r of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, P r i n c e t o n Theological Seminary, Department Chairman of Religion BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Philosophy o f k l i g i o n , E x i s t e n t i a l i s m ) Department Chairman (Enjoys camping and t r a v e l ) STEVEN F. REUTER, I n s t r u c t o r of Education, M.Ed. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y of Nebraska (Elementary Education) (Antique c o l l e c t o r ) *JOHN F. RILEY, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Religion, Ph.D. 1964, C a t h o l i c U n i v e r s i t y of America (Contemporary C a t h o l i c Theology) GUNTA ROZENTALS, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, Ph. D 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Spanish) PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct I n s t r u c t o r i n A r t (Film-Making) . EDWARD M. SABELLA, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Economics, Ph.D. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman (Theory, P u b l i c Finance, Urban) "KATHRYN SANDQUIST, I n s t r u c t o r o f Music, B.A. 1958, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Piano) RICHARD B . SARGENT, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f English, B. A. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y o f North C a r o l i n a (Shakespeare, Drama, Renaissance L i t e r a t u r e ) LELAND B , SATEEN, P r o f e s s o r of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College and D.Mus. 1965, Lakeland College ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg Choir) *IRENE SCHILLING, L i b r a r i a n I , M.A. 1973, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Library Science) EDWIN J . SAUGESTAD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach) A. MAY0 SAVOLD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.Mus.Ed. 1963, MacPhail School o f Music *RABBI FREDERICK C. SCHWARTZ, V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r of R e l i g i o n , Ph.D. 1960, Hebrew Union College (Judaism) MARJORIE H . SIBLEY, Head L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1943, U n i v e r s i t y of I l l i n o i s and M.A. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota *DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching A s s i s t a n t i n Biology EUGENE SKIBBE, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Religion, D.Th. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y o f Heidelberg (Contemporary Theology) PAUL T. STEEN, P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota ( S o c i a l Welfare) (Active i n mental r e t a r d a t i o n s e r v i c e s and aging p r o j e c t s of t h e community) *CARROLL I . STEIN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1966, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Organizational Psychology) DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, Ph. D . 1973, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (German, L i n g u i s t i c s ) Department Chairman MYLES C . STENSHOEL, P r o f e s s o r o f P o l i t i c a l Science, Ph.D. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y of Colorado ( C o n s t i t u t i o n a l Law, P o l i t i c a l Theory) GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1968, M . A . 1970, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota RALPH SULERUD, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r of Biology, Ph. D . 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of Nebraska (Genetics) Department Chairman PHILIP J . THOMPSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of A r t , M.F.A. 1958, U n i v e r s i t y o f Iowa ( P a i n t i n g ) Department Chairman *RICHARD THONI, I n s t r u c t o r of Psychology, B . A . 1966, S t . Olaf College (Personality) NEAL 0 . THORPE, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, Ph.D. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Biochemistry and Biomedical Research) JOHN THUT, Associate P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music VERA THUT, I n s t r u c t o r Emeritus, B .Mus . 1927, American Conservatory of Mus i c JOEL S. TORSTENSON, P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Metro-Urban Sociology), Department Chairman ERLING J . URDAHL, P r o f e s s o r of Biology, M.A. 1940, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota ( P l a n t Biology and I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology) *EUGENE VUICICH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.M. 1967, I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y ( I n s t r u m e n t a l Music, D i r e c t o r of t h e S t r i n g Ensemble) ANTHONY WAGNER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of S o c i o l o g y / S o c i a l Work, M.S.W. 1973, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota BEVERLY A. WEGGE, A s s i s t a n t R e g i s t r a r , B.S. 1958, S t . Cloud S t a t e College *DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, L e c t u r e r i n A r t , M.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Elementary A r t Methods) *MARY WILSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute) DAVID C. WOOD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Eighteenth Century L i t e r a t u r e , Journalism) * Part-time Personnel Administration President ..................... Finance and Management Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Finance and Management Controller D i r e c t o r of P l a n t S e r v i c e s D i r e c t o r o f Food S e r v i c e s D i r e c t o r of Data Processing D i r e c t o r of A u x i l i a r y S e r v i c e s Manager o f t h e Book S t o r e Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . Burton P . Fosse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wayne Pederson . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eugene Ecklund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C a r l Stromer . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Pederson . . . . . . . . . . Douglas P. Wasko . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . I r v i n g Hoe1 Academic A f f a i r s Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Academic A f f a i r s and Dean o f t h e College Associate Dean of t h e F a c u l t y and D i r e c t o r of S p e c i a l Programs Registrar Assistant Registrar Head L i b r a r i a n D i r e c t o r of Audio V i s u a l S e r v i c e s D i r e c t o r o f MUSIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenneth ....... .. .... ... . . . . . . . . C.. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . F. Mark Davis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mildred J o e l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . . .Marjorie S i b l e y . . . . . . . . . . . . Larry Glenn . . . . . . . . . . . . . John C . Dawson Development and College R e l a t i o n s Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Ucvelopment D i r e c t o r of Deferred ~ i v i n ~ D i r e c t o r of Development D i r e c t o r o f Alumni and P a r e n t s Programs D i r e c t o r o f College R e l a t i o n s Manager o f P u b l i c a t i o n s Manager of t h e News Bureau O f f i c e Manager . . . . . . . . . . . Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . S i g v a l d Hj elmeland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Tes low . . . . . . . . J e r o y Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steven J . V i t e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J e r r y Foley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I r e n e Steenson Student A f f a i r s Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Student A f f a i r s and Dean of Admissions D i r e c t o r of t h e Center f o r S t u d e n t Development D i r e c t o r of Student Development Resources D i r e c t o r o f Residence Programs D i r e c t o r of Career Planning and Placement D i r e c t o r of Student Programs D i r e c t o r o f F i n a n c i a l Aid D i r e c t o r o f Admissions Associate D i r e c t o r o f Admissions A s s i s t a n t D i r e c t o r o f Admissions Admissions Counselor Admissions Counselor Admissions Counselor Coordinator of Black Student A f f a i r s . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bruce L. G i l d s e t h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander . . . . . . . Richard Thoni . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cindy Marsh . . . . . . . . P a t Olsson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J o e l Mugge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Herald Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mark Johnson . . . . . . . . . . Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . David Gronner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sandra Becker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dave Benzel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cene Carlson . . . . , T e r r y H. Addison, Jr. Index ...... ........... AcademicAdministration 22 Academic L i f e 7 Accreditation 6 Administration 89 Admission t o t h e College 15 Advanced Placement 16 Advanced Standing 18 American S t u d i e s 27 Anthropology 76 A r t . Department of 28 Bachelor of Music Degree 11. 57 Biology. Department of 29 Board. Cost of 20 Business Administration . . . . . . 32 Business Education 34 Calendar 7 Campus 6 CampusMap 17 Chemistry. Department of . . . . . 37 Classification 26 Communications 79 Computer Science 56 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) 9 C o r r e c t i v e Therapy . . . . . . 10. 6 3 Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . 26 Course Desdriptions 27 C r e d i t by Examination 26 Degrees 11 D i v i s i o n a l Organization . . . . . . 23 East Asian S t u d i e s 39 Economics 35 Education. Department of . . . . . 40 Education. Elementary . . . . . . . 40 Education. Secondary 41 English. Department of 43 Enrollment 82 Expenses 19 Faculty .7. 83 F i n a n c i a l Aid 18 F i n a n c i a l Information 20 Five College Cooperative . . . . . 8 Food S e r v i c e 14 French 45 Foreign Languages 45 Full-Time Student Defined 26 General Education Requirements 7 Geography 42 German 48 Grading 24 Graduates (1870-19 73) 82 Summary o f 82 Graduation Requirements 22 . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . ..... .. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ...... . . . ...... ...... ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... ...... .......... ......... . . . . . . . . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........... .............. . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .............. .............. ....... ........... ...... .. ....... .. .... ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . ... . . . . . Graduation With D i s t i n c t i o n 25 Greek 49 Health Education 63. 65 H i s t o r y o f Augsburg College 4 History. Department of 52 Honors Program 11 Housing 13 Identification 4 I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs 8 Intercollegiate Athletics 12 I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study 10 Journalism 43 Library Science 42 Linguistics 49 Location 4 Majors 8 Mathematics. Department of 54 Medical Technology 9. 56 Metro-Urban S t u d i e s 56 Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program (MUSIP) 14 Music. Department o f 57 Nature and O b j e c t i v e s 5 N a t u r a l Science 60 Numbering of Courses 26 Pers onne 1 89 Philosophy. Department of 61 P h y s i c a l Education 63 Physics. Department of 65 P o l i t i c a l Science. Department of 67 Pre-Professional Training 8 Probation and Dismissal 24 Psychology. Department of 70 Recreation 12 Refunds 21 Registration 24 Religion. Department o f 72 Religious L i f e 12 Room Costs 20 Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s 50 S o c i a l Science Majors 75 S o c i a l Work 78 Sociology. Department of 76 Spanish 51 Speech. Department of 79 Student L i f e 12 Student S e r v i c e s 12 Summer School 9. 10 Symbol (#) 26 T h e a t e r Arts 80 Transfer 15 T u i t i o n and Fees 19 V i s i t i n g t h e Campus 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . .......... ... ..... ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ........ .... . . .... . ...... ...... ...... .. . .... .. .... .... .... .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ...... ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . ...... .......... . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . .......... ..... . . . . . . . . . . ....... .......... ......... . . . . . . . . .......... .......... . . . . . . . . . . ......... ........
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1978-1979
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change wlthout notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements...
Show more This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change wlthout notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic policies contained in this publication. If questions arise concerning any matter published herein, the student should consult with a faculty adviser, the dean of the college, or the registrar. Table of Contents PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP THE PHYSICAL PLANT PAGE 1I, PAGE 12, ACADEMIC LlFE PAGE 18, STUDENT LlFE PAGE 22, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE PAGE 25, FINANCIAL AID PAGE 32, EXPENSES PAGE 34, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION PAGE 38, GENERAL INFORMATION PAGE 39, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS PAGE 101, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES PAGE 102, FACULTY PAGE 110, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL PAGE 112, INDEX PAGE I 13, ACADEMIC CALENDAR Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College. Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hope the following brief definitions will be helpful. ACADEMIC. . . . . . . . . . . .The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize school and college. COURSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as "Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the interim in January. Thirty-five courses are required for graduation. MAJOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 20 departments. MINOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major. ELECTIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student from any college department as his or her interests dictate. FEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory equipment or locker rental. LOAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See "Financial Aid." SCHOLARSHIP. . . . . . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-ln-Aid. SEMESTER. . . . . . . . . . . . The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks in length and the interim is 4 weeks. PREREQUISITE . . . . . . . . A course which a student is required to complete before another one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or another department. Introduction Few liberal arts colleges combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both. The small college atmosphere enables you to be a participant or a spectator at a variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are regularly available to you on campus. Through the intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs you may choose participation in athletics. Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been established by the Student Government to oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal is neither self-serving nor selfsustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of Christ on the Augsburg campus. You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude to design a portion of your own education. At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are central. The college follows the calendar known as the "41-4." In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole range of human knowledge. The liberal arts education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You may choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg Is in the center of the Twin Cities of Mlnneapol~sand St. Paul. In thls rnetrapolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and activities are available to enrich your education, if you choose. You may select an evening at the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at any of the many galleries or coffee houses. You might spend an afternoon touring the M~nneapolisInstitute of Arts. You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear in the Twin Cities. There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports are also available the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, the Fighting Saints, and the Kicks. Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body and a remarkable location. The College Identification Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 1 0 0 years ago, Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1 9 6 9 and is in its second century of Christian higher education. The current student body of over 1 7 0 0 is largely of Lutheran background though many denominations are represented on campus. About 65% are resident students, while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area. Location You and your education will have the option of benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center, and many other galleries. The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types. The Twin Cities also appear regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists. A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters in the area such as the nationally known Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen Dinner Theater. Recreational activities abound. You can play tennis at parks near the campus or swim In one of the many area lakes. In the winter you may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 9 4 which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section of this catalog.) History Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1 8 7 2 . The first college students were enrolled in 1 8 7 4 and the first college graduation was held in 1 8 7 9 . The school was officially named Augsburg College in 1 9 6 3 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same year. Nature and Objectives Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of the American Lutheran Church. It is committed to an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of the Christian faith. Augsburg emphasizes the following primary objectives: To expose students to a wide variety o f ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to become proficient in one area or major to help students understand the Christian faith in relation to the contemporary world to develop students' love of learning and their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence to increase students' understanding of the urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities of the modern city to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them in discovering the occupatio~~al opportunities which exist for them to assist students in their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage them to develop attitudes and qualities of character compatible with the Christian faith. Policies It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX may be directed to Charles Gerster, Science Hall, Room 139, or Marianne Sander, Memorial Hall, (332-5181), or to the Director of the Office for Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. The Campus Augsburg's compact campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, the first of the 1 5 5 parks in the "City of Lakes." The College currently has 1 5 major buildings with a number of cottage housing units that are very popular with the students. The University of Minnesota and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in the following associations that set standards by which excellence is judged: North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society Visiting the Campus The purpose of the campus visit is to permit students to learn, first-hand, about the College program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity to exchange information vital in the process of selecting a college and in making admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not mandatory. Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an interview are asked to write for an appointment or call the office (332-5181 ). Preferred times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet with a member of the faculty and to attend classes, Monday through Friday, when school is in session. School, church, and other groups are welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454. Memorial Hall Art Studio and Art Annex Music Hall Si Melby Hall Augsburg College Ice Arena Little Theatre (Speech and Drama) East Hall Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center Olivet Hall (notshown; located south of the campus on Franklin Avenue) Admissions Parking Student Parking Murphy Square Faculty-Staff Parking Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) Audio-Visual (Memorial ground floor) Augsburgian (College Center ground floor) Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor) Bookstore (College Center 1st floor) Business Affairs (Science 139) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1 st floor) Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor) C.H R . (Memorial ground floor) Data Processing (Science 32) Dean of the College (Science 1 35) Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor) ECHO (College Center ground floor) Financial Services (Science 156) Housing (Memorial 1 st floor) Interim Director (Science 135) Internship Office (Science 135) Little Theatre (Speech Building) News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor) Personnel Office (Science 139) Plant Services (Science 156) President's Office (Memorial 1st floor) Printing and Mailing (Science 9) Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor) Publications (Memorial 2nd floor) Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor) Registrar (Science 1 14) S.O.S. (College Center Office) Special Programs (Science 135) Student Government (College Center Office) Student Programs (College Center Office) Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor) Summer School Office (Science 135) Treasurer's Office (Science 147) DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21 st Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.) If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 2 1st Avenue South. The Physical Plant Instructional facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Following is a brief description of each building. A new music/classroom building is designed and scheduled for completion in 1978. Old Maln, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Sclence Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes general administration offices; the Computer Center; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; a mediumsized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof of Science Hall, was complefed in the summer of 1960. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it provides excellent resources for research and study. It contains reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. East Hall, purchased in 1966, houses the pipe organs and equipment for class-piano instruction. The Music Bullding, acquired by purchase in 1947, has been remodeled to provide vocal, string and piano studios as well as a rehearsal room for large groups. dining rooms and a coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided in this threestory building containing 55,000 square feet of space. Urness Tower, completed in 1967, is an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 students. The building was named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building is that each floor is considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building houses about 60 students and provides space for several faculty and administrative offices. Mortensen Tower, erected in 1973, named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964, contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments providing housing for 31 2 upperclass students. A spacious lounge area as well as conference rooms are located in this building. The Art Studio Building, dedicated in 1964, houses the Department of Art on its two floors. West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It provides excellent housing for married students. Annex Houses, located in the campus area provide accommodations for students, faculty, and staff members. The Admissions House, located at 628 21 st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their parents. The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled for dramatic and other speech activities. The Ice Arena, built in 1974, provides two large skating areas for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. It is used for hockey, recreational skating, and figure skating. The Augsburg College Center, completed in 1967, is a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which is the main dining area, plus private Ollvet Hall, a gift to Augsburg from the congregation of Olivet Lutheran Church, is used as a practice room for the band and other instrumentalists. Academic Life Augsburg is a modern well-equipped college which aims to provide its students with a broad liberal arts education as well as prepare them for a career. A strong academic program in the arts and sciences and in theology is available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as engineering, medicine, law and the Christian ministry is offered. The College prepares students for graduate study in several disciplines. Preparation for careers in business, communications, medical technology, music, nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and teaching is available. Augsburg seeks to assist its students through their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip them to serve according to their individual interests and abilities. The Student As Learner A great deal has been written during the last few years describing the responsibilities of a college to its students. Augsburg recognizes its task to provide consistently high quality opportunities for learning along with support systems which enhance the teaching-learning process. Learning is not, however, a commodity which can be purchased. It is not equal to simply buying so many courses and being exposed to the activities of professors. Learning involves the solitary inner struggle of the student who investigates, analyzes and synthesizes the materials and insights offered. When these have become one's own and when the learner moves on to new personal insights, then learning has taken place. Both the school and the student have responsibilities in this process. Neither party can elude its basic task. problems. They often join students in discussing the political climate, comparing notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the latest Viking victory while having coffee. Library Services Augsburg has a well-equipped library. A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place to study. The main library, centrally located next to the Science Hall, houses over 150,000 volumes including books, periodicals, records and various other media. The Music and Chemistry libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access to over a million volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among the seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to the Augsburg faculty and students. A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of information. The AV Center of the Library provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiolvideo tape recordings are available for both faculty and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods; film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are also available. Faculty The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a personal interest in their students. The studentfaculty ratio is approximately 16.3 to 1, with class size averaging 25 or less. Augsburg follows the 4-1 -4 calendar. Two 15week semesters are separated by a 4-week interim in January. During each semester the student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim concentration is on one subject. Augsburg faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual The interim period is an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an arena of learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged in this change from the general academic schedule. Interest in music may take form in the study and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and participation in activities of a social agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies provide opportunities for those interested in communications. Whether your interests are sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the opportunity to experience and experiment while learning. General Education Requirements Distribution requirements for graduation are minimal, affording the student considerable freedom in the choice of courses. A student seeking a liberal arts education would probably choose many of them even if they were not required. , In the humanities area, students may select courses in literature, philosophy, art, music, foreign languages, speech, drama, and religion. Science courses may be chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics. Courses in social and behavioral sciences are offered in the departments of economics, history, political science, psychology and sociology. Proficiency in English writing must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of courses containing an emphasis on urban concerns is required as is also proficiency in two lifetime sports. For details on general education requirements see under Academic Administration. Majors Augsburg offers the following majors: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering English French German Health Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social Work Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Majors in East Asian Studies and Russian Area Studies are available through cooperative programs with the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Consult directors of these programs for further information. It is possible for students to complete other majors also through ACTC. Make application for such majors through the Registrar. Pre-Professional Training Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and engineering, can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is suggested that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and then the course of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the natural and social sciences, in the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future professional study. Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg English, 2 courses; Biology 11 1, 11 2; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124; Psychology, 1 course. Biology 1 11 , 1 12; Chemistry 1 15, 1 16, 351 , 352; Economics 122, 123; English 11 1, and a second course; Health Ed. 1 10; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122. Electives to fulfill the 60 semester-hour requirements should be chosen from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the bulletins published by the College of Pharmacy of your choice. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Requirements have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering at Augsburg Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science and the Michigan Technological University. See under Engineering for information on the course requirements in this Three-Two Plan of studies. Pre-Law at Augsburg Students planning to pursue a career in law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. Early consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, is strongly suggested. Students may wish to take the Political Science course, Law in the United States, to help determine whether they possess an interest in law. Since law schools encourage students to maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that many graduate schools consider the grade PIN given for a course as a "C". This information may help students in planning their class schedules. Pre-Medicine at Augsburg Biology 11 1 , 112, 355; Chemistry 11 5, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352, 353; English 11 1, and one or more writing and literature courses; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122; Biochemistry 367; sociology, behavioral sciences and humanities, 5 courses. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the Medical School of the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. This two-year program has been designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary at Augsburg One may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, e.g., history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, religion. The student planning to enter seminary should include Religion 11 1, 221 among the courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum should include at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization) and one or more courses in the history of philosophy. It should also include Greek in the junior andlor senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg English, 2 courses: Mathematics 124; Public Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 11 5, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352, 353; Biology 11 1, 112; Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1 course; artistic expression, 2 courses (art, literature, music, humanities, theater, and upper division foreign languages); anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology courses to fulfill the remainder of the distribution requirements. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. LIBRARY AND MEDIA CENTER Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of educational materials including approximately 150,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. ASSOCIATED COLLEGES OF TH6 TWIN CITIES. Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students free between the campuses. ' CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and the Metropolitan campuses. CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES (CHR). These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. For example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim program is new each year, the Interim Director should be consulted regarding planned programs. AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOL OF NURSING. Nursing students in the school of nursing at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive instruction in biology, chemistry, and other basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for admission to the school of nursing should be made directly to the hospital. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group is composed of colleges and universities in Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metrourban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables qualified students to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the three hospitals when the student is accepted by the participating hospital for its program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by the hospitals. ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan Technological University in Houghton, Michigan, enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, in a five-year program. The first three years are spent at Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated university. CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. Admission to this program requires an application to be approved by the director of the program. Application should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are required to have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average over-all. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult with the Director regarding proper sequence of courses. ANTIOCH-MINNEAPOLIS COMMUNIVERSITY. Students at Augsburg College and AntiochMinneapolis Communiversity, a metropolitan school emphasizing experiential-based learning, may take classes at each other's campuses under certain mutually satisfactory arrangements. Interested persons should contact the Academic Dean. ROTC. While Augsburg does not offer Reserved Officers Training programs for the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available in the metropolitan area and may be pursued by Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from the Director of lnternational Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate in an international program. STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the Institute for American Universities at Aix-enProvence and Avignon in France; The Goethe Institute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Columbia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of lnternational Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or to satisfy some of the general education requirements. SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. both credit and non-credit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered on a semesterhour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean of the Faculty. New Dimensions Program The New Dimensions Program is for adults who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure, on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special course to ease the transition to academic life. Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities for qualified students to pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors student forums and options in completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Milda Hedblom, Honors Director. lnternship Program The lnternship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students in almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-thejob experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, The transitional course, "The Adult Student: Issues and Challenges," is offered several times a year. It includes self-assessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and family problems arising from the return to school. The course enables returning adults to get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations. For further information, contact the New Dimensions Office at Augsburg. Degrees Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing, and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Student Life Your experiences in the classroom are a major aspect of your college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities and opportunities of the college and metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you'll find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to your education. Religious Life An important part of daily life at Augsburg is religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by students and composed of students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life and the stimulation of faith. Chapel services are held three times a week and are both experimental and traditional in character. The Wednesday evening Eucharist service in the College Center is a valued worship experience for many students. Students, faculty and staff participate voluntarily. Special events are sponsored throughout the year and a number of groups having a religious emphasis meet regularly. The Campus Pastor has an office in the College Center where you can contact him for counseling, consultation or ways to get more involved. Social and Cultural Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of leisure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to performing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and several student-organized groups such as the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off campus. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. Recreation Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his or her own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural winners at various colleges. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and the ice arena. lntercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Association of lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Augsburg is also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The women annually compete in volleyball, gymnastics, basketball, badminton, golf, tennis, and track. Student Services Augsburg College is concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes that the context in which learning takes place is a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to produce the desired educational impact of the college on its students. The Division of Student Affairs has been created to support this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or at the time of transfer, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College Education. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices i o make, directions to consider and different destinations for which to plan. SEMAPHORE was designed to act as a sort of road map for you. The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate in are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes. You and your parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers to the many questions you have about college life. Career Planning and Placement. You may be uncertain about where you want to be when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a balanced one, how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan to help you assess yourself, explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry into the next phase of your life. All new students will have a chance to review their interests with a counselor. Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" are offered each year to help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships), Issues in Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity to register are provided several times during the year. Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workshops offered. You also will have an opportunity to meet with a counselor to diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle challenges more effectively by finding and discussing things with someone who has more expertise. Counselors are available to help you think through how you can handle major or minor problems in a constructive way. Consultation is provided on questions of policy and procedure. Minority Concerns. If you have some special needs or simply want to expand your crosscultural awareness, you can contact a staff member to help you find out which resources and programs will help meet your needs. Residence Life Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed to promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decision making. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as discuss personal concerns with individual students. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstory high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility area. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence-hall living. It contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 31 2 upperclass students. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about 60 upperclass men and women. Memorial's special advantage is that it is large enough to meet new people, but small enough to retain a friendly, close atmosphere. Another alternative option is Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation is to avail yourself of the opportunity to bid for a house as a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies. the basis of academic interests, and students are encouraged to establish close working relationships with their adviser. Secondary Education students have available a second adviser; one in the major and one in the area of education. Freshmen also have an upperclass adviser. Married student housing is available in annex housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live In college-operated houslng. You may wish to contact this office for information on types of assistance available and for answers to questions about deadlines and procedures. Work opportunities both on and off campus are also recorded. If you have financial problems, this is a good place to work them out. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus are required to pay a $50 advanced payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they move into the residence. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Advising All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on Student Financial Services Health Service Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Vkfts are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure to check your family health coverage to determine if you are included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available. Food Service The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center is the main food-service facility. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Student Government Student government is the vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide better input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student government is organized into three branches: the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Student-government elections are held in the spring except for freshmen who elect their representatives in the fall of their first year, Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning to writing or editing to service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice President in their offices in the College Center. International Students If you are a student from a foreign country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who is appointed as adviser. Student Rights The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by student and faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs if the concern is related to student life and the Vice President for Academic Affairs if the concern is related to academic matters. The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the office of the registrar and the placement office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1 , 1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development. Admission to the College Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application is reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school performance, promise of success in college as shown by college entrance examination scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. A visit to the campus is highly recommended: admissions counselors are available to help you, answer your questions, and arrange for you to see the campus. The Application Process For Freshmen 1 . From the Admissions Office secure an official application for admission and complete it. 2. Hand the completed application to your high school counselor, along with the $1 0.00 application fee, and ask that these be sent with your official high school transcript to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21 st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55454 3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as possible during the senior year. Your high school counselor can tell you when these tests are scheduled in your area. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is required by April 15 after acceptance has been made andlor financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus, and matriculation information will be mailed to the student during the summer. Transfer Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities on the basis of their academic record. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions. The grade average for graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg only. Transfer students with the A.A. degree are considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except for two courses in religious studies. The Application Process For Transfer Students 1. From the Admissions Office, secure and complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions Office with a $1 0.00 application fee. 2. Request official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended to be sent directly to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21 st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55454 3. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is requested within one month after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 4. After a deposit has been made, the student will be requested to complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 5. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. The Application Process For Returning and Special (Non-degree) Students 1 . Obtain an application form from the Office of the Registrar. 2. Request that official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended be sent directly to: Registrar's Office 731 21 st Ave. South Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minn. 55454 (Returning students need to have sent only the transcripts of colleges attended since the last enrollment at Augsburg.) 3. Special students will submit a $1 0.00 matriculation fee with their application form. 4. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus will be made in the housing office. Foreign Student Admission Citizens of other countries are welcomed at Augsburg College. A foreign student adviser is available to help them in the transition to college and ta the United States. Admission Is based upon performance in secondary school and previous college work, If any. EvIdence of proficiency in English and satisfactory financial sponsorship Is required, A very llmlted number of scholarships is available. ' Medical insurance is required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending Augsburg. If they have an internationally valid health insurance policy, a copy of the policy is required. For application forms and further information, write to the Office of Admissions. Early Decision An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by December 10 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about January 1. After notification of admission and financial aid, if needed, the student is encouraged to withdraw applications made to other colleges. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. A $50.00 tuition deposit which is non-refundable is required by February 1 Early Admission An Early Admission Program is offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, a student must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school and the maturity to cope with a college course after the junior year in high school. Also, it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for Early Admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or March of the junior year. Project Ahead A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army makes provision for an individualized plan of education. A prospective student who qualifies for the program may choose Augsburg as a home school and carry on a pre-planned course of study at other colleges while in the Army. An adviser at Augsburg assists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $1 00 is charged. This fee will apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg College within five years from initial registration with the college in Project Ahead. The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36 months of financial assistance under the G.I. Bill. Advanced Placement Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning level. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the study previously completed. Advanced Standing College credit is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College Level Exmination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar at Augsburg. Financial Aid About 82% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college through some form of scholarships, grants, loans, campus employment, or a combination of these. Assistance is awarded on the basis of financial need and academic record. Application for aid is made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers the FFS, which is required for students applying to the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Upperclass students must also complete the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid. For the academic year 1976-77, approximately 82% of the students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, or loans totaling $2,802,788 from Augsburg and all other sources. Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program to which all Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan (formerly National Defense Student Loan), College Work-Study, Federally Insured Student Loan, and Minnesota State Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work opportunities are also available. Applications for financial aid received by April 1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg. Other college-related expenses are those for transportation to and from the campus. Estimates should be based on nine months. Personal maintenance costs vary, but amounts should be budgeted for: Clothing, cleaning Recreation, entertainment Personal spending, cosmetics, incidentals Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses, etc.) After you have written down estimates of your expenses, make a list of all possible sources of income, such as: contributions from parents' earnings; personal and family savings; personal earnings during vacation periods; earnings from part-time jobs during academic year; benefits from Social Security and/or Veteran's Administration; aids or loans from other relatives or friends; aid or loans from sources other than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e. scholarships from state, church, civic and school). Students should check with their employers, their parents' employers and any union to which a family member belongs for possible scholarship programs. High school guidance counselors may have information about student aid offered by church, civic, professional, or fraternal organizations in a given locality. Following you will find a summary of financial aid programs. Information on a deferred payment plan is available from the Augsburg College Office of Student Financial Services. OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID PREPARING A BUDGET Writing down realistic estimates of all expenses and of all potential financial resources is the best way to do your financial planning. Both your own financial ability and that of your family are considered in evaluating your need for financial aid. Your budget should include amounts for tuition and fees and for books and supplies. Tuition and fees for 1978-79 are $31 00 per year. Books and supplies may be estimated at $200 per year. Room and board is $1 500 per year. Baslc Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG) For students with proven financial need. Available to full-time and part-time students. Up to $1 400 per year depending on the institutional costs and the student's eligibility. Obtain application from high school guidance office or college financial aid office. Veteran's Adrnlnistratlon Benefits1G.I. Bill Veterans, widows of veterans, and children of disabled or deceased veterans may qualify for special benefits. Amount is dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Veteran's Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Veteran's Administration Office in your area. Loan applications are available at the College, at some banks, and from Minnesota State Student Loan Office. Social Security Benefits For unmarried full-time students if one parent (covered by Social Security) is retired, deceased or disabled. Amount is dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Social Security Administration Office in your area. Vocational Rehabilitation Students with certain physical or emotional disabilities may qualify for special assistance. Amount is dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Vocational Rehabilitation Office. To apply, contact your local Vocational Rehabilitation Office. National Scholarship and Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) For members of American racial and ethnic minorities and other eligible groups who are either seeking admission to an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college or are members of an ALC congregation. Up of $1 000 per year. Renewable. Obtain an application from the American Lutheran Church, Division of College and University Services, 422 South Fifth Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 5541 5. Application deadline is April 1. Federally insured Student LoanslMinnesota State Student Loan For students carrying at least one-half the normal full-time academic load. If the adjusted family income of the student is less than $25,000 per year or if financial need is established for those not in this category, the Federal Government pays the full interest on the loan while the student is in college. When repayment begins, the student pays the full 7 % interest on the loan. Maximum loan is $2500 per year or the cost of education whichever is less and the aggregate maximum is $7500. Freshmen are limited to $1 500. in the Minnesota State Student Loan. PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION COORDINATING BOARD Minnesota State Scholarship Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of scholastic achievement and need. High School seniors who are Minnesota residents are expected to apply. Range: $1 00 to $1 100; but shall not exceed one half of the applicant's demonstrated financial need. Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of evident need. High school seniors and community I junior college transfer students who are Minnesota residents are expected to apply. In addition, persons who have not attended a post-secondary institution for twelve months prior to the deadline date may apply. Applications for the Minnesota State ScholarshipIGrant will be mailed to all Minnesota high school seniors. If you do not receive an application by December 1, contact your high school guidance counselor or the college financial aid office. Return completed application and FFS to The American College Testing Program, Financial Aid Operations, P.O. Box 1000, lowa City, lowa 52240. Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code 2080) and the Minnesota State ScholarshipIGrant Program (Code 6500) to receive the FFS analysis. NOTE: Unsuccessful Scholarship applications are automatically considered for the State Grant. DEADLINE: March 1. FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED THROUGH THE COLLEGE How To Apply Honor Scholarships For entering freshman students ranking in the top 15% of their high school class with above average aptitude test scores. Up to full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.5 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Academic Grants For entering freshman students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. Up to full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.0 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Federal Supplementary Opportunity Grants (SEOG) Range $1 00 to $1 000. Renewable for a second year. Educational For students having exceptional financial need who could not otherwise attend college, and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Range $200 to $1 500 per year. Renewable for 3 years. Will be matched by other financial assistance such as loans, scholarships, employment. 1. Apply for admission; for new students this application is also the financial aid application. 2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement (FFS) from high school counselor or Augsburg College Financial Aid Office* 3. Complete and return the FFS to: American College Testing Program Financial Aid Operations P.O. Box 1000 lowa City, lowa 52240 Request that a copy be sent to Augsburg College. Augsburg's ACT code number is 2080. Financial statements received by April 1 will be considered first. *Although Augsburg prefers the FFS, the College will accept the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Augsburg's CSS code number is 601 4. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN (Soph, Jr, Sr, next year). Descrlptlons of awards are copied verbatlm from statements of the donors' wlshes. GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. 1. The Alma Jensen Dlckerson Memorlal Scholarship awarded annually to able and Averages approximately $1 000 per year. Can be reapplied for each year although renewal is not guaranteed. 2. The Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dlckerson Memorlal Scholarshlp awarded annually to - deserving juniorlsenior students as recommended by the committee. - two deserving juniorlsenior students. College Work Study Program For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. Augsburg Opportunity Grant For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior College entering Augsburg for further fulltime study and with proven financial need. - awarded annually to a worthy student of the College selected by the scholarship committee. 3. The M. J. Estrem Scholarshlp - awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the scholarship committee. 4. Memorial Scholarship 5. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships established in 1972 to be - distributed by the scholarship committee to needy students 6. The Reader's Dlgest Endowed Scholarshlpsawarded to able and deserving upperclassmen. 7. The Tozer Foundatlon Scholarships-up to $1 000 each - awarded on the basis of scholarship, achievement, character, leadership, industry, personality, and need. Winners must be junior or senior students who are residents of the State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine, Kanabec or Washington Counties. Separate appllcatlon requlred of semi-finalists selected by the scholarship committee. FFS must be sent to Tozer Foundation (code 6577) - 8. The Edward Yokle Memorlal Scholarshlp awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior student. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee - 1. Ald Assoclatlon for Lutherans awarded to able and deserving upperclass students who are policy holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. 2. Mlldred Ryan Cleveland Memorlal Scholarshlp awarded annually to able and deserving students, who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. - MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee 1 . Ald Assoclatlon for Lutherans Mlnorlty - awarded annually to Scholarshlp Program Lutheran American minority students who show financial need. 2. Minnesota Mlnlng & Manufacturlng Mlnorlty Student Scholarshl~ established in 1973 to be awarded to a Black student. - 3. The Marlys Johnson Slmengaard Memorlal Scholarshlp Awarded periodically to an American Negro student. - 4, Natlonal Scholarshlp & Grant Program for Mlnorlty Students sponsored by the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to members of racial and ethnic minorities. Separate applications required. FFS must be sent to ALC (Code 6591). - RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee t , The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorlal Scholarship-awarded annually to a student(s) in the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. - 2. The lver and Marle lverson Scholarshlp awarded on the basis of need, character and interest in Christian service. 3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorlal Scholarshlp awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian Service. - 4. The Morrls G.C. and Hanna Vaagenes awarded to a Mlsslonary Scholarshlp Fund Juniorlsenior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of the American Lutheran Church. - - 5. Oneslmus Scholarshlp awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. 6. The Marguerlte Hamllton Storley Memorlal Scholarshlp awarded annually to an able and deserving juniorlsenior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Semi-finalists are interviewed and selected by donor. - - 7. Gerda Mortensen Memorlal Scholarshlp Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion to the Christian faith. DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS ATHLETIC - winners recommended by Physical Education faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. - 1 . The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. - 2. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship awarded annually to a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in field of physical education. 3. The James Wlnkler Memorlal Scholarship awarded annually to a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. - 4. Women's Physical Education Scholarship awarded to able and deserving women students showing ability in women's athletics. - 5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial need. - 6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded to a football player on basis of financial need. - 7 Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship awarded to a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. 8. David Gronner Memorlal Scholarship Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" andlor "of high Christian character". The athletic scholarship is for male candidate only, with a preference for basketball. BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the Biology Department faculty. - Blology Scholarships established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. BUSINESS - Winners recommended by the Business Administration faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. t . The GambleSkogmo Foundatlon Scholarship - awarded to one or more upperclass students interested in the field of business. - 2. The Reld Scholarshlp awarded to one or more upperclass students who are interested in business andlor education. CHEMISTRY - Winners selected by the Chemistry faculty, Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of Chemistry. 1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship. 4. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship. 5, The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 6, The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 7, The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. EDUCATION - Winners selected by Education faculty - awarded to The Davld Mathre Scholarshlp qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. ENGLISH - Winners selected by English faculty - 1. Anne Pederson English Scholarshlp awarded annually to juniorlsenior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career. 2. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorlal Scholarshlp -awarded to an outstanding student in the field of English. HISTORY - Winners selected by History faculty - The H. N. Hendrlckson Hlstory Scholarshlp awarded annually to students majoring in history with preference given to those who plan a career in the field. LIBRARY SCIENCE - Winners selected by Library staff. - 1. The Llbrary Sclence Scholarshlp established in 1971 to honor one or more outstanding juniorlsenior student@) choosing librarianship as a career. MATHEMATICS - Winners recommended by Mathematics faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 1. Mlnneapolls Gas Company Scholarshlp generally awarded to able and deserving juniorlsenior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on basis of need and academic ability. - 2. Davld and Mlchelle Chrlstianson Mathematics Scholarshlp awarded to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. - MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners selected by Modern Language faculty. The Miml Baez Klngsley Modern Language Scholarshlp awarded annually to juniorlsenior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given to those who plan to teach language as a career. - MUSIC - Winners selected by Music faculty. - 1 . 0. T. Hertsgaard Scholarshlp awarded annually to juniorlsenior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral andlor instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and who show promise of over-all academic success. 2. The Henry P. Opseth Muslc Scholarshlp awarded to a sophornoreljunior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. - - 3. The Marllyn Solberg Volca Scholarshlp awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a majorlminor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. - 6. David Gronner Mernorlal Scholarship Fund awarded i o two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" andlor "of high Christian character." 7. Peggy Chrlstensen Benson Mernorlal Scholarshlp awarded annually to a student studying choral music. - - 4. The lngaborg C. Chrlstenson Scholarshlp awarded to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in stringed instruments. 5. The Leonard and Sylvla Kuschel Scholarshlp awarded to upperclass students seeking to SOCIOLOGY - - Adolph Paulson Mernorlal Prlze awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian Sociology. .- -- ..-# , l..\ y C--m:;: ,, , C ; , .. . . . . . r , * ; . ,- -. . ... ,-.-.: .' . Expenses The costs expressed herein are subject to change without notice. TUITION - $3,100 Film Making, $70 Life Drawing, $1 0 Stagecraft, $20 Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering the academic year beginning September, 1978. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms for a total of seven courses in the year. Under the 4-1 -4 calendar, the student must register for the semester periods. If the student elects to omit an interim or to graduate in December, a refund is not authorized. Music lessons in addition to tuition are $1 20 a semester (1 4 lessons), or $8.60 per lesson during the interim. Practice Studio rental for each semester for one hour a day: organ, $25.00 ($1 0.00 an interim); piano or voice, $1 0.00 ($4.00 an interim). Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $20.00 a semester. OTHER COSTS A part-time rate of $425 per course is charged the student taking less than three courses in a semester or registering for an interim course only. Transcript fee: first copy free; additional copy, $1 .oo. Full-time students may audit a course without charge. For part-time students, the charge for auditing is one half the part-time rate per course. Part-time students who take Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. Arrangements for special examinations are made in the Registrar's Office with charges according to the schedule on file. SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE An application fee of $1 0.00 is required from all new students. A registration fee for students studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs is $1 25.00. Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals must register at Augsburg. The charge is $250.00. Fee for change in registration after the first three days of classes is $2.00 for each course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin is $5.00 per day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES REFUNDABLE Locker rental for commuter students: $5.00 Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis. BOARD AND ROOM Full Board and Room - $1,500 Other plans are available as defined in the Room and Board Contract Booklet at the Office of Auxiliary Services. In the event of excessive increases in the cost of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year. Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. - NOT Cinema Arts, $25 Computer Science, $30 per course Student Teaching, $35 1978-79 COST SUMMARY Application Fee - $1 0.00 Tuition - $3,100 account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. Board and Room - $1,500 Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00 (Refunded on termination of studies at Augsburg) Deposits - TUITION DEPOSIT New students, $50.00 (not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by April 15, 1978. (Payment is due February 1 under Early Decision Program). The deposit is applied to the tuition charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All resident students: $1 00.00 advanced deposit. Required at the time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September. Applied to the room charge. - BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT All students at registration: $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing educational program at Augsburg. Settlement of Account A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of the first half-year billing period is due August 20, and the second half-year is due January 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Office of Student Financial Services prior to August 20. No student is permitted to register if his or her Refunds A student cancelling part or all of hislher registration andlor being released from hislher housing contract will be refunded charges for tuition and room except for the minimum deduction of $1 00 of fees to cover administrative costs according to the following schedule: through the first five days of classes. from the sixth day through the tenth day of classes. from the eleventh day through the fifteenth day of classes. from the sixteenth day through the twentieth day of classes. from the twenty-first day through the twenty-fifth day of classes. from the twenty-sixth day to the middle of the term. No ref1und will be made after the middle of the term. Should a student be forced to cancel hislher registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued matriculation, the charges will be reduced by one-half. In all cases board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. All refunds of charges will be applied back to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc, shall be gathered in the student's account before eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined. Academic Administration Students who enroll at Augsburg College are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers who are readily available for consultation and guidance. A wellplanned program of liberal arts studies will include courses in the humanities, the natural sciences, and the social sciences. Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to write effectively; they are also expected to be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairman: Duane Johnson Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Chairman: Einar 0.Johnson The general recreational activities courses at Augsburg are designed to acquaint students with and to equip students for lifetime sports, Courses in religion are intended to assist students in their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Divisional Organization The college curriculum is organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is elected for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements in the course listing section. NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Chairman: Earl R. Alton Department Department Department Department of of of of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, Library Science, Secondary Education Department of Physical Education and Health Education Department of Music Department of Nursing Department of Social Work HUMANITIES Chairman: Eugene Skibbe Department of Art Department of English Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese, French, German, Greek, Linguistics, Norwegian, Spanish Department of Philosophy Department of Religion Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts Minimum Graduation Requirements Include the Following: 1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered in the 300's and 400's) and not more than 13 in one department, except 17 for Bachelor of Science in Music Therapy and Bachelor of Music degrees and 18 for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing. A maximum of 4 C.H.R. courses, 2 courses by independent study or directed study or a combination of directed and independent study, 4 courses of internship and 8 courses with a grade of P (two in the major except Elementary Education and one in the minor if approved by the department chairman) may apply toward the 35 total courses required. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under departmental headings. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major. Registration A student must be registered for a course in order to receive credit for it. A normal load is four courses per semester and one course in the interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. Students must petition and receive permission to register for more than 4.5 courses. 4. The last year of study at Augsburg College. 5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number of interim courses is one less than the number of years at Augsburg. 6. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows: A. A course in writing (English I 1 I ) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are administered during the summer and fall orientation periods. B. A course from each of the following eight areas (One course may fulfill the requirement in one area, only): Mathematics - Physics Chemistry - Biology Psychology - Sociology Economics - Political Science History - Philosophy English - Speech, Communications & Theater Arts Foreign Language Art - Music C. Three courses in religious studies of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg. D. A course related to urban concerns. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. E. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports. Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to register at the regularly scheduled time. A fee is charged for late registration. A fee is also charged for changing registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of the semester. Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered. Abandoned courses result in a failing grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Cancel From College form is returned to the Office of the Registrar. Students who have completed at least seven courses with a 2 . 0 average are classified as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 2 5 as seniors. Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his or her achievement is unsatisfactory. FRESHMAN, SOPHOMORE, JUNIOR, SENIOR, below 1.6 or 2 zero grades having taken 6 or fewer courses below 1.7 or 3 zero grades having taken 7-1 5 courses below 1.9 having taken 16-24 courses below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses If a student has been on probation two or more semesters consecutively, helshe is subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of spring term. Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses is measured, primarily, by means of final examinations. Shorter examinations or tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation are also used. Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0 with definitions as follows: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence. 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards. 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course. 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards. .5 0. Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course). Most courses are also offered on a PassINo Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system the grade is recorded but not computed in the grade point average. the PIN grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the PIN system; some others are graded only P, 1.0, N. Students may select the traditional grading system in most other courses. Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of Pgraded courses. Students must indicate on their registration card those courses which they wish to take on the PIN grading system. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made during the first two weeks of the semester. A fee is charged after the first five days of classes. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P1O.O. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor of the course. If permission to receive an I grade is granted, it must be removed during the following semester. If the incomplete is not removed during the following semester, it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A student may count a maximum of eight courses of P toward graduation. For transfer students the maximum is an average of two courses per year. Two courses in the major (except Elementary Education) and one in the minor may be on PIN grading system if approved by the department chairman. A course in which a grade of 0, 1 .O, 1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. Sociology 383, Nursing 301, 302, 401, 402, and several interim courses are graded only on Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Such students should confer with the professor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance requirements, etc. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the student's transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (withdrawn). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under Expenses. A maximum of two courses in lndependent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus. Requests for exceptions to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. The student will be charged for any special costs attached to independent study by the host campus. Graduation With Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude Magna cum laude Cum laude 3.8 - 4.0 grade average 3.6 - 3.79 grade average 3.3 - 3.59 grade average In order to qualify for graduation with distinction transfer students must have completed two years (fourteen graded courses) of work at Augsburg College. lndependent Study Veterans Augsburg College is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar regarding completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Students registered for three or more courses are classified as full-time students. It is the responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration andlor academic load to the Office of the Registrar. lndependent study programs are offered by many departments in the College. These programs are often available to conscientious students who can demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on an independent basis. Students interested in registering for independent study must first secure permission from the faculty member who will direct the study as well as from the department involved. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn a minimum of three courses per term. An incomplete grade (I) may b e given only in the case of extreme emergency. See section on Grading. A student who registers for independent study should normally expect to complete it in one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a grade of X is given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course in order to receive the final grade. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. General Information Credit by Examination Students who are interested in earning credit by examinations should consult with department chairmen or with the Registrar. Credit may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations. Classification .. Sophomore . . 7 courses. . . I 4 grade points Junior. . . . . . . 16 courses. . . . . 32 grade points Senior . . . . . 25 courses. . . . 50 grade points . . To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses). To be considered full time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses. Courses A full course is offered for one course credit. A few fractional courses (one-half course credit) are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses is required for graduation. Most courses meet for three sixty-minute periods of two ninety-minute periods a week in addition to laboratories. Each semester is approximately 1 5 weeks in length. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes in course offerings. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses; those numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses numbered in the 100's are primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for seniors. In some departments course numbers also designate areas within the department. Symbol #Consent of instructor Course Descriptions The description of courses listed in the following pages are to be understood as general characterizations of topics to be Eonsidered For a more ~ r e c i s edescription and clarification of content and requirements for individual courses, please consult the respective instructors of the courses. Courses and terms listed are subject to change. Consult Schedule of Classes for precise offerings each term. See preceding pages for information on numbering and credit value. The symbol # indicates "by consent of instructor". American Studies Director: Grief Nicholl MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses in U.S. History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and Social Sciences in the U.S. (5 courses in one of these areas and 3 in each of the others):* Hlstory of the United States American Studies, 23 1, 260 History 221, 222, 331, 332, 353, 495 (American Emphasis) Religion 353, 363 MINOR: 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2 courses in each of the above groupings under MAJOR. 231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. (Fall) 232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Humanities in the United States American Studies 232, 265 Art 102, 389 English 24 1 (also Speech 24 I), 250, 351, 490 and 49 1 (American emphasis) Philosophy 344 Focuses on a significant period of the black experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and music of the period. Course content subject to change from year to year. (Spring) Social Sciences in the United States Economics 120, 122, 123, 251 Education 4 78# Political Science 121, 122, 170, 325, 326, 260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS 370, 371, 421 Psychology 48 1 #; Sociology 1 1 1, 3 73, 381,383 Social Work 361, 463 *American area oriented courses taken during the Interim, Summer School and at other colleges should be approved by the director for inclusion in the major. TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to be approved by director. The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today. 265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of black and white women in American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. (Fall) area of student's choice. Consult director to determine conditions of contract, Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES 495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES Focuses on a significant problem or phenomenon in American life. Includes a study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons and the co-learning model when appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen and sophomores. (Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in For description, see course 295. Open to juniors and seniors who will do a different level of work. (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A research project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult with director to determine conditions of contract. Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring) Department of Art Chairman: Philip Thompson STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses including 107, and 3 art history courses. TEACHING MAJOR: Same as studio art major but 250 required and 132 recommended. STUDIO ART MINOR: 4 studio courses including 107; two from 118, 221, 223, 225, and 250. 118 PAINTING I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring) 132 PHOTOGRAPHY The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention given to black and white, color and photographic processes. ART HISTORY MINOR: 5 art history courses including 386, 387, 388. 150 JEWELRY 102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS An introduction to the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. (Spring) Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. (Spring) 221 SCULPTURE l STUDIO ART 107 DRAWING Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. (Fall, Spring) An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Fall, Spring) 223 PRINT MAKING I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silk-screen and woodcut. (Fall, Spring) 225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I 399 INTERNSHIP The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images.(Fall, Spring) Consult chairman or internship director to determine project. 242 FILM MAKING Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Prereq.: 2 2 1. Fall, Spring) Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 250 CERAMICS l An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall, Sprin g) 478 SCULPTURE II 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study in area of the student's choice. Intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring) ART HISTORY 290 ART HISTORY SURVEY 330 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring) 351 CERAMICS II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: 250. Fall, Spring) 355 PAINTING II Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118. Fall, Spring) A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. (Offered summer, 1977) 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modern times. (Spring, 1978, Alternate years) 385 PREHISTORIC AND ANCIENT ART The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th century A.D. (Offered 1 9 8 0 8 1) 386 MEDIEVAL ART 360 DRAWING AND WATER-COLOR PAINTING Early Christian through late Gothic and protoRenaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. (Offered 1979-80) Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture in drawing and transparent water-color (Prereq.: 1 0 7. Offered alternate years. Fall, 1978) European painting, sculpture, and architecture from the early Renaissance through the 18th century. (Offered 1 9 78-79) 368 PRINT MAKING II 388 19th AND 20th CENTURY ART Advanced work in various media, including silkscreen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring) European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Offered 1 9 78- 79) 387 RENAISSANCE AND BAROQUE ART 389 AMERICAN ART A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements. (Offered Fall 1 9 7 7 and alternate years.) Department of Biology Chairman: Ralph Sulerud MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 11 1, 112, 491 and at least one course from each of the following three groups: 351, 353, 361 (Group I); 355, 473, 474 (Group 11); 440, 471, 476 (Group Ill); Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125 (or 121, 122); Physics 1 21 , 122 also required. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course from each of the following five groups: 351, 353 (Group I); 355, 474 (Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471, 473 (Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 223 (or 351, 352) also required. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching after July, 1979, also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What iniluence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture, 1 1/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 10 1 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 1 0 1 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 108 MICROBIOLOGY MINOR: 5 courses, including 11 1, 112 and three upper division courses. Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required. PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same as Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry). HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall; active participation in seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. 101 HUMAN BIOLOGY Basic biological concepts from an Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor). 109 SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOLOGY Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Applies towards the Natural Science requirement. 111 , 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY 440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 1 1 1, Fall; 1 12, Spring) A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12. Fall, 1 9 79. Offered alternate years). 351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12, 3 6 7 or #; Physics 1 0 3 or 1 2 2 or #. Spring) A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 11 2. Fall, 1 9 7 8 . Offered alternate years). 471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY 473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 11 2. Spring) A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 1 2 ; Chemistry 1 0 6 or 1 16; Physics 1 0 3 or 1 2 2 or #. Fall) 355 GENETICS 474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12. Spring) A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 361 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) 367 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 11 2; Chemistry 2 2 3 or 3 5 2 or #. Fall; this course is prereq. to 4 71 and 4 76). 476 MICROBIOLOGY An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 3 6 7 or #. Fall) 481 ECOLOGY A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.; 1 12, 3 6 1, or #. Spring) 491 SEMINAR Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors majoring in bklogy) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 1 12, and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Chairman: Edward M. Sabella comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Business Administration C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business AdministrationAccounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the MathematicsPhysics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 12 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance and Mathematics). Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation. MAJOR WlTH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 263, 379, 381, and either 483 or 484. Economics 122, 123, 251 and one additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At least three upper division courses are required. For those planning on careers in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 373, 379, 478, and one other course from the sequence 381, 382, 483. Economics 122, 123, 251 and one additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At least five upper division courses are required. (392 is strongly recommended.) In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101 , 102, and one of 261 , 373, 379, 478; and one of 262, 379, 381 ; and Economics 122 and 123. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order to plan well their program of study. 101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. (Fall, Spring) 102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq: 10 1. Fall, Spring) 131 BUSINESS LAW Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code, (Spring) 250 DATA PROCESSING An introduction to COBOL and other nonscientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics.(fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee). 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq: 101, 102. Spring) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING 261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm: sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Fall) 262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 10 1, 102, Fall) 263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262. Spring) 373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 261, Spring) The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 1 0 1, 102. Spring. Offered alternate years) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only). 478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of the risklreturn relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 2 6 1. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall) 483 AUDITING Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq: 263. Fall) 484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other courses including Business Education 108, 121, 350 and 353. Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Fa//) TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM Spring. Offered alternate years) If a student desires a two-year secretarial program, a certificate will be awarded upon 295, 495 TOPICS completion of the following: Business Education Lectures, discussions, meetings with members 108, 110, 221, 350, 353, 364, 460 and of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research Business Administration 101, 102, 131 and methodology and readings in the areas of Economics 120. A student in the two-year program must select six courses from the Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring: On Demand) general education requirements. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. 101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING (No Credit) Business Education NOTE: The major in Business Education is being phased out, effective 1979-80. A limited number of courses will be offered in 1978-79. See class schedule for courses offered. MAJOR: 1 2-1 4 Courses. CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration 101, 102, 131 ; Business Education 110, 364, 460, 465; Economics 122, 123; high school typewriting or equivalent required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are recommended. ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Administration 262, 263, and Business Education 108. ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392. SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 221, 350, and 353. OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 108, 350, and English 21 9. MINOR: Five courses in Business Education. The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not available to students who have had one year of high school typewriting. 108 CALCULATING MACHINES Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary, printing and electronic calculators. 110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY Operation of transcription machines, filing and records management, introduction to data processing, and efficient handling of office duties. 221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Development of speed in transcribing material dictated at minimum speed of 80 words a minute. (Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high school.) 350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING Development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. (Prereq.: High school typewriting or equivalent.) 379. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. 353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND Students of Gregg, Forkner, or other shorthand systems may enroll for rapid dictation and transcription of material dictated at speeds of 80-1 20 words a minute. (Prereq.: 221 or equivalent.) 364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS Communication in the office through use of telephone, telegram, and writing of business letters, memorandums, manuals and reports. COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICSBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Economics 122, 123, 251, and 258 and one other course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101, 102, 261, 373, 379 and one other course from business administration offerings also required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. MINOR: 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #.) 460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT Problems relating to supervision and management in the business office, selection and training of employees; and human relations within the office. 465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING Principles of marketing with emphasis on distribution and the role of the consumer in the marketing process. Materials and methods in teaching of basic business subjects and projects in marketing. Economics MAJOR IN ECONOMICS: Economics 122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and three other courses of economics offerings. Business Administration 101, 102, 379, also required. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one other course from economics offerings. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order to plan well their program of study. 120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc, Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the abovementioned topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education. Students who plan to major in the above three areas should enroll in 122 and 123 rather than 120. 122 and 123 are also open to non-majors. (Fall, Spring) 122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) An introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Spring) 123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) An introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122, 123. Fall) 392 MONEY AND BANKING Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only) 250 DATA PROCESSING 453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY An introduction to COBOL and other nonscientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics.(Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee). 251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring) 258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macro-models. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fa4 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS Analysis of labor markets; determination of wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention paid to the economic problems of minority groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring) 454 WELFARE ECONOMICS Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 2 5 1 or #. Spring, alternate years) 295, 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring. On Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY See under Department of Business Administration. 391 PUBLIC FINANCE Analysis of the principles of taxation and public The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth.(Prereq.:#. Fall, Spring) Department of Chemistry - - Chairman: Earl Alton approved research; participation in seminar. GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 115, 116 (or 105, 106) 351, 352, 353, 361 and one advanced course which may include Biochemistry; participation in seminar. Physics 121, 122, and Mathematics 124, 125 also required. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 in the freshman year; and Physics 121, 122 in the sophomore year. Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115; 106 and 1 16; 223 and 351, 352. AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 courses including 11 5, 116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry courses above 350. Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics 124, 125 (which should be taken during the freshman year); Mathematics 224; and Physics 121, 122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent to one semester also required. MINOR: 5 courses which must include 11 5, 116 (or 105, 106) and 3 additional courses in chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. 103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Does not apply toward the major. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry within last 3 years or #. Fall) 105,106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 1 16; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 115, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the graduation major except that it is suggested that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the advanced course. Licensure after July, 1979, also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester devoted to fundamental principles; and second to inorganic chemistry, qualitative analysis, and a brief introduction to organic chemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq: high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 1 15, Fall; 1 16, Spring) PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. 223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC AND BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY I DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of Designed for nurses in the degree program, medical technologists and others in allied health science programs whose professional goals do not require either of two-term organic course or the one-term biochemistry course. The organic chemistry most relevant to a survey of biochemistry is studied followed by the structures and metabolic reactions of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, enzymes and certain hormones. (3 one-hour bctures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105 or 1 15. Spring) 351, 352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactior mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry to biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4 hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. 3 5 1, Fall; 3 5 2 , Spring) 353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. Spring) 361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4 %-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 12 1, 122; Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring) 481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4 %-hour laboratory. Prereq: 353, 362, or #. Fall) 482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq: 362 or #. Spring) 483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules, Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq: 361 or #. Fall) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of German. Spring) 497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing) East Asian Studies Adviser: Khin Khin Jensen MAJOR CONCENTRATION: A major concentration plan is constructed for each student with the advice and assistance of his or her adviser. A major plan normally consists of ten to twelve courses distributed under one of the following general categories: East Asian Culture Two language courses including one year of Chinese or Japanese; two introductory history courses; four to six courses in cultural - specialization andlor comparative studies; two or more independent study andlor seminar courses. East Aslan Language and Culture At least four language courses (a two-year concentration in either Chinese or Japanese is encouraged; however, one year of each language is acceptable); two introductory history courses; two to four courses in cultural specialization andlor comparative studies; and two or more independent study andlor seminar courses. - Department of Education Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton I I Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Education at these levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary Education. Licensure programs for secondary education are offered in the following areas: American Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, EnglishLanguage Arts, French, German, Health, History, Mathematics, Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater Arts. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. The courses, Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll in other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted to the teachereducation program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students who are transferring from an education program at another college must be re-admissable to that program. Elementary Education Marie McNeff, Coordinator Requirements for the major and for licensure in Elementary Education: 1. A minimum of 8 education courses to include 255, 351, and two professional semesters: 361, 362, 371, 372; and 481, 482 and electives. 2. Health Education 1 14 and 1 15. 3. Library Science 358. 4. An academic minor. An academic major is recommended. 5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain a 2.5 in the major. 6. Fulfill State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirement.) Requirements for Kindergarten License are the same as those for elementary education plus Education 375 and 483. 351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) First Professional Semester (for juniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372. Early Childhood Education Steve Reuter. Coordinator Requirements for license in Early Childhood Education are the same as those for elementary education plus the following courses: SOC.231 Psych. 351 Ed. 325 Ed. 425 Ed. 484 Sociology of the Family Developmental Psychology: Child Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education Early Childhood Curriculum Student Teaching (160 hours) For an Early Childhood License with other than an education major, consult with the Early Childhood Education Coordinator. 255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN URBAN SETTING (Elementary) 362, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES Identification and mastery of competencies necessary for teaching in the elementary school. Laboratory experiences in classrooms (Prereq.: 2 5 5 . Admission to elementary education. Spring) 372, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM Examination and preparation of materials and resources for each of the subject areas taught at the elementary level. Application of teacher competencies to various subject areas of the elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq.: 2 5 5 , concurrent registration in 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 . Spring) 375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq: sophomore standing or above. Fall, Spring) A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed.) 325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION 382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING PROBLEMS Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of hislher life in relation to the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and other interventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab. experience in a day care center andlor nursery school. (Prereq.: 255 and/or #. Fall) (See Secondary Education) 341 NON-PRINT MEDIA IN THE SCHOOL (See Library Science) 425 EARLY CHILDHOOD CURRICULUM Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessions, and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Prereq.: Acceptance into the Department of Education and/or #. Spring) Requirements of the Augsburg College Licensure Program for Secondary Education: Second Professional Semester: Student Teaching and Electives 1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education. This may be made before, concurrently with, or after the Orientation course. Application forms are available in the Education Department office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if he or she has been admitted into the program of the Department of Education. 2. Grade point average - minimum of 2.5 in the student's academic major and 2.0 overall. 3. Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching. 4. Completion of the State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg's Education program meets this requirement). 5. Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: Psych. 105; Health Educ. 1 15; Educ. 265, 359, 478; a minimum of one-half course in special methods in the area of the student's major, and a minimum of two courses in Student Teaching. 481. 482 STUDENT TEACHING I Experience in observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: 255, 351, 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 371, 372. Fall, Spring) Electives 483 STUDENT TEACHING II Refinement of teaching skills at elementary level. Additional teaching experience in the classroom. (Prereq.: 48 1, 482. Fall, Spring) 484 STUDENT TEACHING II Refinement of teaching skills at elementary level. Additional teaching experience in the classroom. (Prereq.: 481, 4 8 2 and 483. Offered on demand) 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary Education) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on a topic of interest in the field of education, worked out in consultation with a faculty member. (Open to juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring) Secondary Education (teacher licensure program) Einar Johnson, Coordinator It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure. This consultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Majors in Art, Music, and Physical Education will take one full course in special methods and three courses in Student Teaching. Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for teaching in Secondary Schools (Through the Augsburg College Education Department Program) 1. B.A. or B.S. degree 2. College major in a teaching area 3. Fulfill State Department of Education EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirement) 4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg courses H.Ed. 115.) 5. Successful completion of Augsburg Education Department Licensure Program courses. General Information: 1 . For Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: Persons with teaching majors in Art, Music and Physical Education receive a special license which allows them to teach in their area in all grades from Kindergarten through twelve (K-12). A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the major in art will register for Educ. 361 ; the major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major in Music for Educ. 373. 2. For social studies licensure: The program leading to licensure in this area is being revised to conform to new state guidelines. See Einar Johnson for further information. 3. The professional term: Student Teaching is taken concurrently with School and Society in one full-time term in professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term as part of the professional work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect to take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term. 265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN AN URBAN SETTING (Secondary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 341 NON-PRINT MEDIA IN THE SCHOOL (See Library Science) 351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING (See Elementary Education) 359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY EDUCATION (1/2 course) Teaching procedures, materials and projects. With this general methodology course, must be taken one or more of the following education courses in special methods from the department of the major field. (Prereq.: Psych. 105, Educ. 265 and admission into the secondary education program) Special Methods Courses (1/2 to 1 course) Methods and materials in teaching special areas 360 American Studies Methods l/2 course (Spring) 361 Art Methods (Elementary and junior high school) 1 course (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior high school) % course (Fall) 363 Business Methods % course (Spring) 364 English Methods % course (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) 1 course (Fall) 366 Foreign Language Methods (Consult with Language Department) l/2 course 373 Music Methods (K-12) 1 course (Spring) 374 Natural Science Methods % course (Spring) 375 Social Studies Methods % course (Spring) 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods l/2 course (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods % course (Spring) 41 0 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 41 0, Adm. and Superv. of School Health Program) 1 course 382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING PROBLEMS This course will examine characteristics of different kinds of learning problems found in regular classroom environment. The primary focus of the course will be on teaching strategies, but attention also will be given to procedures for the identification of different kinds of learning problems, prescriptive procedures, referral processes, and alternatives for programming "mainstreamed" students. (Fall) media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 341 NON-PRINT MEDIA IN THE SCHOOL % course 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director. Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teachingllearning situations. (Fall) 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing. Fall, Spring) 358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall, Spring) 480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING Students will be placed in a classroom for full days. Opportunities are provided for experience in observing and directing learning experiences on the secondary school level under the supervision of college and htgh school personnel. Seminars are held on a regular basis dur~ngthe student teaching experience (Pmreq: senior standing and completion of teacher aide work and human relations elements of Education courses 2 6 5 , 3 5 9 . Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY lndependent study and research on a topic of interest in the field of education worked out in consultation with a faculty member. (Open to juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring) Library Science Patricia Parker, Coordinator 1 I I I ,( MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475 245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of the 359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE LIBRARY Study of basic information sources most frequently used by students and librarians. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations in the metropolitan area. 475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY lndependent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of school library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering Earl Alton: Adviser Augsburg College is cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technological University (Houghton, Michigan), in a Three-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission to the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the ThreeTwo Plan will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum course requirements for admission to the Three-Two Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224, 226; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 11 5, 116; Computer Science 245; English 11 1 ; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally Math 124, 125 and Physics 121, 122 are taken in the freshman year. Students are encouraged to apply for admission to the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser, Earl Alton, is encouraged. Department of English Chairmen: Catherine Nicholl, Richard Sargent MAJOR: 9 courses (above 11 I ) , including one course in American literature, one course in the Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and three courses in British literature. Of the British literature courses, one must concentrate on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one must survey a number of writers (for example, 336, 337, or 423). All majors must take Advanced Writing: Expository. Majors are encouraged to take, early in their college work, course 245, Introduction to Literature. Majors are strongly urged to consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the English department. MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: Engllsh: 1 0 courses, including those listed for the major and 320. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Speech: (1) a course in public speaking: Beginning Speech, Small Group Communication, Interpersonal Communication, Argumentation, Persuasion. ( 2 ) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction Library Science: 475, The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance In addition to field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education majors will be required to gain practical experience in the teaching of writing, to be arranged through the department chairman. Students interested in a teaching major are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term of the sophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planning their courses of study with the department chairman, students should consult an adviser in the Department of Education. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 over-all; submit program to department chairman early in senior year; defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. A student electing a concentration should work closely with his or her adviser. Interim courses, special courses, and courses given at the other cooperating colleges will often fit well into a concentration. English 11 1 is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructors. 111 EFFECTIVE WRITING MINOR: 5 courses (above 11 I ) , including one course in British literature, and either 21 9 or 320. Teaching minors must include both 21 9 and 320. The English Department recommends but does not require that English majors consider developing an area of emphasis broader than the major as listed above. The three most likely areas would be a British concentration, an American concentration, and a world literature concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the English department. BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 41 2, 41 6; English 271, 331, 332, 336, 337, 367, 368, 423, 438 and sometimes 282, 490, 491. AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 221, 222; American Studies 232; English 241, 250, 351, 367, 368, and sometimes 282, 490, 491. A student with an American literature concentration should take some of the courses listed under the American Studies major which are selected from the offerings of several departments at Augsburg. The study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization and the research paper. (Fall, Spring) 21 9 ADVANCED WRITING A course designed to develop advanced skills in a variety of writing specializations. The focus of each course will shift from term to term, e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film media. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. See also description under Speech, Communications and Theater Arts. 245 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors. 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920 WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 102, 360, 361 ; Philosophy 110 , 242, 343, 370; German 244; French 243; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351, 352; English 241, 261, 271, 272, 423, and sometimes 282, 490, 491. Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring) 261 MODERN FICTION Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall, Spring) 271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER TO DANTE 336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO BLAKE Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: FROM THE RENAISSANCE TO MODERN PERIOD 351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920 Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period. (Spring) 320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE A study of modern English viewed from a historical perspective, with reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of the English language. (Offered on demand) 331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama will be examined. (Alternate years, 1 9 78-79) 337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern American literature. (Fall, Spring) 367 MODERN POETRY Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism. Discussion may include the poetry and aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance, Modern Romantics, Black Mountain Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and other contemporary movements. 368 MODERN DRAMA Significant works of American, British, and continental dramatists of the twentieth century. (Alternate years, 1 9 78- 7 9 ) 332 MILTON AND HIS AGE 388 LITERARY CRITICISM A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 19 79-80) A course designed to introduce students to the various ways in which modern literary critics have approached the problem of analyzing and evaluating literature. Students wil study the works of historical, psychological, textual, and archetypal critics, and then attempt to apply such approaches to selected works of literature. (Offered on demand) 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director. 423 STUDIES IN THE BRITISH NOVEL A survey of the development of the novel in England from its eighteenth century beginnings up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century .as the dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1 9 7 8 79) 438 SHAKESPEARE Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme or movement; course 491, a major writer or a major work. Enrollment open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairman. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. (Fall, Spring) Department of Foreign Languages Chairman: Gunta Rozentals Students with previous foreign language study should register in courses suited to their level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign language. However, final placement is made according to the results of a placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with the department. Students who register below their level may do so, but only for a grade of PIN. Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 21 1, 21 2 meet useable skill levels. Course 31 1 is prerequisite to all upper division courses. See department faculty for career information Language majors must consult with department for mid-point evaluation after third postintermediate course. Teaching majors and minors must consult with the Department of Education for program. Methods courses by language are joint fivecollege offerings and should be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition is a departmental requirement for teaching majors. MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure. Departmental Honors: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply no later than early in the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairman for details. Chinese 21 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. Several modern literary works are explored with the goals of communicating ideas and building sufficient reading skills to pursue general reading in French. Completes the review of basic structures and more complex forms. Laboratory work. (Spring) French MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2, including two in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and three in literature, of which one should be course 352. Study in France strongly recommended. MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. 243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Major representative works of French literature read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: 31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature, Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog. 111 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Fall, Spring) 112 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 11 1 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms is completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring) 21 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Through a core of twentieth century French literary readings and a grammar review, this course moves toward expressing opinions and greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall 1978) 31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand) 331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials In French. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Spring 1979) 332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas, cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. Alternate years. Spring 1 9 79) 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of French literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 31 1 o r # . Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 a n d 1977-78) 352 CREATIVITY AND RESTRAINT a A survey of the major literary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the French intellectual, social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. On demand) 41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Alternate years) 451 THE FRENCH NOVEL A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre in theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand) 452 FRENCH DRAMA A study of French plays that shows the evolution of this genre from classical forms to Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group and individualized study of major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq. : 3 1 1 or #. Recommended 3 3 1. On demand) 354 REALITIES: INNER AND OUTER WORLDS 495 FRENCH SEMINAR A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and the literature of ideas that led to new forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Offered alternate years) Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, Romanticism). Student presentations in French. For advanced students. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq: 352, 3 5 4 or 355. Offered on demand) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. alternate years. Prereq: 3 1 1 or #.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser) German MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including 31 1 and 41 1. Interim and/or summer in Germany strongly recommended. MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including 31 1 and 41 1. interim and/or summer in Germany strongly recommended. 31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. lntenslve practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition, (Fall) 331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE I RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods in Modern Languages for teachers; European History, a second language, linguistics, English literature. 111,112, BEGINNING GERMAN Course 11 1 is for students with no previous background; 112 is for students who have had 11 1 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: Ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. (1 11, Fall; 11 2, Spring) 21 1,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (21 1, Fall; 2 12, Spring) 244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to the major or minor in German. The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1 643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergence of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. Spring 1 9 79 and alternate years) 332 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In . Spring 19 78) German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or I 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of German literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 o r # . Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 a n d 1977-78) 351 GERMAN LITERATURE THROUGH 18th CENTURY Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions in Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand) 352 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 19th CENTURY Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. On demand) 353 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 20th CENTURY Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression in German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 Or #.) 41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Alternate years) 451 GERMAN PROSE Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or I.) 452 GERMAN DRAMA Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Greek See instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, literature, linguistics, which can apply toward classics concentration in cooperation with Macalester College. 111,112 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (1 11, Fall; 112, Spring) 21 1 INTERMEDIATE GREEK Review of basic structures of Greek, expansion of vocabulary and development of reading skills through selections from the New Testament and other Hellenistic writings (early fathers, historians, etc.). Special emphasis on parsing and syntax of the Greek text. (Prereq.: 112 or #. Fall) Japanese Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. Linguistics 289 INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common to all languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry into the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in language). Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors. (Fall) Norwegian MINOR: 4 upper division courses including 31 1 , and two of 331, 350, 353, 41 1 ; plus one course under Scandinavian Area Studies. For the teaching minor: 31 1, 331, 353, 41 1 plus required education courses, including special methods. 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Recommended supporting preparation: Study in Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies. Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 31 1 o r # . Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 a n d 1977-78) 11 1, 112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading .and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (1 1 1, Fall; 1 12, Spring) 21 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 11 2 or equivalent. Fall) 311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 21 1 or equivalent. Spring) 353 SURVEY OF NORWEGIAN LITERATURE Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention is given to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in the Norwegian language. (Prereq.: 2 1 1 or equivalent. Spring, 1 9 79. Alternate years) 41 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogenous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. Spring 1 9 78 and alternate years.) Russian Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. Spanish MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2, including 31 1, 41 1 , 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354. (Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly recommended) MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including 31 1, 331 or 332, and one course in literature. (Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly recommended) Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Colombian civilization, Latin-American Area Studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 11 1, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (1 11, Fall; 112, Spring) 31 2 SPANISH EXPRESSION Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand) 331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. Spring 1 9 78 and alternate years) 21 1, 21 2 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on active use of the language, supplemented by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 2 1 1, Fall; 2 12, Spring) 332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the Pre-Colombian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or 2 12, with #. Spring 1 9 79) 249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of literature in Spanish. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Offered 1 9 76-77 and 1 9 77-78) 31 1 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 352, 353 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE I, II Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all upperdivision courses. (Prereq.: 2 12 or equivalent. Fall) A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 3 11 or 1.352, Fall, 1978; 353, Fall, 1 9 79) 354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Offered 1 9 7 7 and on demand) 41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Alternate years) 456 SPANISH DRAMA Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. On demand) 457 SPANISH NOVEL Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department of History Chairman: Richard Nelson MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. MAJOR FOR TEACHING: In addition to the regular history major a social science major with history emphasis is also available. See "Social Science" in this catalog. Students wishing to become licensed teachers see "Education Department" in this catalog and consult with Education Department faculty for requirements. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. 101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN CULTURE An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the 1200s. (Fall, Spring) 102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) 103 THE MODERN WORLD A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. (Fall, Spring) 104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. (Fall, Spring) 221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877 Students are required to take at least one survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken in seauence. A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the major. 331 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. (Fall) 332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed as is the period of the Cold War. (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 ) 353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA HISTORY I A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries. (Spring) I 360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 338 B.C. I I The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. (Spring 1978-79) 361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. (Fall, 1 9 7 9 - 8 0 ) 370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560 A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. (Spring, 1980-8 1) 399 INTERNSHIP IN HISTORY A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper-division students majoring in history. See department chairman 41 2 ENGLAND TO 1714 A study of English history from Roman Britain through the Stuart period. An attempt is made to structure the course so that it may serve the needs of those majoring in a pre-law program, in English literature or in history. (Fall) 416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1 560-1 71 4. (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 ) 431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the Roman Empire to the 20th century, with focus on specific historic cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich future travel. (Spring) 440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN WORLD HISTORY This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years. (Spring 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 ) 463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. (Spring 1 9 7 9 80) 464 MODERN CHINA A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. (Fall) 465 MODERN JAPAN An examination of the emergence of Japan as a major world power in the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. (Spring 1 9 7 8 79) 474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. (Spring 1 9 79-80) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to apply to individual instructors for permission to register for directed independent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major. Geography 114 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment. (Fall 1 9 7 8 and alternate years) Department of Mathematics Chairman: Beverly Durkee MAJOR: 9 courses including 124, 125, 21 5, 224, 31 4, 324. Also required: Computer Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics; 3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be submitted to department during first term of junior year, and must include advanced study in areas of Analysis, Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education. 114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, and trigonometric functions. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Fall) 121 FINITE MATHEMATICS Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 1 2 4 may not register for credit. (Spring) 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq: 224. Spring) 242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq: Admission to Elementary Education Program) 31 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq: 2 15. Fall) 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students in the natural sciences. (1 24, Fall; 125, Spring; 2 2 4 , Fall) 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS 324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II A study of the fundamental concepts of calculus for functions of several variables, including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals, differential forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq: 224. 3 2 4 , Spring; 325, Fall) An introduction to the structure of mathematical systems and mathematical models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 351 MODERN GEOMETRY 21 1 NUMBER THEORY 373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq: #) An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq: 224. Fall) 21 5 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA A study of systems of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq: 224. Spring) A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq: 122 or 125. Spring, 1980. Offered alternate years) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman or Internship Director to determine project. 441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee) Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq: 3 14, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 19 79. Offered alternate years) 245 INTRODUCTION TO SCIENTIFIC COMPUTER PROGRAMMING 481 TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq: 3 14, 324, or #. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science 145 INTRODUCTION TO GENERAL COMPUTER PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming in a non-scientific higher level language, such as COBOL. Primarily for students in non-science areas. An introduction to computer languages and methods. Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register operations, and computer organization. Programming in machine language, assembly language, and FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily from science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq: Math 125 or #. Fall. Computer fee) 355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND NUMERICAL METHODS A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulas, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may be granted toward a mathematics major or minor. (Prereq: C.S. 2 4 5 and Math. 224 or concurrent registration. Fall) Medical Technology This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Hennepin County Medical Center, Metropolitan Medical Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with which the students plan to affiliate. It is important to work closely with the Medical Technology adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by the hospitals for the 12-month internship. Students must negotiate directly with the hospitals involved. Required science courses: 1) Biology: 1 11, 112 and two additional upper division (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 116), 223 (or 351, 352), 353; 3) Physics: 103 (or 121, 122); one math course. Students transferring to Augsburg College with an Associate of Arts degree or its equivalent should expect to spend two years at Augsburg before participating in the internship year. The Medical Technology major is not designed for persons who already have the baccalaureate degree from another institution. Metro-Urban Studies (Interdisciplinary) Director: Joel S. Torstenson MAJOR: 1 5 courses including the following core requirements: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Psychology 373; Sociology 11 1 , 362, 363, 381, and 383; plus a minimum of one course of internship or independent study. visit agencies, talk with specialists in various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services. 399 INTERNSHIP The following electives are suggested for completing the major: Art 102; Biology I01 ; Computer Science 245; Education 478; English 351 ; History 431 ; Religion 360; Speech 342; others, including interims, internships, and independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges by approval of the director and the Urban Studies faculty. Each student's major program must be approved by the director. MINOR: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following core courses are required for the Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Sociology 11 1 ; Sociology 381 ; an approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship andlor independent study. Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an internship of one or two courses. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional) Independent Study is done in conjunction with a one-course internship. In consultation with MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library andlor field research related to subjects of seminars andlor major academic interests. B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) This program is located at the University of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian urbanization and city planning. 372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE Other Urban Studies options available through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA): A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area. Students are placed in beginning, intermediate or advanced study depending on proficiency. Instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary to support student course work and daily living in Oslo. An orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society is coordinated with the language instruction. 358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN ISSUES Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution publications, journal articles and books. 359 FIELD SEMINAR: TWIN CITIES METROPOLITAN AREA Using the community as a classroom, students 373 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF SCANDINAVIAN CITIES Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work. Emphasis is placed on Norwegian urban development with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 396 URBAN PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus is on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY In consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS) This "semester in the city" program is located in Bogota, Colombia. It focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World. 261 SPANISH LANGUAGE Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. 362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION IN LATIN AMERICA Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and visiting Colombian urbanists. 363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH, POVERTY, AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT IN THE LATIN AMERICAN CITY Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various types of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY In consultation with SAUS faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. Department of Music Chairman: Robed Karle'n Students wishing to major in Music at Augsburg College must make application to the Music Faculty for acceptance into the programs. Such application should be made no later than the beginning of the sophomore year. (See Music Department handbook for further details.) CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music courses: 101, 102, 223, 224, 260, 261, pass a piano proficiency test, perform in a music organization for 2 years, participate in Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music re~ertoiretests. MAJOR: 1 2 courses including Core Curriculum described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or 355; 365 or 375; 457, 458; and 4 years of Performance Studies. TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses including Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457, 458; two of 354, 355, 365, 375; 3 years of Performance Studies; and education courses. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education. BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE: 1 3 courses including Core Curriculum plus 350, two of 354, 355, 365, 375; 457, 458, 476; 499 or other elective; and 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last two years. MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3 years of Performance Studies including at least one term of voice; Music Therapy 360, 382, 383, 395, 399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362, and one of 264, 351, 352, 355, 356, 357; Soc. 241 and one of 11 1, 121, 231, 232, 375; elective in physical education (232 recommended); elective in speech (1 16 recommended). A maximum of 17 courses in Music and Music Therapy may be applied toward the 35 courses required for graduation. Students need to apply for internship sites nine months in advance of starting date. Since the number of sites in Minnesota is limited, students may need to seek out-of-state internship placements. This major normally requires four and one-half years for completion Upon satisfactory completion of the program, the student is eligible to apply for certificationlregistration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. MINOR: 5 courses: 101, 102, 260 or 261, 458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies and 1 year in a music organization; piano proficiency; and 2 music repertoire tests. Attendance at all Performance Workshops during the year of Performance Studies and 8 campus recitals also required. Those wishing to minor in Music must declare their intent not later than the end of their sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 102. I HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for graduation honors in music if they (1) provide leadership in: the promotion of higher music performance standards within the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation andlor promotion of smaller performing ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses; and (3) apply for the Honors Program at the beginning of the second term of the junior year. Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal andlor instrumental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee or a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality. Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop and 1 4 campus faculty and student recitals is required of sophomore, junior and senior music majors. Music minors must attend 8 faculty and student recitals as well as all Performance Workshops during the year of their Performance Studies. All music majors and minors must register for Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of majors during either the junior or senior year, except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their junior and senior years. Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department regarding specific requirements. During the junior and senior years, a student who has been certified by the Department of Music as a major for the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Music degree, is given required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may not exceed four semesters of weekly half-hour lessons. TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or senior student transferring to Augsburg College as a Music major must, before registration and acceptance into the major program, ( I ) take a placement test in music theory, and (2) sing or play representative pieces recently studied in his or her area of applied music concentration. This may be done immediately before registration or earlier when convenient. Transfer students must pass the Piano Proficiency test by the end of their first semester at Augsburg. 101,102, 223, 224 THEORY Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than sequentially. (10 1 , 223, Fall. 102, 224, Spring) 230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall, Spring) 260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSlC Music of the Romantic and Modern eras, (Spring) Works of 20th Century composers will be chosen according to instrumentation and abilities represented by the class, so that indepth analysis can prepare for performance. An evaluation will be made of each composition studied with regard to its significance and relationship to the total output of that composer. (Prereq: 224. Spring. Alternate years) 457 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING 458 Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging. (Spring) Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE 476 ORCHESTRATION The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Alternate years) 355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH 482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC The music of Scandinavia since 1700. (Alternate years) 488, 489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniaues for teachina ~ i a n oStudents . will give individual lessons-to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall) Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students up0n Of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring) 440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP Music Therapy Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and history classes to the study of the music of our time. 110 INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC THERAPY A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to various institutions. This will be an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores who may be considering music therapy as a major. This course will give the students a broad background in the many and varied ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim) with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and physically handicapped. (Prereq: 3 9 5 ) 495 PRACTICUM IN MUSlC THERAPY Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit. Recitals, Lessons, Organizations 360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL MUSlC Study of guitar and other non-symphonic instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications to clinical settings. (Fall) 382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF MUSlC I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF MUSlC II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq: 3 8 2 ) 395 INFLUENCE OF MUSlC ON BEHAVIOR A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. 399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL INTERNSHIP Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This is started after completion of the senior year and is necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. 435 MUSlC IN THERAPY The study and application of the uses of music PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints students with a repertoire of musical excellence. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) PERFORMANCE STUDIES Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. For statement of fees, see under Financial Information. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) Piano Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons in piano taken after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor. Organ Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training as needed, interpretation of songs. Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments, Percussion Instruments Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. MUSlC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for the full year required of participants. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) Choir Membership by audition and restricted to 65 singers. Concert Band Membership by audition. Orchestra Membership by audition. Chorale, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire Band, Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble, Woodwlnd Ensemble. Membership by audition or consent of director. Natural Science NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in Secondary Schools. (Valid until July 1, 1 9 79. Students now entering college should be alert for changes in requirements after July 1, 19 79). MAJOR: A total of 12 courses in science and mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry or physics. In biology, the required courses are 11 1, 112. The additional 3 courses are to be chosen from the upper division offerings. In chemistry, 105, 106, or (1 15, 11 6), and 353 are required. In order to complete the total of 5 courses, two courses may be chosen as follows: 223 and 361 ; or 351 and 352; or 351 and 361. In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are required; and any 3 additional courses may be selected. In physics, courses 121, 122, 245 are required; two additional courses to be chosen after consultation with a member of the Physics Department. Early consultation with adviser is recommended. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical Students. This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major which provides the science courses necessary and recommended for admission to most medical schools (including the University of Minnesota Medical School), and also permits a number of electives. The student should choose electives carefully keeping in mind the specific requirements of the medical schools to which he or she intends to apply. Early consultation with a premedical adviser is recommended. MAJOR: 13 courses including Biology 11 1, 112, 491 or 492, and 2 upper division biology courses; Chemistry 115, 116 or (1 05, 106), 351, 352, and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122, or 124 and 125; and Physics 121, 122. Department of Nursing Chairman: Donna Peterson Augsburg offers a second-step program in nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in nursing. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or a diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a current license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of inorganic chemistry, anatomy and physiology, and microbiology at accredited institutions of higher education. These courses may be taken at Augsburg prior to admission into the nursing program. Nurses who have not been actively engaged in the practice of nursing for five years must take a refresher course prior to acceptance into the program. Courses in introductory psychology, introductory sociology, English composition, and organic chemistry are also required for the major. Students may take these courses at Augsburg during their first year in the program or they may take CLEP examinations to validate credits. MAJOR: 8 courses in nursing including 301, 302, 310, 31 1, 320, 325, 350, 401, 402, and two of the following: 420, 421 ; or 425, 426. Speech 354, Interpersonal Communication is highly recommended. The required courses in sociology, psychology, English, chemistry, and biology listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward the major. 311 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II Lecture, laboratory course which is an extension of Nursing 31 0. 320 TRENDS, ISSUES, AND LEADERSHIP IN NURSING A course designed to investigate the current leadership responsibilities of the professional nurse and the trends and issues evolving in contemporary nursing practice. 325 NURSING ASSESSMENT Lecturellaboratory course focusing on the development of skills in comprehensive history taking and physical examination which assist the professional nurse in completing healthillness assessments of individuals and families. 350 INTRODUCTION TO NURSING RESEARCH Emphasis is on investigative skills and basic research as applied to nursing. Students are involved in designing, implementing, and evaluating research projects. 301, 302, 401, 402 NURSING SEMINAR I, 11, Ill, IV 420, 421 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN EPISODIC NURSING Discussions designed to facilitate the student's progress throughout the nursing program and to assist in career-goal attainment. One course credit granted on completion of all four seminars. PIN grading only. Seminarllaboratory courses in which the student explores in depth a chosen area of study and develops expertise in the selected area of practice. Opportunities are available which allow the student to practice selfassessment, identify individual needs, develop behavioral objectives, select learning experiences, and work cooperatively and collaboratively with preceptor, instructor, agencies and clientslfamilies in initiating complex nursing care. (Prereq: 3 10, 3 1 1 , 320, and 325). 310 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING I Lecture courses which focus on the investigation and application of the concepts and principles of health promotion, health maintenance, disease-illness prevention, and rehabilitation to nurse-ciientlfamily relationships in the community setting. Emphasis is placed on involving the student in health teaching and counseling activities with individuals and families. 425, 426 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN DISTRIBUTIVE NURSING For course description see 420, 421. Department of Philosophy Chairman: Kenneth Bailey 130 LOGIC MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242, 343. and 344. Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Do you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring) MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from 241, 242, 343, and 344. HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department. Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. 110 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY: IDEAS AND METHOD Though each person has his own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. The reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. The major function of the course is to enable you to develop the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall, Spring) 120 ETHICS Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring) 241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered so as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance and the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring) 343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall) 344 HI,STORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV: CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring) constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Fall, 1 9 78) 370 EXISTENTIALISM Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 380 MEDICAL ETHICS What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? Is man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Spring, 19 79) Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of medical care and delivery, abortion, human engineering, care for the dying and euthanasia. 430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL PHILOSOPHERS A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1978) Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 24 1, 242, 3 4 3 , or #.) 360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 440 THEORY OF BEING Every day we use language to buy and sell, praise and berate, communicate with friends. What is language? Could an ir~dividualbe fully human without it? How does language relate to the world - can we really learn about the nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language? Is it possible to have a language which only one individual can understand? We shall explore how philosophers have responded to these and other important questions about language. (Fall, 1 9 78) Being is the most important concept which philosophy investigates. This course studies some of the perennial theories of metaphysics along with some modern applications of these theories. Students will have the opportunity to read and discuss primary texts as well as contemporary articles dealing with metaphysics. (Prereq: one prior course in philosophy) 355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY 365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What 450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art, philosophy of literature, philosophy of history, philosophical psychology, philosophy of culture, political and legal philosophy, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 2 4 1, 242, 343, or #.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Department of Physical Education and Health Education Chairman: Ernest Anderson Physical Education PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: H.Ed. 11 4, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350, 351, 471, 472, 475; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472; Biol. 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WlTH SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 1 15, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 485, 491, 495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355, 362. Approval for admission to Corrective Therapy Major must be secured from the Coordinator of Corrective Therapy. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WlTH SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 485, 491 ; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: H.Ed. 114, 115; P.E. 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243. COACHING ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 11 4, 115; P.E. 243, 350, 351, 475, one of 476-480, and practicum in coaching (Practicum requires registration for Independent Study 499). Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota high schools are required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 102,103 LIFETIME SPORTS Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 223 TEAM SPORTS Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) 231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) 232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (Interim) 243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. (Prereq: Biology 103; Fall) 351 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE coaching football. (Fall, 1st half of term) The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied fo exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring) 477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL '12 course 365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 373 MODERN DANCE An introductory course in modern dance technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form, and design. No previous dance experience necessary. 399 INTERNSHIP Consult department chairman 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING ' Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq: 243. Fall) 472 GYMNASTICS AND SWIMMING Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq: Swimming competence as determined by pretest or satisfactory completion of Lifetime Sports, Swimming. Fall) 475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF ATHLETIC INJURIES % course Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq: 350. Spring, 1st half of term) 476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd half of term) 478 COACHING OF HOCKEY % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half of term) 479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring, 2nd half of term) 480 COACHING OF BASEBALLISOFTBALL % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd half of term) 485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course includes consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq: 350, 35 1; H. Ed. 355. Summer School only) 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education. (Prereq: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only) 495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Four-hundred hours of hospital affiliation required. Includes actual hospital experience in the following four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. (Prereq: 485, 491, and approval of department) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. C . Health Education 320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: I 10, 1 1 4 , 1 1 5 , 320, 354, 355, 41 0; Biol. 103, 108, 11 1 ; Chem. 105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231, 241. Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq: All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series; also #.) HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 11 0 , 11 4, 11 5, 320, 354, 355, 41 0; Biol. 103, 108, 11 1 ; Chem. 105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231, 241 ; Educ. 265, 478, 480, 481, 482. HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 11 0 , 11 4, 11 5; Biol. 103, 11 I . 110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) 354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL CHILD % course Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P. E. 350. Spring) 355 TESTS AND MEASUREMENT % course 114 SAFETY EDUCATION % course Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. (Spring) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring) 41 0 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION OF THE SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM 115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCATION % course An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abused. (Fall, Spring) Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationship to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq: 320.) Department of Physics Chairman: Kenneth Erickson MAJOR: 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses above 122. In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124, 125, and Physics 121, 122 the freshman year, and Mathematics 224 and 226 the sophomore year. MINOR: 5 courses, including 121, 122, and three courses above 122. HONORS MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 in physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education Department early in their planning. SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STUDENTS: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in SPS is open to all students interested in physics. SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open to those students who have completed the equivalent of a minor in physics and have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and 3.0 overall. 101 ASTRONOMY A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as well as a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring) 103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2 hour laboratory. Prereq: Elem. algebra. Fali) 121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq: Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration. 12 1, Fall; 122, Spring) 245 MODERN PHYSICS An introduction to modern physics from an historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 261 ELECTRONICS The emphasis is on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of D.C, and A.C. circuits before introducing the electron tube and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes, transistors and integrated circuits with applications. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq: 122 or 103 plus Mathematics 1 2 2 or 125 and consent of instructor. Spring) 270 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis is on physical optics, using the complex expression for a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 351, 352 MECHANICS I, II A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226. 35 1, Fall; 352, Spring) 362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226. 362, Fall; 363, Spring) 395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the areas of mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq: Junior standing. Spring) 481 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq. : 3 5 1 . Spring) 486 QUANTUM MECHANICS A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 3 5 1, 352. Fall) 488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 486. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY An opportunity for students to explore systematically a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental approval. Department of Political Science Chairman: Norma Noonan MAJOR: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required are 121 or 122 or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5 other upper division courses in 4 out of 5 areas.* A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. MINOR: 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or 170; 158; and at least 3 upper division courses in 3 out of 5 areas*. HONORS MAJOR: The Honors Major in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 over-all. The student must take an Honors lndependent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, consult the Honors Adviser, Dr. Noonan. Students should apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. * The five areas are American Government and Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis, International Politics, Public Law, and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements.) General Education Any course may be taken to fulfill the general education requirements but especially appropriate are Political Science 121, 122, 158, 160 or 170. The Urban requirement may be filled by Political Science 122, 342 or by an Internship, Interim, lndependent Study, or Seminar on an urban-related topic. Students interested in secondary education may take a political science major in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the department chairman or the Social Studies Education adviser. opinion research and political public relations. 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II For precise listing of terms in which courses are offered, see the Class Schedule (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description) I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS 121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, executive, and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and current issues in American society. 122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq: Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES I Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 1 325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE 350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation. promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq: 1 course in Political Science or #) The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years). I I 351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS 326 POLITICAL PARTIES AND BEHAVIOR A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states in terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq: One course in Political Science or #) The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the lectoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in presidential election years (optional in nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: 121 or #. Fall term of election years.) (See Section V for description) 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY 459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including public Indepth study of elite andlor mass participation in the political system. (Offered on demand. Prereq: One course in Political Science or I.) 381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY AND PRACTICE Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS 160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES Contemporary issues and problems in international politics in the context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism in foreign policy. 363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Commurlist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq: One course in Political Science or #.) 461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decisionmaking, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) IV. PUBLIC LAW 170 LAW IN THE UNITED STATES A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases involving the United States government and the federal system. (Prereq: 170 or #. Offered alternate years) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq: 1 70 or #. Offered alternate years.) (See Section I1 for description) 380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT A study of influential political philosophers from Plato through Rawls, emphasizing the values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq: One course in Political Science or # .) 381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY AND PRACTICE A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq: One course in Political Science or #.) 382 MARXIST VISIONS: PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq: 158 or #. Offered alternate years.) 384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS Theory and methods of empirical political analysis, including communications theory, simulation, systems' theory, structuralfunctionalism, power concepts, psychological and economic approaches to political study, and a survey of the methods common to empirical social science. (Prereq: Social Statistics; Political Science 158 and two upper division courses, or #.) VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS 199 INTERNSHIP Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department to determine project. - - 295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR determine project. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) 495 SEMINAR 299 DIRECTED STUDY Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq. #) Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman or Internship Director to 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) - - Department of Psychology Chairman: Norman Ferguson MAJOR: 10 courses. Supporting courses from other departments will also be required; Physics 103 is one of the required courses. The major program is planned in consultation with an adviser in the psychology department and approved by the department chairman. Required courses include 105, 264, 265 and 493. Additional courses to include in preparation for graduate study are 355, 357, 359, 481, and at least one course in Personality or Developmental Psychology. The major program should include 105 in the freshman year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or sophomore year, 493 in the junior or senior year. Beginning the Experimental Psychology sequence (264-265) in the freshman year is recommended. The overall plan will be directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocational, and professional interests and goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior year. The plan, which may indicate one or more electives in psychology, should be completed early in the sequence of psychology courses. Completion of a written plan later than the beginning of the junior year may delay graduation; early planning is recommended. Not more than a total of two courses from among 299, 399, and 499 may be counted toward the minimum ten courses required for a psychology major. It should be noted that this restriction applies toward the minimum requirement; the student may actually take more such courses. It is recommended that psychology majors take additional course work from among the following departments: Biology, Mathematics, and Computer Science. It is recommended that students interested in physiological psychology, comparative psychology, psychological measurement, or experimental psychology include at least three of these courses in their psychology major program. MINOR: 5 courses including 105. Not more than one course in total of 299, 399, 499 may be counted toward the minor. HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average over-all, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairman for more detailed requirements. 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY Methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior, and research procedures associated with the study of behavior. A structure of the field of psychology including psychological principles in major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring) A survey of the physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for behavior in animals and humans. Lecture and laboratory regarding the fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods. Emphasis will be given to interactions of the central nervous system with environmental events including the effects of drugs on behavior. (Prereq: 105 and one course in biology; two courses in biology are recommended. Fall) 264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Experimental Psychology I may be taken for credit without continuing in Experimental Psychology II. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105. 2 6 4 , Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR A broad-based approach to the study of behavior emphasizing the comparison of a wide variety of species from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be placed upon studying animals in their natural habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns which have evolved through interacting with the environment. Major topics will include behavioral evolution, behavioral development, and social behavior in both animals and humans. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 357 LEARNING Analysis of behavior and behavioral change including objectives, evaluation, and environmental factors in the learning process. (Prereq.: 1.05. Fall, Spring) 359 MEASUREMENT Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality, and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 361 PERSONALITY 352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT AND ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of persons in the adolescent and adult periods of life (Prereq.: 35 1. Spring) Dynamics of personality with emphasis on behavior that customarily is included in the normal range. Includes consideration of theories of personality. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS Sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in behavior disorders. Consideration of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or 3 6 1 . Spring) 371 PSYCHOLOGY OF THE INDIVIDUAL: FEMALE AND MALE A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status and feminist movement views, and physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq: 105 or #.) theoretical positions. Concentration on the development of American psychology. (Prereq: 2 courses. Offered alternate years) 485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) 490 CURRENT TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Dynamics of organizing large groups of individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams. Study of policies and procedures aimed at utilizing and perpetrating individuality; exploration of approaches to selecting and developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. 481 HISTORY AND THEORY History of psychological viewpoints and Study of selected areas and topics within psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq: 105 and #. Fall, Spring) 493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Points of view within behavioral science on contemporary professional and societal issues. Consideration of the approaches and methods of behavioral science in relation to the study of such issues. (Prereq: 5 courses. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Student must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Department of Religion Religion 1 1 1 or 221 are prerequisite to all other courses. major. One upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. One course required from those numbered 361-363 and one from those numbered 471 -475. MAJOR: 8 courses, including 1 1 1 , 221, 356, 481 and also including a seminar especially for majors to be taken in the junior or senior year. Only one interim course may be applied to the HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved by the department and a colloquium with the department. Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck MINOR: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted to the minor. In order to prepare for teaching about religion in public schools the student should work closely with the Religion Department in designing a program which includes: (a) a major in an academic field which is certifiable for elementary or secondary school teaching, and (b) a Religion major with courses 356, 360, 363, 471, and 355. The Minnesota State Department of Education does not at this time grant licensure for a Religion major or minor. 111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring) 356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. 360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY An examination of the social sources and structure of religious beliefs and practices. Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems, and to an exploration of the changing patterns of society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church. 361 CHURCH FATHERS 221 BIBLICAL STUDIES See under Department of Philosophy. A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity in conflict with Gnosticisms and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. 353 DENOMINATIONS AND SECTS IN AMERICA 362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) 354 LIFE AND WORK OF THE CHURCH Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Offered 1 9 7 7-78) 363 RELIGION IN AMERICA The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring) 350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. 380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be analyzed and discussed. (Spring, 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 ) (See under Department of Music) 471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring) 473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. 475 JUDAISM A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) 481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. (Fall) 483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) Russian Area Studies Coordinator: Norma C. Noonan The major in Russian Area Studies is a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It seeks to give the student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, literature, tradition, and philosophy. In addition to providing a good liberal education, the program can enable students to prepare for graduate study, or careers in areas such as government, international business, or teaching. The Major consists of 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies) 2 courses in Russian history 1 course in Marxist theory 1 course in Russian literature 1 course in Soviet politics 2 other courses of approved electives Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. Scmdinavim Area Studies Director: Mildred Joel 331 TOPICS: THE IMMIGRANT IN AMERICAN HISTORY MAJOR: 8 upper division courses. MINOR: 4 upper division courses. All programs must contain four courses listed in the Augsburg College catalog or transferred to Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian Language Department or subdepartment regardless of their content which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level study of a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses listed under Department of Foreign Languages. 255, 355 OIL AND NORWAY: MUTUAL IMPACT An inquiry into the early impact of the emerging Norwegian petroleum industry upon the politics and economy of Norway and, conversely, of Norwegian political perspectives and institutions upon the development and use of this recently discovered resource. (Interim, 1 9 7 8 ) 330 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (Offered Fall 1 9 7 7 78) 331 TOPICS: NORWEGIAN AMERICAN EXPERIENCE The Old World background and use of "America Fever;" adaptation to the New Land; aspects of Norwegian-American culture. (Offered 1 9 7 5 - 7 6 ) How did the Old Stock American host society receive the waves of new comers to the U.S. in the 19th and 20th centuries? How did the immigrants respond to the reception? Through case studies, selected readings, class lecture, and discussions, this course examines the encounter of the new American culture with the older European cultures. (Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 ) 345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN EXPERIENCE Concentrates on the immigrant experience in the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota, especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish and Icelandic communities in Minnesota. (Offered 1 9 7 4 - 7 5 , soliciting students from the community on a non-credit basis, as well as regular college students either on an audit or credit basis.) 351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 1 9 7 8 ) 352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 1979) See description under Department of Art. 360 EDDA AND SAGA 396 URBAN PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA A study of the major poetic and prose eddas of early Scandinavia, including Snorre's Heimskringla and the Vinland sagas. Comparative study of Beowulf, the Niebelungenlied, and the Chanson de Roland. Guest lectures in Old Norse, Norse mythology and other topics. Taught in English. Counts toward Scandinavian Area Studies major when readings and papers are done in a Scandinavian language. (Offered Spring, 1 9 7 5 ) Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies. 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS 450 NINETEENTH CENTURY SCANDINAVIA Offered under Department of History. (1977-78). 482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC See description under Department of Music. 372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies. 495 SEMINAR: ETHNlCllMMlGRATlON EXPERIENCE Offered under Department of History. (1 974-75). 373 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF SCANDINAVIAN CITIES 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies. In consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquisl MAJOR: 14 courses. Particularly designed for those preparing for secondary school teaching in social studies. The requirements for licensure are in the process of being changed. For those graduating after July I , 1979 a new "competency based" program will be in effect. See Department of Education for further details. The Social Science major is also recommended for others, such as pre-law students, who desire a broad major in this area. This major may be earned in any one of four distributions. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and one of the several component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the other major. A. History Emphasis 7 courses in history: 2 in American, 2 in Ancient-Medieval-Modern Europe, 2 in Non-Western, and 1 seminar; at least 4 of these courses must be upper division. 2 courses in political science 1 course in the methodology of the social sciences selected from the following: Bus. Adm. (Econ.) 379 - Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Psych. 264 - Experimental Psychology I Soc. 362 - Statistical Analysis Soc. 365 - Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation 4 courses from any 4 of these disciplines: geography, anthropology, economics, sociology, psychology B. Behavioral Science Emphasis 14 courses from the following disciplines: economics, history, political science, pyschology, sociology (including anthropology); at least 5 courses must be upper division. Included in this requirement are the following: ( I ) at least 2 courses fr.om each of 3 of the 5 disciplines; 5 courses from a 4th discipline excluding history. (2) 1 course in the methodology of the social sciences selected from the following: Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362, 365 (3) 1 course in American history C. Non-Western Studies Emphasis Hist. 103 - The Modern World 1 course in the methodology of the social sciences selected from the following: Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362, 365 12 courses in non-Western studies, selected from the following, with at least four disciplines represented. Hist. 104, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474; history seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic. Pol. Sci. 351, 363, 382, 461; political science seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant t o ~ i c . Econ. 122, 258. Pol. Sci. 158 or 160; Hist. 103 or 104; Econ. 122 4th term of college work in a modern foreign language. 2) Required: upper division Pol. Sci. 363, 461 ; Hist. 332. 3) Electives: 7 courses selected from this list. No more than five from any one discipline. Pol. Sci. 350, 351, 380, 381, 382; political science seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant to~ic Hist. 41 6, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474; history seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic Econ. 251, 258, 495; economics independent study or interim course on a relevant topic Sociology 241 4th term of college work in a second modern foreign language. Sociology 241 Religion 356 Philosophy 355 D. International Relations Emphasis 1) Required: lower division Social Science Minor: 5 courses, one from each of five disciplines, selected from the following: anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology. The selection of courses must be approved by one of the faculty supervising the social science major. Department of Sociology Chairman: G. Nelson MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including 121, 362, 363, 375 and 485, Completion of Graduate Record Examination in sociology. (Highly recommended: a CHR course, internship, independent study or upper division interim course in sociology.) This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the department. Consult department chairman concerning areas of concentration. MINOR: 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above). HONORS MAJOR: The student must :~ave a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and 2.7 overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department Chairman before April 1 of the junior year. Candidacy is contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April 30 of junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for "Independent Study" (Sociology 499) through which work on thesis will be completed. Honors degree in sociology will be granted to a candidate if helshe successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of senior year and maintains GPA through graduation. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these institutions take the course together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. 11 1 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS See under Department of Religion. 360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY 362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Spring) 121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. (Fall, Spring) 231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to culture; language as a major organizing element in the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture. (Fall, Spring) 300, 301, 302, 303, 304 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY Offered periodically through Augsburg's The first course in a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts to build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach. Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take Soc. 363 the following term. (Prereq: high school algebra. Fall) 363 RESEARCH METHODS The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately after Soc. 362. (Prereq: Soc. 362 or #. Spring.) 365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS AND PROGRAM EVALUATION Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing eqiriprnent for statistical analysis. Overview of commonlyused research methods, especially .experimental designs and applications to program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq: high school algebra. Spring) 373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq: 1 2 1. Fall) relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of selfunderstanding. (Fall, Spring. P/N grading only) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic Interaction", an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq: 121 and Psych 105. Fall, Spring) 381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN PLANNING The changing city in history and various cultures; major theoretical perspectives in urban sociology; the metropolis as an eco-system; metro-urban planning and policy systems; major issues related to shaping the future metropolis. The Twin Cities metropolitan area is utilized as an important learning laboratory. (Prereq: 11 1 or 1 2 1 or #. Spring) 383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The dimensions of racial and minority group Analysis of inequality in regard to wealth, status and power in the U.S. and other selected countries. Causes and ramifications of the amount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis of current issues and policies concerning inequality in the U.S. (Prereq: Soc. 121. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairman or Internship Director for details. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq: 2 courses in sociology including 1 2 1 or #. Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq: 1 2 1 and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Department of Social Work Chairman: Edwina Hertzberg The core program of Social Work begins in the junior year, but all students are advised to take Social Work 25 7 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted by the faculty. MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE: The approved program for students preparing for social work practice is the Bachelor of Science program. The Bachelor of Arts degree should be chosen only if the student is not interested in a professional social work position. Core program consists of Psych. 105, and either Psych. 351 and 352, or Soc. 375; Soc. 121, 231, 365, and 383; and Social Work 257 (optional and if available), 361, 363, 461, 463, 465 and 467. Recommended courses are: one CHR; Econ. 122; Pol. Sci. 121 or 122 or 325 or 326; Psych. 362. MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE: Students are not advised to choose the BA program unless there are definite plans not to enter social work practice after graduation. The core program consists of the same courses as specified for the BS except that Sociology 231 is not required and only one of Social Work 461 or 463 is required. Students may take a second major, but cannot take a Social Work Specialization. SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAM RECOMMENDED FOR PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY IN SOCIAL WORK: Broad preparation in all areas of social science with at least one course in each social science is recommended if graduate training in social work is considered. The following are highly recommended: Econ. 122; Pol. Sci. (one or more) 121, 122, 158, 325, and 326; Psych. 361 and 362; and Soc. 241, 373, and 375. SPECIALIZATIONS: Specialization may be taken in the BS major. Specializations in Aging, Chemical Dependency, Crime and Corrections, and Youth are possible. Specialization consists of courses descriptive of dysfunctional and programmatic aspects of the special area, plus field work assignments in the senior year. Completion of a specialization sequence will be noted on the student's transcript. 257 PRACTICUM IN THE HUMAN SERVICES With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen or sophomores. (Interim) 361 SYSTEMS OF SOCIAL WELFARE An examination of fundamental aspects of the various systems of social welfare in the U.S. and the role of social work in them. Special emphasis on analysis of the major assumptions and movements contributory to the rise of the welfare state; description of the various programs and services of the welfare system; the profession of social work; exploration into the future of welfare. Three class periods per week plus special assigned work. (Prereq: Junior, or #. Fall) 363 METHODS AND SKILLS OF SOCIAL WORK Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Two class periods of lecture-discussion sessions or small group discussions per week plus 10 hours of field experience per week. (Prereq: 3 6 1 , Junior. Spring) 461 ADVANCED METHODS AND SKILLS IN SOCIAL WORK Refinement of practice skills in direct service social work through field practice, seminar analysis, and regular class work. Examination of the alternatives, modes and submethods in social work. Some emphasis upon development of an eclectic practice style. Attention to professionalism and futurism in social work. 1 0 hours of field experience per week. (Prereq.: 363 or #. Fall) 463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1 ) surveyance of historical forms of social change, 2) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #. Fall) 465 SOCIAL POLICY ISSUES IN SOCIAL WELFARE Seminars consisting of an introduction to social policy formulation and analysis associated with the delivery of services in selected areas of social work practice. Examination of the development and impact of policy in such areas as mental retardation, chemical dependency, youth, aging, and public welfare and social security. Field experience of 10 hours per week. (Prereq: 3 6 1 , 4 6 3 , and senior or #. Interim) 467 THE SOCIAL WORKER AS A PROFESSIONAL Futurism in social work; professional education; application of ethics and all professional principles to practice. Field assignment of 1 0 hours per week as a professional social worker. (Prereq.: 461, Spring) Department of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Chairman: Raymond Anderson DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPAof 3.25 in the major, 3.00 over-all, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year. Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education. Communication Arts COMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses, including: 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and English 21 9. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech 111 ; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 11 1 or 241, 375. Typing ability required. The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different emphases - journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from the Department Chairman or the Office of Admissions. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech 11 1, Psychology 105, Sociology 11 1, and Philosophy 130. MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize in any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 11 1, 241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 476. Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: Course 11 1 and six of the following: 241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 476 and participation in forensics. 111 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. (Fall, Spring) 132 PHOTOGRAPHY See under Department of Art. 219 ADVANCED WRITING: JOURNALISM See under Department of English. 225, 230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I, II See under Department of Art. 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART See under Department of English COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses. 242 FILM-MAKING SPEECH MAJOR: 1 0 courses to be approved by department. See under Department of Art. 243 TELEVISION PRODUCTION 480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION An introduction to commercial television with an emphasis on the director:^ role; some emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10. Fall, Spring) Cooperative investigation of topics in speech and communication. (Fall) 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMMUNICATION See under Department of Political Science. Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring) 351 ARGUMENTATION Theater Arts 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 PERSUASION Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 353 ADVERTISING An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq: Jr., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring) 354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. ( S ~ r iinns) 355 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations. (Spring) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Psychology I 399 INTERNSHIP THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, including: 11 1, 116, 228, 232, 360, 361, 366, 467. A course in cinema arts and 2 courses in dramatic literature may be counted toward a theater arts major. This major should be supported by an English minor or at least by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama. Freshmen planning to major in theater arts should take courses 111, 1 16, and 228. Experience requirement for theater arts major: Experience is required in four out of the five following areas: acting, set construction and painting, lighting and sound, costume, house management. Majors should take part in dramatic productions during all four years. THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 11 1, 116, 228, 232, 241 or 243, 360, 361, 366, 467, 476 or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts majors, and a minor in English. THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING: courses 11 1, 228, 232, 361, 366, one of the following: 241, 243, 476, and participation in dramatic productions. THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including: 228, 232, 360, 361, 366. Consult the Department Chairman for details. 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. (Spring) SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 12 courses. 11 1, 228, 232, 241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366, 467, 476 or a voice and diction course, and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor in English. 116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS 361 THEATER HISTORY Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for elementary and secondary school teachers and recreation leaders. (Fall) An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Fall) 228 STAGECRAFT Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore year. (Laboratory fee $20. Fall) 232 ACTING An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 366 STAGE DIRECTION Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. Open to upperdivision students only. (Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Department Chairman for details. 467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. (Prereq: 228 or #. Spring) 360 INTERPRETATIVE READING 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (fall) Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. (Fall, Spring) Transdisciplinary Major Students wishing to develop their own major by combining appropriate portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary Major enables students to respond to a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields. Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following: a. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; b. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar); c. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Total Student Enrollment Academic Year, 1976-77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,821 Summer Session, 1977. . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,314 Summary of Graduates Graduates,1870-1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,675 Graduates, 1977 (August 31,1976-May 22,1977). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 6 Faculty RUTH L. AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin (French) COURTLAND AGRE, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota EARL R. ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department Chairman LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1947, Northwestern University BARBARA L. ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D. 1962, Union Theological Seminary ERNEST W. ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman MARGARET ANDERSON, Acting Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota. OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D. 1963, Concordia College RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota (Communications), Department Chairman *JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies, B.A. 1972, University of Minnesota KENNETH C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman VALERIA BALTINA, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Magester der Philologie 1933, University of Latvia *RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion *MICHAEL BEERY, Adjunct lnstructor in Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1975, University of Minnesota 'ALLEN C. BENSON, Artist in Residence in Music (Percussion) JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University *ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence in Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1948, Northwestern University *JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota VERNON BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959, University of Minnesota *ANNE BOLLATI, lnstructor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1976, University of Minnesota (Spanish) *RICHARD BORSTAD, lnstructor in Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary *DANIEL G. BRICK, lnstructor in Business Administration JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1972, Indiana University (Director of the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble) CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary TONI CLARK, Assistant Professor of English and Director of Summer School, Ph.D. 1973, University of California - Santa Barbara ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of Iowa (Director of the Social Science Research Center) AILENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts) BENJAMIN G. COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1971, Yale University *LIV DAHL, Adjunct lnstructor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Norwegian) K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1940, University of Minnesota F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1966, Duke University *DAVID DOMAAS, Teaching Assistant in Chemistry, B.S. 1977, Augsburg College *C. WILLIAM DOUGLASS, Director of Augsburg Orchestra, M.M. 1965, Northwestern University *JULIE H. DRIVER, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech & Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1969, University of Minnesota BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State University, Department Chairman GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota *EDGAR EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music MARK J. ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota *ROBERT A. ENGELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College 'KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University, Department Chairman *ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach *DANIEL ESTREM, Artist in Residence in Music (Guitar) SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University NORMAN B.L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Wisconsin, Department Chairman HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of Minnesota BURTON P. FOSSE, Director of Planning and Facility Development, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University Minnesota *ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1970, Pennsylvania State University MARK L. FUEHRER, Assistant Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota (Organ) JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota *STEPHEN L. GORDON, Lecturer in Speech and Communications *ANNE GREEN, Basketball Coach for Women "JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach SATYA P. GUPTA, Assistant Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1975, Southern Illinois University DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History and Director of Interim, Ph.D. 1969, University of Wisconsin ARLlN E. GYBERG, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of Minnesota LElF HANSEN, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota (Norwegian) THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1950, New York University MlLDA K. HEDBLOM, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer in Business Law, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of Law MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary *KATHERINE HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska EDWINA L. HERTZBERG, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1972, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman GARRY W. HESSER, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Notre Dame NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture) *KENNETH HOLMEN, Instructor in Biology, B.A. 1974, Augsburg College JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota *WILLIAM IACONO, Lecturer in Psychology, B.S. 1972, Carnegie-Mellon University ERVIN INNIGER, lnstructor in Health and Physical Education and Director of Intramural Activities, M.S. 1975, St. Cloud State University (Head Basketball Coach) *I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor Emeritus and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies Program, M.A. 1947, University of Minnesota DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota ElNAR 0 . JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music (Piano) JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *JAMES ROBERT JOHNSON, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech and Theater Arts, B.A. 1974, University of Minnesota *LUCIE R. JOHNSON, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota, M.A. 1950, Columbia University (French) AMlN KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury College (Spanish) BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota ALVIN L. KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1970, University of South Dakota (Head Football Coach) *NORMA KNUTSON, Adjunct lnstructor in Religion, M.A. Columbia University *ERIK KODNER, Artist in Residence in Music (French Horn) BOYD N. KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota *ANITA SUE KOLMAN, Assistant Professor of Sociology, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota *ROY H. LaFAYETTE, Lecturer in Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota Minnesota ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1976, University0 f Minnesota PAMELA S. LARSON, lnstructor in Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota *GREGORY LEWIS, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass), B.A. 1971, Augsburg College LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California - Santa Barbara KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota *EDWARD McGAA, Adjunct lnstructor in American Studies *MARIE McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, E.D. 1967, University of Nebraska DIANA LEE METZKER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota (Organ, Piano) ROBERTA K. METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas (Music Therapy) ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota *HERMAN J. MILLIGAN, JR., Adjunct lnstructor in Sociology, B.A. 1971, University of Wisconsin JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee *AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, L.L.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained Glass) JOEL MUGGE, lnstructor in Speech and Communications, M.A. 1976, University of Minnesota SUSAN K. NASH, lnstructor in Nursing, M.S. 1974, University of Minnesota *R. OWEN NELSEN, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach) GORDON L. NELSON, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Chicago, Department Chairman RICHARD C. NELSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1975, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Co-chairman *GRIEF4 NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, Yniversity of Minnesota (American Studies) BEVERLY NILSSON, Associate Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota NORMA C. NOONAN, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University, Department Chairman *CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist in Residence in Music (Piano), B.A. Hamline University PATRICIA O'KANE, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1971, Emory University DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1963, Boston University RICHARD D. OLMSTED, lnstructor in Chemistry, Ph.D. 1974, University of Wisconsin ESTHER OLSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota JAMES OLSON, Librarian I, M.A. 1977, University of Minnesota 'WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota (German) RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota *PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota KERMIT E. PAULSON, Associate Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin, On Leave 1977-78 *PAMELA PAULSON, lnstructor in Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1974, University of Illinois - Urbana ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University, Department Chairman *DOUGLAS PERRY, lnstructor in Social Work, M.S.W. 1977, University of Minnesota DANIEL W. PETERSON, lnstructor in Physics, B.A. 1973, Augsburg College *DONNA PETERSON, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S.N. 1968, University of Cincinnati, Department Chairman LAVONNE J. PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953, Montana State University JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of Minnesota *GEORGE L. POWELL, lnstructor in Business Administration and Economics, M.B.A. 1960, Dartmouth College *ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence in Music (Strings), M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota PHILIP QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological Seminary, Department Chairman R BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern University STEVEN REUTER, lnstructor in Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of Nebraska *JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of America GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota (Spanish), Department Chairman *PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor in Art (Film Making) EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Business Administration and Economics, Ph.D 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter (England), Department Co-chairman LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, D.Mus. 1965 Lakeland College (Director of the Augsburg Choir) EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach) A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD, Associate Professor Emeritus, M. Mus. Ed. 1963, Mac Phail School of Music IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois, M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota, On Leave 1977-78 DANIEL SILVERMAN, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech *R. JOHN SINGH, lnstructor in Religion, Ph.D. 1972, University of Oklahoma DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College EUGENE SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg (Germany) *DANA SKOGLUND, Artist in Residence in Music (Piano), 6. M. 1975, Augsburg College *EMMA SMALL, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice) *GEORGE STAHL, Artist in Residence in Music (Contrabass) *SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor in Greek, B.A. 1966, Augsburg College PAUL T. STEEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work) DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics) MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota RALPH L. SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska, Department Chairman *DEBORAH S. SWANSON, Lecturer in Speech, B.A. 1974, Augustana College *MARY T. SWANSON, Adjunct lnstructor in Art, M.F.A. 1964, University of Minnesota *PAUL THOMAS, Artist in Residence in Music (Cello) PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting), Department Chairman NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin, On Leave 1977-78 JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music VERA THUT, Instructor Emeritus, B.Mus., 1927, American Conservatory of Music *MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball and Softball Coach JOEL TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota (Metro-Urban Studies) *GERALD VIZENOR, Instructor in American Studies, B.A. 1960, University of Minnesota *MARY JO WAMMER, Lecturer in Business Education, B.A. 1968, Concordia College BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota *DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota *DEBRA A. WILSON, Women's Tennis Coach *MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music (Flute), B.A. 1938, Macalester College DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University *Indicates part-time ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL GENERAL ADMINISTRATION President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oscar A. Anderson Director of Planning and Facility Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . , . . . . . Burton P. Fosse College Pastor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,. . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . Lowell Brandt Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Avalon Okerson FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT Acting Vice President for Finance and Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wayne Pederson Director of Plant Services and Purchasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eugene Ecklund Director of Food Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Carl Stromer Director of Auxiliary Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Douglas P. Wasko . . Gores Manager, Book Store and Vending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Robert Director of Student Financial Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Herald Johnson Director of Personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Charles Gerster Manager, College Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mildred Nelson Manager, Graphic Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Therese Morrison Manager, Ice Arena. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . James Carey Custodial Supervisor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Joseph Roberts Maintenance Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Alfred Sandau Grounds Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dennis Easley ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College . . . . . . . . . . Charles S. Anderson Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs. . . . . . . . F. Mark Davis . Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BeverlyWegge Head Librarian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Marjorie . Sibley . Olson Director of Audio Visual Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . James Coordinator, New Dimensions Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Louise McColl Fine Arts Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cynthia . Mandl .. Recorder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Borghild Estness Assistant Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pamela . Louisa Executive Secretary to the Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Roberta . Henke DEVELOPMENT Vice President for Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Glen W. Johnson Director of Deferred Giving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sigvald Hjelmeland Director of Alumni and Parents Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jeroy Carlson Director of Annual Fund. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Michael Walgren Assistant to Vice President for Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. B. Batalden . Executive Secretary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Irene Steenson PUBLIC RELATIONS C. Boatman . Director of Public Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Anthony Coordinator of ParentIAlumni Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Stella . Rosenquist Mattos Coordinator of News Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Patricia . ADMISSIONS Director of Admissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Benzel Director of Transfer Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Jennifer . Edwins Admissions Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,.. . , . . . , . . Kathryn Lange Admissions Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . William Ross Admissions Counselor . . . . . . . . , . , . , . , . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leslie Samuelson Larson a STUDENT AFFAIRS Vice President for Student Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander Associate Dean of Students. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Richard Thoni Dlrector of Student Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linda Schrempp M. Olsson Director of Career Planning and Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Patricia . . . Slater Director of Student Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Joan Coordinator of Minority Affairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ralph Crowder Head Resident, Mortensen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joe Voelker Director of Human Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Judy Essman Director of Academic Achievement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Phyllis Miller . Head Resident, Urness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Janet Grant Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JanSollon Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JoelMugge . Index Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 . AcademicLife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. . . Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Admission to the College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-22 . Advanced Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 . American Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 . Anthropology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 .. Art. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 . Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Board of Regents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. . Business Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 . Business Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 . Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 CampusMap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8. . Chemistry. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Chinese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 . Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 .. . Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 . Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR). . . . . . . . . 15 Continuing Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 . . 80 Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16. Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 ... Course Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Course Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 .. Credit by Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 .. Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.7 Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 .. Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 .. . East Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 . Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 . Education. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16. . . 56 English. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 .. Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10) . Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 .. Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I02 .. Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 . Five College Cooperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 .. Foodservice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 French 60 . Foreign Language. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Full-Time Student Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 . General Education Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . 13. 35 .. Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 .. . Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 . Graduates. Summary of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 . Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Graduation With Distinction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 .. Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 .. Health Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20 History of Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 History. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Honors Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 .. . Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Independent Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Inter-Institutional Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Intercollegiate Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Internship Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 .. Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 .. Mathematics. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 . Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.70 Metro-Urban Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 . Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Music Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Nature and Objectives of Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 . Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 New Dimensions Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 .. Numbering of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 Personnel of the College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 10 .. Pre-Professional Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Philosophy. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 . .. Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00 Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 . Physics. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 ..1 Political Science. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Probation and Dismissal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Psychology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 ... Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Religion. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 Religious Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 ... Russian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 . Scandinavian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 .. Social Science Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Social Work. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 . Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 .. . Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Student Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 . . Student Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Student Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 . Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Study Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Symbol(#) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 . .. Theater Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 . Transdisciplinary Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Transfer to Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 . TuitionandFees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 .. Veterans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Visiting the Campus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Academic Calendar For 1978-79 (Tentative: Subject to Change) Fall Semester 1978 Sept. 5-6 Sept. 7 Sept. 20 Oct. 23 Nov. 22 Nov. 22 NOV.23-26 Nov. 27 Dec. 13 Dec. 16-20 Dec. 20-Jan. Registration and Welcome Days Classes Begin Last Day for Adding Classes Mid-term Break Last Day for Cancelling Classes Classes Close at End of Day Thanksgiving Holidays Classes Resume Classes End Final Examinations Christmas Holidays Interim 1979 Jan, 3 Jan, 26 Jan. 31 lnterim Begins Interim Ends Confirmation of Spring Registration Spring Semester 1979 Feb. 1 Feb. 14 Apr. 6 Apr. 7-1 5 Apr. 16 Apr. 20 May 11 May 14-17 May 20 Classes Begin Last Day for Adding Classes Classes Close at End of Day Easter Holidays Classes Resume Last Day for Cancelling Classes Classes End Final Examinations Baccalaureate and Commencement
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1964-1966
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE profile Affiliation: Augsburg College is a four-year Liberal Arts College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. Accreditation: Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE profile Affiliation: Augsburg College is a four-year Liberal Arts College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. Accreditation: Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (secondary), the American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women. Memberships: Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, tlie Association of Minnesota Colleges, thc Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges and Universities. Courses of Study: Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree offered in 26 major fields of study. Sluclents are prepared for teaching, business administration, social warlc, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for Eurtl~er study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields, Lacation: Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway NO.94, just 20 hloclcs from the downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums and art collections. They also have the opportunity to attend lectures, musical programs and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. Setting: The eleven-acre Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent to the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals. In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, well-prepared faculty. Development: A comprehensive development program is in operation which will, over the years, add additional land and buildings to the Augsburg College campus. S SEPTEMBER T W T M F S Fall Semester 1964-65 . . . . . Freshman Days Sept. 14, 15 (Mon., Tues.) ....... Registration Sept. 16 (Wed.) ................ Classes begin Sept. 9-15 (Wed.-Tues.) ........ Late registration fee 1 ..................Homecoming OCTOBER T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 8 19 m 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 23 30 31 S M S M Sept. 16 (Wed.) Oct. 29-Nov. Nov. 12 (Thurs.) ... End first half Thanksgiving recess Dec. 19 (Sat., 12:20 p.m.) ................... Christmas Jan. 4 (Mon., 7:45 a.m.) Jan. 18-26 (Mon.-Tues.) recess begins ..... Classes resume . . Final examinations ......... Jan. 26 (Tues.) F S F 4 11 18 25 S 5 12 19 26 F S of Semester Nov. 25 (12:20 p.m.)-30 (7:45 a.m.) ....................... NOVEMBER T W T DECEMBER T W T 1 2 3 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 20 21 22 23 24 27 28 29 30 31 ~ S M S M JANUARY T W T 1 7 First Semester ends S M FEBRUARY T W T F S S M MARCH T W T F S S M T APRIL W T F S S M T MAY W T F S Spring Semester 1965 .................. Registration Feb. 2 (Tues.) Feb. 3 (Wed., 7 :45 a.m.) Feb. 3 (Wed.) ....... Classes begin .......... Late Mar. 30 (Tues.) ... registration fee End first half of Semester April 1 4 (Wed., 9:00 p.m.) ....................... Easter recess begins April 20 (Tues., 7 :45 a.m.). Easter recess ends May 19 (Wed.) May 20-28 (Thurs.-Fri.) May 30 (Sun.) May 30 (Sun.) 1 .................. Reading Day . . Final examinations ........ Baccalaureate service ............... Commencement S M T JUNE W T F S S SEPTEMBER T W T M F S Fall Semester 1 965-66 S . . . . . Freshman Sept. 8-14 (Wed.-Tues.) OCTOBER T W T M F S Sept. 13, 14 (Mon., Tues.) S NOVEMBER T W T M F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes Sept. 15 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . Late Oct. 28-31 Homecoming End first half of Semester Nov. 24 (12:20 p.m.) -29 (7:45 a.m.) DECEMBER T W T M .. begin registration fee ...................... Nov. 11 (Thurs.) S . . . . . . . Registration Sept. 15 (Wed. S Days F S ....................... Thanksgiving recess Dec. 18 (Sat., 12:20 p.m.) S .................. JANUARY T W T M F S Jan. 3 (Mon., 7:45 a.m.) ...... Classes resume Jan. 17-25 (Man.-Tues.) . . Final examinations Jan. 25 (Tues.) M FEBRUARY T W T S M MARCH T W T F S S M T APRIL W T F S S F Christmas recess begins .......... First Semester ends S Spring Semester 1966 ................... Registration Feb. 2 (Wed., 7:45 a.m.) . . . . . . Classes begin Feb. 2 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . Late registration fee April 1 (Fri.) . . . . . End first half of Semester Feb. 1 (Tues.) April 6 (Wed., 9:00 p.m.) Easter recess begins S M MAY T W T April 12 (Tues., 7:45 a.m.) Easter recess ends F S May 25 (Wed.) ................. Reading Day May 26-June 3 (Thurs.-Fri.) S M T JUNE W T F S ........................ Final examinations June 5 (Sun.) .......... Baccalaureate service June 5 (Sun.) ............... Commencement historical sketch Augsburg was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the first theological school founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. In the autumn of 1872 Augsburg Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was incor~orated under theVlawsof Minnesota. Its Gm was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The College was established when it became evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study a college department was needed. In 1874 a curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for other professions. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879. In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded t o a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including G E NERAL INFORMATIOR the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present time 26 majors are offered. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1922. In February, 1963, with the merger of the Lutheran Free Church into The American Lutheran Church, Augsburg College became affiliated with the latter church body. At the close of its ninety-third academic year, in the spring of 1963, Augsburg Theological Seminary merged with Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, one of the seminaries of the merged church. Seven presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history: Augiisl Weenaas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1869-1876 Georg Sverdrup - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1876-1907 1907-1911 Sven O f t e d a l - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1911-1937 George Sverdrup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H. N. Hendrickson (Acting) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1937-1938 Bernhard Christensen - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1938-1 962 Leif S. Harbo - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1962-1963 Oscar A. Anderson - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1963-Present aims and objectives IJ Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. The faculty and the Board of Regents of the college affirm the following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this institution. Ultimate Aims To contribute t o the true good of human life and society. To contribute to the building of free and living congregations in the community of the Christian Church. Basic Philosophy The Christian message concerning the redemptive act d God in Christ constitutes the greatest potential for good in human life and society; but this potential is realized only insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals. The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the Christian Church; in seeking t o relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to society. Where there is an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth has the overwhelming advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common search for truth and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate Truth. Primary Objectives To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can reap the maximum benefit from a program of Christian higher education. To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual, mental, moral and physical well-being of its students. To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits and skills necessary for sound academic work. To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both for the sake of the enrichment of their own lives and, through them, for the enrichment of their homes and communities. To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience of the Christian Gospel in its relation to every area of life and learning. To aid its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar aptitudes and interests, and to provide training and counsel that will assist them in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto. F To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each student to look upon his life as a Christian vocation, and an opportunity for service to God and man. Distinctive Character Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning. As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which is appropriate to such a community. Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought to play a creative role in American life and society, and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage in the life of the college community today. the alumni association The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable graduates and former students to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The annual meeting is held a t Commencement time each year. Local Augsburg clubs are promoted. The affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of Directors. The Alumni Office is located in the Art Building on Riverside Avenue. the physical plant Instructional facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, biology and home economics; the bookstore; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. A Tower Prayer Chapel is located on the fourth floor. The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. Si Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to serve the needs of the music department. The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely functional building for dramatic and other speech activities. The Art Building was acquired in 1963 and remodeled to provide excellent space for the art program. It has one large classroom and studio and laboratory facilities for drawing, painting, and sculpture in the rooms on the ground and first floor. The second floor of the building houses the Development Offices. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memoriol Hall Gerda Mortensen Hall Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a dormitory affording living quarters for about 130 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Gerda Mortensen Hall, erected in 1955, provides housing for about 175 women students, as well as apartments for the resident head and her assistant. The dormitory incorporates the former Sivertsen Hall, remodeled as a wing of the larger dormitory. Miriam, Edda, Epsilon, Kappa, Omega, Sigma, Iota, Lambda, Omicron, Zeta, and Theta are small dormitory houses, each accommodating from 8 to 20 women students. The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is located on the West River Road. A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, men students, and married student housing. the archives The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books, and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-prod quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. library facilities The beautiful and spacious George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains about 50,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, and is adding approximately 5000 new volumes each year. Students and faculty working in either of the two large reading rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand. All books are kept on open shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and well-trained staff, is available to students. Special collections have been developed in the Music Library, the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual Center. Additional conveniences include conference rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is provided in the first floor reading room. The library subscribes to about 410 of the best periodicals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Current issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area. The library plays an active role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly book discussions for faculty, staff, and students. In the Twin City area are other libraries which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis publi,c libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year. natural science laboratories The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Three laboratories and storeroom and office space for Biology are located on the second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research laboratories for Chemistry and two laboratories for Physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. P.' I A considerable part of the income on which Augsburg operates is derived from endowment and from gifts. Therefore, the fees charged the student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work of the school. guaranteed tuition plan In order to assist students and parents in planning ahead for tuition payments, which are the major item of college expense, Augsburg College offers a Guaranteed Tuition Plan that fixes the tuition cost for four years of college. Freshmen enrolling in the fall of 1964, who sign up for the plan, will have their tuition cost guaranteed for eight consecutive semesters a t a total cost of $3,825 (average cost is $956.25 per year) as follows: The larger charges in the first two years build up a reserve available for the last two years. If the student on this plan voluntarily withdraws, he loses his reserve. If he is asked to withdraw, his reserve will be refunded. Those who do not elect t o sign up for the Guaranteed Tuition Plan will be enrolled in the fall of 1964 a t a tuition charge of $450 per semester and at whatever level the fee is set in subsequent years. FINANCIAL general expenses per semester * Regular Tuition Plan Tuition (includes Student Activity $450.00 Fee of $1 1.00) 7.50 Student Union Fee 1.00 Lo'cker (Optional) Guaranteed Tuition Plan $500.00 7.50 1.00 TOTAL GENERAL EXPENSES PER SEMESTER $458.50 $508.50 Books are estimated a t $25.00 to $40.00 per semester Students registered for more than the maximum number of credits (17) are charged a t the rate of $20.00 for each additional credit per semester. Special students will pay a t the rate of $38.00 per credit up t o 11 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credits pay the regular tuition charge. room and board expenses per semester" WOMEN Min. Max. $125.00 $130.00 150.00 125.00 1.OO 1.00 MEN Min. Max. $120.00 $120.00 175.00 225.00 1.00 1.OO Room Board * Key Deposit (refundable) Breakage Deposit -0-015.00 15.00 (refundable) TOTAL ROOM & BOARD PER SEMESTER $251.00 $281.00 $311.00 $361.00 *Women students in residence are required to buy and use a minimum of $125.00 meal book coupoils per semester, men students $175.00. music fees per semester " Private lessons - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - $40.00 8.00 Piano studio rental (one hour per day) 20.00 Organ rental (one hour per day) .- - - - - - - - - - - Voice studio rental (one hour per day) - . - - - . . 8.00 * Subject t o change special fees" - Application fee -, ,- -, - -, , , , , ,, ,, , , - - - - ,, - - - - - $10.00 Late registration fee per day (after classes begin) - - 1.00 Change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes ,,,,,,,,,,,- ,-, -, - - - -- - - -- - - - 2.00 Placement fee ,-, , , , , , , , , , , , , , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00 Graduation fee -,--,-,,,,-,,,,,,,,~-,10.00 ------,Final examinations taken a t another hour than the one , ,, - -, ,-- - -, , -- - -- - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00 scheduled ,,,,-, Examination making up an incomplete or a condition - 5.00 Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) - 1.00 Student teaching 20.00 . . Choir tour (minimum) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10.00 Band tour (minimum) , - , - , - - - - - , , - - - -10.00 ------Camprehensive examination, per credit, for students enrolled ,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00 Comprehensive examination, per credit, for students 10.00 not currently enrolled ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,-,,,,,,,-, - ------,,,,,-,+,+,+-4-h----~-4--- estimated expenses per semester "* MEN WOMEN Min. Max. OFF-CAMPUS STUDENTS $458.50 General expenses $508.50 Special, music, books 25.00 100.00 $608.50 TOTAL $483.50 Min. Max. $458.50 25.00 $483.50 $508.50 100.00 $608.50 RESIDENT STUDENTS $458.50 General expenses Room & Board 251.00 Special, music, books 25.00 TOTAL $734.50 $458.50 311.00 25.00 $794.50 $508.50 361.00 100.00 $969.50 $508.50 281.00 100.00 $889.50 * * These estimates do not include transportation, clothing, or personal expenses. refunds Tuition, fees, and room charges for a student cancelling his registration before the middle of any semester will be charged a t the rate of 2 per cent per day, except for application and special fees, which are not refundable. There is no fee refund after the middle of the semester. If a student is required to enter the Armed Forces, a full refund is made of tuition. V u b j e c t to change payment of accounts Student accounts are due in full a t the time of registration in September and February. Parents may deposit money in advance a t the College, or the student may make the payment when he registers. Checks must be made out to Augsburg College and forwarded directly to the Treasurer's office. For cash payments a receipt must be obtained from the Treasurer's office at the time of payment. Recognizing that payment of fees in full a t registration poses a financial problem in some cases, the College has instituted the following payment plans: DATE PAYMENT DUE n OFF-CAMPUS RESIDENT STUDENTS STUDENTS Guaranteed Guaranteed Tuition Regular Tuition Regular Tuition Plan Tuition Plan or before registration $300.00 $325.00 $525.00 $550.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due October 15th 85.00 95.00 125.00 135.00 Due November 15th 85.00 135.00 125.00 95.00 Due December 15th 85.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due January 15th 85.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due February 15th 85.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due March 15th 85.00 135.00 125.00 95.00 Due April 15th 85.00 Due May 15th Balance Balance Balance Balance In addition, other arrangements may be made with the Treasurer's office. A carrying charge of $2.00 a month is added for the payment-plan service. Unless prior arrangement is made, an additional $1.00 is added for each month that payment is late. financia 1 assistance Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grantsin-aid, and employment assistance are available a t Augsburg. Students must complete an application form and meet certain requirements to qualify for financial aids. The college gives assistance t o students in securing work both on and off the campus. loan funds 18 Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged a t a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance t o students preparing for theological study. The Charles and Nora Crouch Student Loan Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance t o members of all classes. The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available t o selected graduating seniors. The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan Fund is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry. National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special consideration is given to those students who express a desire to teach in elementary or secondary schools and t o those whose academic background indicates a superior capacity for preparation in science, mathematics, engineering or modern foreign languages. United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans made by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance. A grant to the College by the Gamble and Skogmo Foundations provided the funds t o establish the initial reserves required. Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of a faculty committee on student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. scholarships and prizes Fifty Freshman Scholarships of varying amounts are available to outstanding high school graduates. Some of these scholarships are renewable provided the student's scholastic record is 2.0 or better. A limited number of Tuition Scholarships is awarded to outstanding high school graduates. Students who rank in the upper five per cent of their high school class, perform well on scholastic aptitude tests, and can show good character references are eligible for consideration. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a 2.25 scholastic average. Departmental Scholarships of variable amounts are awarded each year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of their major department. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a scholastic average of 1.75 or better. Upper-class Scholarships of $300 are awarded each year to selected students with an honor point ratio of 2.4 or better who apply to the Student Personnel Committee. Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships may be awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition. The American Indian Scholarshir, was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Dorvall. I t is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise or. achicwement in the art of singing. 20 The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial SchoIarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in n ~ e ~ n o rof y their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. Tlie scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected an the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. Two Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotl?erl~oodLife Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students arc selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $50. The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college from 1940 to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to selected students preparing for Christian service. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the department of chemistry to honor the memory of Carl Fosse, professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The annual award is made to a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Manlvald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the department of chemistry to honor the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1949 ta 1958,The annual award is made to a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of biochemistry a t the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963. This annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established by friends and the department of chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of -hemistry at Augsburg until the time of his death in January 960. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. f The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise in the field of chemistry. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956 by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship is awarded annually to a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character and promise of achievement in the field of physical education. The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English a t Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the Freshman, Sophomore, and Junior classes for use the following academic year. The scholarship fund, which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of financial need. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students. The Carl W. Landahl Scholarship was established by the family and friends in memory of Professor Carl W. Landahl, a member of the Augsburg Music Faculty from 1952 until his death in 1961. It is awarded annually to a student on the basis of achievement in the field of music. The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount of $300 to an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in the Christian ministry. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Me